DE102005063096A1 - Cosmetic agent, useful for protecting skin and hair before resoiling, cleaning skin and hair and restructuring the keratin fibers, preferably in human hair, comprises an hyperbranched polyester and/or polyester amide - Google Patents

Abstract

Cosmetic agent (I) comprises 0.05-20 wt.% of at least a hyperbranched polyester and/or polyester amide (Q). An independent claim is included for treating skin or hair comprising applying (I) and washing after 0-45 minutes.

Description

The The invention relates to hair treatment compositions which are treated with them Give hair more care.

The Cosmetic treatment of skin and hair is an important part of human body care. Thus, human hair is today in many ways with hair cosmetic Treated preparations. These include cleaning the Hair with shampoos, care and regeneration with rinses and Cures and bleaching, dyeing and deforming the hair with colorants, Tints, Wells and styling preparations.

Not lastly by the heavy use of the hair, for example by coloring or perms as well as by cleaning the hair with shampoos and by environmental pollution, the importance of care products is decreasing with as possible long-lasting effect too. Such care agents affect the natural Structure and properties of hair. So can subsequently such treatments include wet and dry combability of the hair, the hold and the fullness hair or be protected from increased splitting hair.

It has therefore been common for a long time to subject the hair to a special aftertreatment. It will, usually in the form of a conditioner, the hair with special active ingredients, such as quaternary ammonium salts or special polymers. Through this treatment will be depending on the formulation, the combability, the stop and the fullness improves the hair and reduces the splitting rate.

Farther have been in recent Time so-called combination preparations designed to be the effort of the usual Multi-stage process, especially for direct application by consumers, to decrease.

These preparations included in addition to the usual Components, for example for cleaning the hair, in addition active ingredients, the sooner the hair aftertreatment agents were reserved. The consumer saves thus an application step; at the same time the packaging costs reduced because a product is needed less.

The to disposal standing agents for both separate aftertreatment agents as well as for combination preparations act generally preferred on the hair surface. Thus, active ingredients are known which the hair shine, hold, fullness, better wet or dry combing lend or prevent the splits.

The known active ingredients can but not all needs sufficiently cover. There is therefore still a need for active ingredients or drug combinations for cosmetic products with good nourishing properties and good biodegradability. In particular in dye and / or electrolyte-containing Formulations there is a need for additional skin care ingredients, which can be easily incorporated into known formulations.

Of the The object of the present invention was to provide hair cleansing and / or to provide hair care products that are particular distinguished nurturing properties. The funds should be the Properties of the treated hair, in particular wet and dry combability as well as improve the grip of wet and dry hair. Farther These means should prevent splits and in the case of already splintered Repair this hair. Another task is that to strengthen and attack damaged hair throughout its structure to regenerate. This is called a structural effect.

It it has now been found that made of comb-like structures polymers outstanding in hair treatment agent and give them outstanding care properties. Comb-like polymers are also called hyperbranched polymers or hyperbranched polymers. Polymers with comb-like structures are already known as such. Within this polymer class can comb-like structures constructed with a variety of monomers become. In the present invention, comb-like polymers are used described on the basis of polyesters.

One The first object of the present invention is a cosmetic Agent containing 0.05 to 20 wt .-% of at least one hyperbranched Polyester and / or polyester amides.

Such polymers are, for example, constructed as shown below:

D = (C2-C24), Aryl oder (cyclo) alkyl alliphatisches Diradikal, gegebenenfalls auch substituiert,

Y = H, (C2-C20) (cyclo) alkyl oder (C6-C10) aryl,
und worin X² wenigstens X¹ ist und wie folgt endet:

R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 und R6 stehen für H, (C6-C10) aryl oder (C1-C8)(cyclo)alkyl Radikale, OR7 steht für ein hydroxyfunktionelles Monomer, Oligomer oder Polymer, wobei R7 steht für einen Aryl-, Alkyl-, Cycloalkylradikal, oder eine Radikal des Polyethylenoxides, Polypropylenoxides, Tetrahydrofuranes, eines Nylonoligomeres, R8 und R9 können unabhängig voneinander stehen für eine der Gruppen ausgewählt aus gegebenenfalls mit einem Heteroatom substituierten (C6-C10) Arylgruppen oder gegebenenfalls einem Heteroatom substituierten (C1-C28) Alkylgruppen und C(O)R10 steht für eine monomere, oligomere oder polymere monofunktionale Carbonsäure.In the formula of I the abbreviations have the following meaning:
A = OR ⁷ , or

D = (C 2 -C 24), aryl or (cyclo) alkyl alliphatic diradical, optionally also substituted,

Y is H, (C 2 -C 20) (cyclo) alkyl or (C 6 -C 10) aryl,
and wherein X ^{2 is} at least X ¹ and terminates as follows:

R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 are H, (C6-C10) aryl or (C1-C8) (cyclo) alkyl radicals, OR7 is a hydroxy-functional monomer, oligomer or polymer, wherein R7 is an aryl , Alkyl, cycloalkyl radical, or a radical of the polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, tetrahydrofuran, a nylon oligomer, R8 and R9 may each independently represent one of the groups selected from optionally substituted with a heteroatom (C6-C10) aryl groups or optionally a heteroatom ( C1-C28) alkyl groups and C (O) R10 represents a monomeric, oligomeric or polymeric monofunctional carboxylic acid.

Possible carboxylic acids are for example, saturated C1-C26 carboxylic acids, unsaturated C1-C22 fatty acids, aromatic acids and a, β-unsaturated acids. Examples for saturated aliphatic carboxylic acids are acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, 2-ethylhexanoic acid, lauric acid and stearic acid.

Examples for α, β-unsaturated acids according to the invention (Meth) acrylic acid, crotonic and their monoesters and monoamides of itaconic acid, maleic acid, the 12-hydroxystearic acid, polyether carboxylic acids and Fumaric acid.

Examples according to the invention aromatic acids are benzoic acid and tert-butylbenzoic acid.

R10 is selected from saturated or unsaturated C1-C40 alkyl or aromatic groups, a polymer or a Oligomer.

Examples inventive polymer are polyesters, polyethers and polycaprolactones. For example, R10 can with ester groups, ether groups, amide groups and / or alcohol groups be substituted.

The polymers of the invention can particularly preferred for example from those mentioned below Monomers are built up: phthalic acid and phthalic acid derivatives such as phthalic anhydride and phthalic imide, hexahydrophthalic, anhydride, Hexaphthalsäureimid, succinic anhydride, Succinic acid, succinimide and their derivatives.

When Branched building blocks, for example, diisopropanolamine and Poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether used.

When End groups of the polymers according to the invention can the building blocks β-hydroxylamide ester and / or Hydroxyalkylamidester and / or Laureath- and hydroxyl end groups as well as tertiary Amines are used.

A process for producing such hyperbranched polymers is described in WO 00/56804. Another process for producing hyperbranched polymers is described in US Pat EP 1306401 A1 described. Finally, WO 03/037959 also describes a preparation process for hyperbranched polymers according to the invention.

modified hyperbranched polyesteramides are obtained when the terminal Containing acid groups Polyesteramides with a monomer or an oligomer, which are reactive Groups, weeds with acid groups can react, be reacted.

Of course it is it also possible these polymers are available as cationic polymers. In this Trap can Amines for chain extension and / or used as end groups and then quaternized. The quaternization can be carried out by the usual methods.

Of the Proportion of cationic groups in the polymer used in the invention is preferably up to a quarter of all functional groups in the molecule.

Hair treatment agents according to the invention, which contain a hyperbranched polymer which contains (r / s) 0.1 to 20 mol .-%, preferably 0.5 to 15 mol .-% and in particular 1 to 10 mol.% Of cationic groups are particularly preferred.

The For example, a cationic group can be a positively charged atom from the fifth Main group of the periodic table. Especially preferred from this Group are phosphorus and nitrogen. Preferred N-containing positive charged groups are tetraalkylammonium, imidazolium, thiazolium or pyridinium groups.

The Hyperbranched according to the invention Polymers have a molecular weight of 500 to 50,000,000 g / mol on. Preferably, molecular weights greater than 1000 g / mol. Especially Preferably, molecular weights are greater than 1500 g / mol. Most preferably, molecular weights are less than 5,000,000 g / mol. Maximum Preferably, molecular weights less than 1,000,000 g / mol and most preferred are molecular weights of 1500 g / mol up to 500,000 g / mol. The molecular weight is doing with the usual determined by the skilled person known methods, for example by GPC chromatography.

Hyperbranched polymers according to the invention are for example available under the trade name Hybrane ^® by the company. DSM.

The agents according to the invention contain in addition to the ingredients already described more Ingredients of hair treatment products.

The term surfactants (E) is understood to mean surface-active substances which can form adsorption layers on upper and boundary surfaces or which can aggregate in volume phases to give micelle colloids or lyotropic mesophases. A distinction is made between anionic surfactants consisting of a hydrophobic radical and a negatively charged hydrophilic head group, amphoteric surfactants which carry both a negative and a compensating positive charge, cationic surfactants which, in addition to a hydrophobic radical, have a positively charged hydrophilic group, and nonionic surfactants which have no charges but strong dipole moments and are highly hydrated in aqueous solution. Further definitions and properties of surfactants can be found in "H.-D.Dörfler, Grenzflächen- and Kolloidchemie, VCH Verlagsgesellschaft mbH. Weinheim, 1994". The definition given above can be found from p. 190 in this publication. The following surfactants are exclusively known compounds. With regard to the structure and production of these substances, reference may be made to relevant reviews, for example J.Falbe (ed.), "Surfactants in Consumer Products", Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1987, pp. 54-124 or J. Falbe (ed.), "Catalysts, Surfactants and mineral oil additives ", Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, 1978, pp. 123-217.

• – lineare und verzweigte Fettsäuren mit 8 bis 30 C-Atomen (Seifen),
• – Ethercarbonsäuren der Formel R-O-(CH2-CH2O)x-CH2-COOH, in der R eine lineare Alkylgruppe mit 8 bis 30 C-Atomen und x = 0 oder 1 bis 16 ist,
• – Acylsarcoside mit 8 bis 24 C-Atomen in der Acylgruppe,
• – Acyltauride mit 8 bis 24 C-Atomen in der Acylgruppe,
• – Acylisethionate mit 8 bis 24 C-Atomen in der Acylgruppe, sind seit langem bekannte, hautfreundliche oberflächenaktive Stoffe, die durch Veresterung von Fettsäuren mit dem Natriumsalz der 2-Hydroxyethan-sulfonsäure (Isethionsäure), z. B. nach dem Verfahren, das in US 3,320,292 beschrieben ist, zugänglich sind. Wenn man für diese Veresterung Fettsäuren mit 8 bis 24 C-Atomen, also z. B. Laurin-, Myristin-, Palimitin- oder Stearinsäure oder auch technische Fettsäurefraktionen, z. B. die aus Kokosfettsäure erhältliche C₁₂-C₁₈-Fettsäurefraktion einsetzt, erhält man die erfindungsgemäß bevorzugt geeigneten C₁₂-C₁₈-Acylisethionate. Es ist bekannt, die Natriumsalze von C₁₂-C₁₈-Acylisethionaten ähnlich wie Seifen auf Fettsäurebasis durch Kneten, Pilieren, Strangpressen, Extrudieren, Schneiden und Stückpressen in eine geeignete Form für den Transport und für die Anwendung zu bringen. Auf diese Weise lassen sich Nadeln, Granulate, Nudeln, Riegel und handliche Toilettenseifen-Stücke erzeugen.
• – Sulfobernsteinsäuremono- und -dialkylester mit 8 bis 24 C-Atomen in der Alkylgruppe und Sulfobernsteinsäuremono-alkylpolyoxyethylester mit 8 bis 24 C-Atomen in der Alkylgruppe und 1 bis 6 Oxyethylgruppen. Die Sulfobernsteinsäuremonoalkyl(C₈-C₂₄)-ester-dinatriumsalze werden nach bekanntem Verfahren z. B. dadurch hergestellt, daß man Maleinsäureanhydrid mit einem Fettalkohol mit 8-24 C-Atomen zum Maleinsäuremonoester des Fettalkohols umsetzt und diesen mit Natriumsulfit zum Sulfobernsteinsäureester sulfitiert. Besonders geeignete Sulfobernsteinsäureester leiten sich von Fettalkoholfraktionen mit 12-18 C-Atomen ab, wie sie z. B. aus Kokosfettsäure oder Kokosfettsäuremethylester durch Hydrierung zugänglich sind.
• – lineare Alkansulfonate mit 8 bis 24 C-Atomen,
• – lineare Alpha-Olefinsulfonate mit 8 bis 24 C-Atomen,
• – Alpha-Sulfofettsäuremethylester von Fettsäuren mit 8 bis 30 C-Atomen,
• – Alkylsulfate und Alkylpolyglykolethersulfate der Formel R-O(CH₂-CH₂O)_x-OSO₃H, in der R eine bevorzugt lineare Alkylgruppe mit 8 bis 30 C-Atomen und x = 0 oder 1 bis 12 ist,
• – Gemische oberflächenaktiver Hydroxysulfonate gemäß DE-A-37 25 030,
• – sulfatierte Hydroxyalkylpolyethylen- und/oder Hydroxyalkylenpropylenglykolether gemäß DE-A-37 23 354,
• – Sulfonate ungesättigter Fettsäuren mit 8 bis 24 C-Atomen und 1 bis 6 Doppelbindungen gemäß DE-A-39 26 344,
• – Ester der Weinsäure und Zitronensäure mit Alkoholen, die Anlagerungsprodukte von etwa 2-15 Molekülen Ethylenoxid und/oder Propylenoxid an Fettalkohole mit 8 bis 22 C-Atomen darstellen,
• – Alkyl- und/oder Alkenyletherphosphate der Formel (E1-I),
• –
  
• – in der R¹ bevorzugt für einen aliphatischen Kohlenwasserstoffrest mit 8 bis 30 Kohlenstoffatomen, R² für Wasserstoff, einen Rest (CH₂CH₂O)_nR² oder X, n für Zahlen von 1 bis 10 und X für Wasserstoff, ein Alkali- oder Erdalkalimetall oder NR³R⁴R⁵R⁶, mit R³ bis R⁶ unabhängig voneinander stehend für Wasserstoff oder einen C₁ bis C₄-Kohlenwasserstoffrest, steht,
• – sulfatierte Fettsäurealkylenglykolester der Formel (E1-II) R⁷CO(AlkO)_nSO₃M (E1-II)in der R⁷CO- für einen linearen oder verzweigten, aliphatischen, gesättigten und/oder ungesättigten Acylrest mit 6 bis 22 C-Atomen, Alk für CH₂CH₂, CHCH₃CH₂ und/oder CH₂CHCH₃, n für Zahlen von 0,5 bis 5 und M für ein Kation steht, wie sie in der DE-OS 197 36.906.5 beschrieben sind,
• – Monoglyceridsulfate und Monoglyceridethersulfate der Formel (E1-III)
  
• – in der R⁸CO für einen linearen oder verzweigten Acylrest mit 6 bis 22 Kohlenstoffatomen, x, y und z in Summe für 0 oder für Zahlen von 1 bis 30, vorzugsweise 2 bis 10, und X für ein Alkali- oder Erdalkalimetall steht. Typische Beispiele für im Sinne der Erfindung geeignete Monoglycerid(ether)sulfate sind die Umsetzungsprodukte von Laurinsäuremonoglycerid, Kokosfettsäuremonoglycerid, Palmitinsäuremonoglycerid, Stearinsäuremonoglycerid, Ölsäuremonoglycerid und Talgfettsäuremonoglycerid sowie deren Ethylenoxidaddukte mit Schwefeltrioxid oder Chlorsulfonsäure in Form ihrer Natriumsalze. Vorzugsweise werden Monoglyceridsulfate der Formel (E1-III) eingesetzt, in der R⁸CO für einen linearen Acylrest mit 8 bis 18 Kohlenstoffatomen steht, wie sie beispielsweise in der EP-B1 0 561 825, der EP-B1 0 561 999, der DE-A1 42 04 700 oder von A.K.Biswas et al. in J.Am.Oil.Chem.Soc. 37, 171 (1960) und F.U.Ahmed in J.Am.Oil.Chem.Soc. 67, 8 (1990) beschrieben worden sind,
• – Amidethercarbonsäuren wie sie in der EP 0 690 044 beschrieben sind,
• – Kondensationsprodukte aus einem wasserlöslichen Salz eines wasserlöslichen Eiweißhydrolysat-Fettsäure-Kondensationsproduktes. Diese werden durch Kondensation von C8-C30 Fettsäuren, bevorzugt von Fettsäuren mit 12-18 C-Atomen mit Aminosäuren, Mono-, Di- und wasserlöslichen Oligopeptiden und Gemischen solcher Produkte hergestellt, wie sie bei der Hydrolyse von Proteinen anfallen. Diese Eiweißhydrolysat-Fettsäure-Kondensationsprodukte werden mit einer Base neutralisiert und liegen dann bevorzugt als Alkali-, Ammonium-, Mono-, Di- oder Trialkanolammoniumsalz vor. Solche Produkte sind unter dem Warenzeichen Lamepon^®, Maypon^®, Gluadin^®, Hostapon^® KCG oder Amisoft^® seit langem im Handel erhältlich.

Suitable anionic surfactants (E1) in preparations according to the invention are all anionic surfactants suitable for use on the human body. These are characterized by a water-solubilizing, anionic group such as. As a carboxylate, sulfate, sulfonate or phosphate group and a lipophilic alkyl group having about 8 to 30 carbon atoms. In addition, glycol or polyglycol ether groups, ester, ether and amide groups and hydroxyl groups may be present in the molecule. Typical examples of anionic surfactants are alkylbenzenesulfonates, alkanesulfonates, olefinsulfonates, alkyl ether sulfonates, glycerol ether sulfonates, α-methyl ester sulfonates, sulfo fatty acids, alkyl sulfates, fatty alcohol ether sulfates, glycerol ether sulfates, hydroxy mixed ether sulfates, monoglyceride (ether) sulfates, fatty acid amide (ether) sulfates, mono- and dialkyl sulfosuccinates, mono- and Dialkyl sulfosuccinamates, sulfotriglycerides, amide soaps, ether carboxylic acids and their salts, fatty acid isethionates, fatty acid sarcosinates, fatty acid taurides, acyl lactylates, acyl tartrates, acyl glutamates, acyl aspartates, alkyl oligoglucoside sulfates, protein fatty acid condensates (especially wheat-based vegetable products) and alkyl (ether) phosphates. If the anionic surfactants contain polyglycol ether chains, these may have a conventional, but preferably a narrow homolog distribution. Examples of particularly suitable anionic surfactants are, in each case in the form of the sodium, potassium and ammonium as well as the mono-, di- and trialkanolammonium salts having 2 to 4 C atoms in the alkanol group,

• - linear and branched fatty acids with 8 to 30 carbon atoms (soaps),
• Ether carboxylic acids of the formula RO- (CH 2 -CH 2 O) x-CH 2 -COOH, in which R is a linear alkyl group having 8 to 30 C atoms and x = 0 or 1 to 16,
• Acylsarcosides having 8 to 24 C atoms in the acyl group,
• Acyltaurides having 8 to 24 carbon atoms in the acyl group,
• - Acylisethionate having 8 to 24 carbon atoms in the acyl group, are long known, skin-friendly surfactants by esterification of fatty acids with the sodium salt of 2-hydroxyethane-sulfonic acid (isethionic acid), eg. B. according to the method, in US 3,320,292 is described, are accessible. If you for this esterification fatty acids with 8 to 24 carbon atoms, ie z. As lauric, myristic, palmititic or stearic or technical fatty acid fractions, eg. For example, if the C ₁₂ -C ₁₈ fatty acid fraction obtainable from coconut fatty acid is used, the C ₁₂ -C ₁₈ acyl isethionates which are preferably suitable according to the invention are obtained. It is known that the sodium salts of C ₁₂ -C ₁₈ acyl isethionates similar to fatty acid-based soaps by kneading, pilching, extrusion, extrusion, cutting and piece pressing in a suitable form for transport and for use to bring. In this way, needles, granules, noodles, bars and handy toilet soap pieces can be produced.
• - Sulfobernsteinsäuremono- and dialkyl esters having 8 to 24 carbon atoms in the alkyl group and sulfosuccinic monoalkylpolyoxyethylester having 8 to 24 carbon atoms in the alkyl group and 1 to 6 oxyethyl groups. The Sulfobernsteinsäuremonoalkyl (C ₈ -C ₂₄ ) ester dinatrium salts are prepared by known methods z. B. prepared by reacting maleic anhydride with a fatty alcohol having 8-24 carbon atoms to maleic acid monoester of the fatty alcohol and sulfites this with sodium sulfite to Sulfobernsteinsäureester. Particularly suitable sulfosuccinic acid esters are derived from fatty alcohol fractions having 12-18 C atoms, as z. B. from coconut oil or Kokosfettsäuremethylester are accessible by hydrogenation.
• - linear alkanesulfonates having 8 to 24 carbon atoms,
• - linear alpha-olefin sulfonates having 8 to 24 carbon atoms,
• Alpha-sulfofatty acid methyl esters of fatty acids having 8 to 30 C atoms,
• Alkyl sulfates and alkyl polyglycol ether sulfates of the formula RO (CH ₂ -CH ₂ O) _x -OSO ₃ H, in which R is a preferably linear alkyl group having 8 to 30 C atoms and x = 0 or 1 to 12,
• Mixtures of surface-active hydroxysulfonates according to DE-A-37 25 030,
• Sulfated hydroxyalkylpolyethylene and / or hydroxyalkylene-propylene glycol ethers according to DE-A-37 23 354,
• Sulfonates of unsaturated fatty acids having 8 to 24 C atoms and 1 to 6 double bonds according to DE-A-39 26 344,
• Esters of tartaric acid and citric acid with alcohols which are adducts of about 2-15 molecules of ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide with fatty alcohols containing 8 to 22 carbon atoms,
• Alkyl and / or alkenyl ether phosphates of the formula (E1-I),
• -
  
• In which R ^{1 is} preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon radical having 8 to 30 carbon atoms, R ^{2 is} hydrogen, a radical (CH ₂ CH ₂ O) _n R ² or X, n is from 1 to 10 and X is hydrogen, an alkali or alkaline earth metal or NR ³ R ⁴ R ⁵ R ⁶ , where R ³ to R ⁶ independently of one another represent hydrogen or a C ₁ to C ₄ -hydrocarbon radical,
• Sulfated fatty acid alkylene glycol esters of the formula (E1-II) R ⁷ CO (AlkO) _n SO ₃ M (E1-II) in the R ⁷ CO- for a linear or branched, aliphatic, saturated and / or unsaturated acyl radical having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, Alk for CH ₂ CH ₂ , CHCH ₃ CH ₂ and / or CH ₂ CHCH ₃ , n for numbers from 0.5 to 5 and M is a cation, as described in DE-OS 197 36.906.5,
• Monoglyceride sulfates and monoglyceride ether sulfates of the formula (E1-III)
  
• - In which R ⁸ CO is a linear or branched acyl radical having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, x, y and z in total is 0 or for numbers from 1 to 30, preferably 2 to 10, and X is an alkali or alkaline earth metal. Typical examples of monoglyceride (ether) sulfates suitable for the purposes of the invention are the reaction products of lauric acid monoglyceride, coconut fatty acid monoglyceride, palmitic acid monoglyceride, stearic acid monoglyceride, oleic acid monoglyceride and tallow fatty acid monoglyceride and their ethylene oxide adducts with sulfur trioxide or chlorosulfonic acid in the form of their sodium salts. Preferably, monoglyceride sulfates of the formula (E1-III) are used in which R ⁸ CO is a linear acyl radical having 8 to 18 carbon atoms, as described for example in EP-B1 0 561 825, EP-B1 0 561 999, DE -A1 42 04 700 or by AKBiswas et al. in J.Am.Oil. Chem. Soc. 37, 171 (1960) and FUAhmed in J.Am.Oil.Chem.Soc. 67, 8 (1990),
• Amide ether carboxylic acids as described in US Pat EP 0 690 044 are described
• - Condensation products of a water-soluble salt of a water-soluble protein hydrolyzate-fatty acid condensation product. These are prepared by condensation of C8-C30 fatty acids, preferably fatty acids with 12-18 C atoms with amino acids, mono-, di- and water-soluble oligopeptides and mixtures of such products as obtained in the hydrolysis of proteins. These protein hydrolyzate-fatty acid condensation products are neutralized with a base and are then preferably present as alkali metal, ammonium, mono-, di- or Trialkanolammoniumsalz. Such products are available under the trademark Lamepon® ^®, Maypon ^®, Gluadin® ^®, Hostapon® ^® KCG or Amisoft ^® long been commercially.

preferred anionic surfactants are alkyl sulfates, alkyl polyglycol ether sulfates and ether carboxylic acids with 10 to 18 C atoms in the alkyl group and up to 12 glycol ether groups in the molecule, sulfosuccinic and -dialkylester having 8 to 18 C-atoms in the alkyl group and sulfosuccinic monoalkylpolyoxyethylester having 8 to 18 C atoms in the alkyl group and 1 to 6 oxyethyl groups, Monoglycerisulfates, alkyl and Alkenyletherphosphate and protein fatty acid condensates.

Zwitterionic surfactants (E2) are those surface-active compounds which carry in the molecule at least one quaternary ammonium group and at least one -COO ^(-) or -SO ₃ ^(-) group. Particularly suitable zwitterionic surfactants are the so-called betaines such as N-alkyl-N, N-dimethylammonium glycinates, for example cocoalkyl dimethylammonium glycinate, N-acylaminopropyl N, N-dimethylammonium glycinates, for example cocoacylaminopropyl-dimethylammonium glycinate, and 2-alkyl 3-carboxymethyl-3-hydroxyethyl-imidazolines having in each case 8 to 18 carbon atoms in the alkyl or acyl group and the Kokosacylaminoethylhydroxyethylcarboxymethylglycinat. A preferred zwitterionic surfactant is the fatty acid amide derivative known under the INCI name Cocamidopropyl Betaine.

Ampholytic surfactants (E3) are understood as meaning those surface-active compounds which contain, in addition to a C ₈ -C ₂₄ -alkyl or -acyl group, at least one free amino group and at least one -COOH or -SO ₃ H group in the molecule and for forming internal Salts are capable. Examples of suitable ampholytic surfactants are N-alkylglycines, N-alkylpropionic acids, N-alkylaminobutyric acids, N-alkyliminodipropionic acids, N-hydroxyethyl-N-alkylamidopropylglycines, N-alkyltaurines, N-alkylsarcosines, 2-alkylaminopropionic acids and alkylaminoacetic acids each having about 8 to 24 C Atoms in the alkyl group. Typical examples of amphoteric or zwitterionic surfactants are alkylbetaines, alkylamidobetaines, amino-propionates, aminoglycinates, imidazolinium betaines and sulfobetaines.

Particularly preferred ampholytic surfactants are N-cocoalkylaminopropionate, cocoacylaminoethylaminopropionate and C ₁₂ -C ₁₈ acylsarcosine.

• – Anlagerungsprodukte von 2 bis 50 Mol Ethylenoxid und/oder 0 bis 5 Mol Propylenoxid an lineare und verzweigte Fettalkohole mit 6 bis 30 C-Atomen, die Fettalkoholpolyglykolether bzw. die Fettalkoholpolypropylenglykolether bzw. gemischte Fettalkoholpolyether,
• – Anlagerungsprodukte von 2 bis 50 Mol Ethylenoxid und/oder 0 bis 5 Mol Propylenoxid an lineare und verzweigte Fettsäuren mit 6 bis 30 C-Atomen, die Fettsäurepolyglykolether bzw. die Fettsäurepolypropylenglykolether bzw. gemischte Fettsäurepolyether,
• – Anlagerungsprodukte von 2 bis 50 Mol Ethylenoxid und/oder 0 bis 5 Mol Propylenoxid an lineare und verzweigte Alkylphenole mit 8 bis 15 C-Atomen in der Alkylgruppe, die Alkylphenolpolyglykolether bzw. die Alkylpolypropylenglykolether, bzw. gemischte Alyklphenolpolyether,
• – mit einem Methyl- oder C₂-C₆-Alkylrest endgruppenverschlossene Anlagerungsprodukte von 2 bis 50 Mol Ethylenoxid und/oder 0 bis 5 Mol Propylenoxid an lineare und verzweigte Fettalkohole mit 8 bis 30 C-Atomen, an Fettsäuren mit 8 bis 30 C-Atomen und an Alkylphenole mit 8 bis 15 C-Atomen in der Alkylgruppe, wie beispielsweise die unter den Verkaufsbezeichnungen Dehydol^® LS, Dehydol^® LT (Cognis) erhältlichen Typen,
• – C₁₂-C₃₀-Fettsäuremono- und -diester von Anlagerungsprodukten von 1 bis 30 Mol Ethylenoxid an Glycerin,
• – Anlagerungsprodukte von 5 bis 60 Mol Ethylenoxid an Rizinusöl und gehärtetes Rizinusöl,
• – Polyolfettsäureester, wie beispielsweise das Handelsprodukt Hydagen^® HSP (Cognis) oder Sovermol-Typen (Cognis),
• – alkoxilierte Triglyceride,
• – alkoxilierte Fettsäurealkylester der Formel (E4-I) R¹CO-(OCH₂CHR²)_wOR³ (E4-I)in der R¹CO für einen linearen oder verzweigten, gesättigten und/oder ungesättigten Acylrest mit 6 bis 22 Kohlenstoffatomen, R² für Wasserstoff oder Methyl, R³ für lineare oder verzweigte Alkylreste mit 1 bis 4 Kohlenstoffatomen und w für Zahlen von 1 bis 20 steht,
• – Aminoxide,
• – Hydroxymischether, wie sie beispielsweise in der DE-OS 19738866 beschrieben sind,
• – Sorbitanfettsäureester und Anlagerungeprodukte von Ethylenoxid an Sorbitanfettsäureester wie beispielsweise die Polysorbate,
• – Zuckerfettsäureester und Anlagerungsprodukte von Ethylenoxid an Zuckerfettsäureester,
• – Anlagerungsprodukte von Ethylenoxid an Fettsäurealkanolamide und Fettamine,
• – Zuckertenside vom Typ der Alkyl- und Alkenyloligoglykoside gemäß Formel (E4-II), R⁴O-[G]_p (E4-II)in der R⁴ für einen Alkyl- oder Alkenylrest mit 4 bis 22 Kohlenstoffatomen, G für einen Zuckerrest mit 5 oder 6 Kohlenstoffatomen und p für Zahlen von 1 bis 10 steht. Sie können nach den einschlägigen Verfahren der präparativen organischen Chemie erhalten werden. Stellvertretend für das umfangreiche Schrifttum sei hier auf die Übersichtsarbeit von Biermann et al. in Starch/Stärke 45, 281 (1993), B. Salka in Cosm.Toil. 108, 89 (1993) sowie J. Kahre et al. in SÖFW-Journal Heft 8, 598 (1995) verwiesen. Die Alkyl- und Alkenyloligoglykoside können sich von Aldosen bzw. Ketosen mit 5 oder 6 Kohlenstoffatomen, vorzugsweise von Glucose, ableiten. Die bevorzugten Alkyl- und/oder Alkenyloligoglykoside sind somit Alkyl- und/oder Alkenyloligoglucoside. Die Indexzahl p in der allgemeinen Formel (E4-II) gibt den Oligomerisierungsgrad (DP), d. h. die Verteilung von Mono- und Oligoglykosiden an und steht für eine Zahl zwischen 1 und 10. Während p im einzelnen Molekül stets ganzzahlig sein muß und hier vor allem die Werte p = 1 bis 6 annehmen kann, ist der Wert p für ein bestimmtes Alkyloligoglykosid eine analytisch ermittelte rechnerische Größe, die meistens eine gebrochene Zahl darstellt. Vorzugsweise werden Alkyl- und/oder Alkenyloligoglykoside mit einem mittleren Oligomerisierungsgrad p von 1,1 bis 3,0 eingesetzt. Aus anwendungstechnischer Sicht sind solche Alkyl- und/oder Alkenyloligoglykoside bevorzugt, deren Oligomerisierungsgrad kleiner als 1,7 ist und insbesondere zwischen 1,2 und 1,4 liegt. Der Alkyl- bzw. Alkenylrest R⁴ kann sich von primären Alkoholen mit 4 bis 11, vorzugsweise 8 bis 10 Kohlenstoffatomen ableiten. Typische Beispiele sind Butanol, Capronalkohol, Caprylalkohol, Caprinalkohol und Undecylalkohol sowie deren technische Mischungen, wie sie beispielsweise bei der Hydrierung von technischen Fettsäuremethylestern oder im Verlauf der Hydrierung von Aldehyden aus der Roelen'schen Oxosynthese erhalten werden. Bevorzugt sind Alkyloligoglucoside der Kettenlänge C₈-C₁₀ (DP = 1 bis 3), die als Vorlauf bei der destillativen Auftrennung von technischem C₈-C₁₈-Kokosfettalkohol anfallen und mit einem Anteil von weniger als 6 Gew.-% C₁₂-Alkohol verunreinigt sein können sowie Alkyloligoglucoside auf Basis technischer C_9/11-Oxoalkohole (DP = 1 bis 3). Der Alkyl- bzw. Alkenylrest R¹⁵ kann sich ferner auch von primären Alkoholen mit 12 bis 22, vorzugsweise 12 bis 14 Kohlenstoffatomen ableiten. Typische Beispiele sind Laurylalkohol, Myristylalkohol, Cetylalkohol, Palmoleylalkohol, Stearylalkohol, Isostearylalkohol, Oleylalkohol, Elaidylalkohol, Petroselinylalkohol, Arachylalkohol, Gadoleylalkohol, Behenylalkohol, Erucylalkohol, Brassidylalkohol sowie deren technische Gemische, die wie oben beschrieben erhalten werden können. Bevorzugt sind Alkyloligoglucoside auf Basis von gehärtetem C_12/14-Kokosalkohol mit einem DP von 1 bis 3.
• – Zuckertenside vom Typ der Fettsäure-N-alkylpolyhydroxyalkylamide, ein nichtionisches Tensid der Formel (E4-III),
  
  in der R⁵CO für einen aliphatischen Acylrest mit 6 bis 22 Kohlenstoffatomen, R⁶ für Wasserstoff, einen Alkyl- oder Hydroxyalkylrest mit 1 bis 4 Kohlenstoffatomen und [Z] für einen linearen oder verzweigten Polyhydroxyalkylrest mit 3 bis 12 Kohlenstoffatomen und 3 bis 10 Hydroxylgruppen steht. Bei den Fettsäure-N-alkylpolyhydroxyalkylamiden handelt es sich um bekannte Stoffe, die üblicherweise durch reduktive Aminierung eines reduzierenden Zuckers mit Ammoniak, einem Alkylamin oder einem Alkanolamin und nachfolgende Acylierung mit einer Fettsäure, einem Fettsäurealkylester oder einem Fettsäurechlorid erhalten werden können. Hinsichtlich der Verfahren zu ihrer Herstellung sei auf die US-Patentschriften US 1,985,424 , US 2,016,962 und US 2,703,798 sowie die Internationale Patentanmeldung WO 92/06984 verwiesen. Eine Übersicht zu diesem Thema von H.Kelkenberg findet sich in Tens. Surf. Det. 25,8 (1988). Vorzugsweise leiten sich die Fettsäure-N-alkylpolyhydroxyalkylamide von reduzierenden Zuckern mit 5 oder 6 Kohlenstoffatomen, insbesondere von der Glucose ab. Die bevorzugten Fettsäure-N-alkylpolyhydroxyalkylamide stellen daher Fettsäure-N-alkylglucamide dar, wie sie durch die Formel (E4-IV) wiedergegeben werden: R⁷CO-(NR⁸)-CH₂-[CH(OH)]₄-CH₂OH (E4-IV) Vorzugsweise werden als Fettsäure-N-alkylpolyhydroxyalkylamide Glucamide der Formel (E4-IV) eingesetzt, in der R⁸ für Wasserstoff oder eine Alkylgruppe steht und R⁷CO für den Acylrest der Capronsäure, Caprylsäure, Caprinsäure, Laurinsäure, Myristinsäure, Palmitinsäure, Palmoleinsäure, Stearinsäure, Isostearinsäure, Ölsäure, Elaidinsäure, Petroselinsäure, Linolsäure, Linolensäure, Arachinsäure, Gadoleinsäure, Behensäure oder Erucasäure bzw. derer technischer Mischungen steht. Besonders bevorzugt sind Fettsäure-N-alkylglucamide der Formel (E4-IV), die durch reduktive Aminierung von Glucose mit Methylamin und anschließende Acylierung mit Laurinsäure oder C12/14-Kokosfettsäure bzw. einem entsprechenden Derivat erhalten werden. Weiterhin können sich die Polyhydroxyalkylamide auch von Maltose und Palatinose ableiten.

Nonionic surfactants (E4) contain, for example, a polyol group, a polyalkylene glycol ether group or a combination of polyol and polyglycol ether group as the hydrophilic group. Such compounds are, for example

• Addition products of 2 to 50 moles of ethylene oxide and / or 0 to 5 moles of propylene oxide onto linear and branched fatty alcohols having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, the fatty alcohol polyglycol ethers or the fatty alcohol polypropyleneglycol ethers or mixed fatty alcohol polyethers,
• Addition products of 2 to 50 moles of ethylene oxide and / or 0 to 5 moles of propylene oxide to linear and branched fatty acids having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, the fatty acid polyglycol ethers or the fatty acid polyethers or mixed fatty acid polyethers,
• Addition products of 2 to 50 mol of ethylene oxide and / or 0 to 5 mol of propylene oxide onto linear and branched alkylphenols having 8 to 15 C atoms in the alkyl group, the alkylphenol polyglycol ethers or the alkylpolypropylene glycol ethers, or mixed alkylpolyolpolyethers,
• - with a methyl or C ₂ -C ₆ alkyl radical end-capped addition products of 2 to 50 moles of ethylene oxide and / or 0 to 5 moles of propylene oxide to linear and branched fatty alcohols having 8 to 30 carbon atoms, to fatty acids having 8 to 30 C atoms and onto alkylphenols having 8 to 15 carbon atoms in the alkyl group, such as those available under the trade names Dehydol ^® LS, LT Dehydol ^® types (Cognis),
• C ₁₂ -C ₃₀ -fatty acid mono- and diesters of addition products of 1 to 30 mol of ethylene oxide with glycerol,
• Adducts of 5 to 60 moles of ethylene oxide with castor oil and hydrogenated castor oil,
• - polyol, such as the commercially available product ^® Hydagen HSP (Cognis) or Sovermol types (Cognis),
• - alkoxylated triglycerides,
• Alkoxylated fatty acid alkyl esters of the formula (E4-I) R ¹ CO- (OCH ₂ CHR ² ) _w OR ³ (E4-I) in which R ¹ CO is a linear or branched, saturated and / or unsaturated acyl radical having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, R ² is hydrogen or methyl, R ³ is linear or branched alkyl radicals having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and w is a number from 1 to 20 stands,
• - amine oxides,
• Hydroxy mixed ethers, as described, for example, in DE-OS 19738866,
• Sorbitan fatty acid esters and adducts of ethylene oxide with sorbitan fatty acid esters such as the polysorbates,
• Sugar fatty acid esters and addition products of ethylene oxide with sugar fatty acid esters,
• Adducts of ethylene oxide with fatty acid alkanolamides and fatty amines,
• Sugar surfactants of the alkyl and alkenyl oligoglycoside type of formula (E4-II), R ⁴ O- [G] _p (E4-II) in which R ^{4 is} an alkyl or alkenyl radical having 4 to 22 carbon atoms, G is a sugar radical having 5 or 6 carbon atoms and p is a number from 1 to 10. They can be obtained by the relevant methods of preparative organic chemistry. Representative of the extensive literature is here on the review by Biermann et al. in Starch / Stärke 45, 281 (1993), B. Salka in Cosm.Toil. 108, 89 (1993) and J. Kahre et al. in SÖFW Journal Heft 8, 598 (1995). The alkyl and alkenyl oligoglycosides can be derived from aldoses or ketoses with 5 or 6 carbon atoms, preferably glucose. The preferred alkyl and / or alkenyl oligoglycosides are thus alkyl and / or alkenyl oligoglu coside. The index number p in the general formula (E4-II) indicates the degree of oligomerization (DP), ie the distribution of mono- and oligoglycosides and stands for a number between 1 and 10. While p in the individual molecule must always be integer and here before For all given values p = 1 to 6, the value p for a given alkyloligoglycoside is an analytically determined arithmetic quantity, which usually represents a fractional number. Preference is given to using alkyl and / or alkenyl oligoglycosides having an average degree of oligomerization p of from 1.1 to 3.0. From an application point of view, those alkyl and / or alkenyl oligoglycosides whose degree of oligomerization is less than 1.7 and in particular between 1.2 and 1.4 are preferred. The alkyl or alkenyl radical R ⁴ can be derived from primary alcohols having 4 to 11, preferably 8 to 10 carbon atoms. Typical examples are butanol, caproic alcohol, caprylic alcohol, capric alcohol and undecyl alcohol and technical mixtures thereof, as obtained, for example, in the hydrogenation of technical fatty acid methyl esters or in the hydrogenation of aldehydes from Roelen's oxo synthesis. Preference is given to alkyl oligoglucosides of the chain length C ₈ -C ₁₀ (DP = 1 to 3) which are obtained as a feedstock in the distillative separation of technical C ₈ -C ₁₈ coconut fatty alcohol and in a proportion of less than 6% by weight C ₁₂ - Alcohol may be contaminated as well as alkyl oligoglucosides based on technical C _9/11 oxo alcohols (DP = 1 to 3). The alkyl or alkenyl radical R ¹⁵ can also be derived from primary alcohols having 12 to 22, preferably 12 to 14 carbon atoms. Typical examples are lauryl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, palmoleyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, elaidyl alcohol, petroselinyl alcohol, arachyl alcohol, gadoleyl alcohol, behenyl alcohol, erucyl alcohol, brassidyl alcohol, and technical mixtures thereof which can be obtained as described above. Preference is given to alkyl oligoglucosides based on hydrogenated C _12/14 coconut alcohol having a DP of 1 to 3.
• Sugar surfactants of the fatty acid N-alkyl polyhydroxyalkylamide type, a nonionic surfactant of the formula (E4-III),
  
  R ^{5 is} CO for an aliphatic acyl radical having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, R ^{6 is} hydrogen, an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl radical having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and [Z] is a linear or branched polyhydroxyalkyl radical having 3 to 12 carbon atoms and 3 to 10 hydroxyl groups stands. The fatty acid N-alkyl polyhydroxyalkylamides are known substances which can usually be obtained by reductive amination of a reducing sugar with ammonia, an alkylamine or an alkanolamine and subsequent acylation with a fatty acid, a fatty acid alkyl ester or a fatty acid chloride. For the methods for their preparation, see the US patents US 1,985,424 . US 2,016,962 and US 2,703,798 and International Patent Application WO 92/06984. An overview of this topic by H.Kelkenberg can be found in Tens. Surf. Det. 25.8 (1988). Preferably, the fatty acid N-alkylpolyhydroxyalkylamides are derived from reducing sugars having 5 or 6 carbon atoms, especially glucose. The preferred fatty acid N-alkylpolyhydroxyalkylamides are therefore fatty acid N-alkylglucamides as represented by the formula (E4-IV): R ⁷ CO- (NR ⁸ ) -CH ₂ - [CH (OH)] ₄ -CH ₂ OH (E4-IV) The fatty acid N-alkylpolyhydroxyalkylamides used are preferably glucamides of the formula (E4-IV) in which R ^{8 is} hydrogen or an alkyl group and R ^{7 is} CO for the acyl radical of caproic acid, caprylic acid, capric acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, palmitic acid, Stearic acid, isostearic acid, oleic acid, elaidic acid, petroselic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, arachidic acid, gadoleic acid, behenic acid or erucic acid or their technical mixtures. Particular preference is given to fatty acid N-alkylglucamides of the formula (E4-IV) which are obtained by reductive amination of glucose with methylamine and subsequent acylation with lauric acid or C 12/14 coconut fatty acid or a corresponding derivative. Furthermore, the polyhydroxyalkylamides can also be derived from maltose and palatinose.

The Sugar surfactants can in the invention used Agents preferably in amounts of 0.1-20 wt .-%, based on the total Means be included. Amounts of 0.5-15 wt .-% are preferred, and very particular preference is given to amounts of from 0.5 to 7.5% by weight.

Other typical examples of nonionic surfactants are fatty acid amide polyglycol ethers, fatty amine polyols glycol ethers, mixed ethers or mixed formals, protein hydrolysates (in particular wheat-based vegetable products) and polysorbates.

When preferred nonionic surfactants are the alkylene oxide addition products to saturated linear Fatty alcohols and fatty acids with in each case 2 to 30 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of fatty alcohol or fatty acid as well as the sugar surfactants proved. Preparations with excellent properties are also obtained when they are fatty acid esters as nonionic surfactants of ethoxylated glycerol.

These Connections are identified by the following parameters. The alkyl radical R contains 6 to 22 carbon atoms and can be both linear and branched be. Preference is given to primary linear and methyl-branched in the 2-position aliphatic radicals. Such Examples of alkyl radicals are 1-octyl, 1-decyl, 1-lauryl, 1-myristyl, 1-cetyl and 1-stearyl. Particularly preferred are 1-octyl, 1-decyl, 1-Lauryl, 1-myristyl. When using so-called "oxo-alcohols" as starting materials predominate Compounds with an odd number of carbon atoms in the alkyl chain.

at it may be the compounds with alkyl groups used as surfactant each are uniform substances. It is, however, in usually preferred in the preparation of these substances by native vegetable or animal raw materials, so that you substance mixtures obtained with different, depending on the raw material alkyl chain lengths.

at the surfactants, the adducts of ethylene and / or propylene oxide represent fatty alcohols or derivatives of these addition products, can both products with a "normal" homolog distribution as well as those with a narrow homolog distribution become. Under "normal" homolog distribution are understood to mean mixtures of homologs which are used in the Reaction of fatty alcohol and alkylene oxide using alkali metals, Alkali metal hydroxides or alkali metal alcoholates as catalysts receives. Narrowed homolog distributions are obtained when, for example Hydrotalcites, alkaline earth metal salts of ether carboxylic acids, alkaline earth metal oxides, hydroxides or alcoholates are used as catalysts. The use of products with narrow homolog distribution may be preferred.

As additives for further improving the creaminess of the foam and the feel on the skin during and after use, nonionic surfactants have also proven useful, the additional use of which may be recommended for preparing the compositions according to the invention. Particular preference is therefore given to compositions according to the invention having an additional content of 0.1 -20% by weight of nonionic surfactants having an HLB value of 2-18. Such products can be prepared by addition of ethylene oxide to z. B. fatty alcohols having 6-30 carbon atoms, to fatty acids having 6-30 carbon atoms or to glycerol or sorbitan fatty acid partial esters based on C ₁₂ -C ₁₈ fatty acids or produced on Fettsäurealkanolamide. The HLB value means the proportion of hydrophilic groups, eg. As to glycol ether or polyol groups based on the total molecule and it is calculated by the relationship HLB = 1/5 × (100 wt% L), where wt .-% L of the proportion by weight of lipophilic groups, ie z. B. to alkyl or acyl groups having 6-30 carbon atoms in the surfactant molecule represents.

Usable according to the invention are also cationic surfactants (E5) of the quaternary ammonium type, the esterquats, the imidazolines and the amidoamines. Preferred quaternary ammonium compounds are ammonium halides, especially chlorides and bromides, such as Alkyltrimethylammonium chlorides, dialkyldimethylammonium chlorides and trialkylmethylammonium chlorides, e.g. Cetyltrimethylammonium chloride, Stearyltrimethylammonium chloride, distearyldimethylammonium chloride, Lauryldimethylammonium chloride, Lauryldimethylbenzylammoniumchlorid and tricetylmethylammonium chloride, as well as those under the INCI names Quaternium-27 and quaternium-83 known imidazolium compounds. The long alkyl chains of the above surfactants are preferred 8 to 30 carbon atoms. Typical examples of cationic Surfactants are quaternary Ammonium compounds and esterquats, in particular quaternized fatty acid trialkanolamine ester salts.

According to the invention, cationic compounds containing behenyl radicals, in particular the substances known as behentrimonium chloride or bromide (docosanyltrimethylammonium chloride or bromide), can be used with particular preference. Other preferred QAVs have at least two behenyl residues. Commercially available these substances are, for example, under the names Genamin ^® KDMP (Clariant).

Esterquats are known substances which contain both at least one ester function and at least one quaternary ammonium group as a structural element. Preferred ester quats are quaternized ester salts of fatty acids with triethanolamine, quaternized ester salts of fatty acids with diethanolalkylamines and quaternized ester salts of fatty acids with 1,2-dihydroxypropyldialkylamines. Such products are marketed under the trade names Stepantex® ^{®, ®} and Dehyquart® Armocare® ^®. The products Armocare ^® VGH-70, a N, N-bis (2-palmitoyloxyethyl) dimethylammonium chloride, as well as Dehyquart ^® F-75, Dehyquart ^® C-4046, Dehyquart ^® L80 and Dehyquart ^® AU-35 are examples of such esterquats.

As further cationic surfactants, the agents according to the invention may contain at least one quaternary imidazoline compound, ie a compound which has a positively charged imidazoline ring. The formula (E5-V) shown below shows the structure of these compounds.

The Radicals R are independent each other for each a saturated one or unsaturated, linear or branched hydrocarbon radical with a chain length of 8 to 30 carbon atoms. The preferred compounds of the formula I contain for Each R is the same hydrocarbon radical. The chain length of the radicals R is preferably 12 carbon atoms. Particularly preferred are compounds with a chain length of at least 16 carbon atoms, and most preferably with at least 20 carbon atoms. A very particularly preferred Compound of formula I has a chain length of 21 carbon atoms. A commercial product of this chain length is, for example, under the name Quaternium-91 known. In the formula (E5-V) is represented as the counterion methosulfate. According to the invention However, as counterions, the halides such as chloride, fluoride, Bromide, or phosphates.

The Imidazolines of the formula (E5-V) are in the compositions of the invention in amounts of from 0.01 to 20% by weight, preferably in amounts of from 0.05 to 10 wt.% And most preferably in amounts of 0.1 to 7.5 % By weight. The best results are with quantities from 0.1 to 5% by weight, based in each case on the total composition of the respective agent.

The alkylamidoamines are usually prepared by amidation of natural or synthetic fatty acids and fatty acid cuts with dialkylaminoamines. A according to the invention particularly suitable compound from this group of substances under the name Tegoamid ^® S 18 commercially available stearamidopropyl dimethylamine. The alkylamidoamines can be present both as such and converted by protonation in accordance acid solution into a quaternary compound in the composition, they Of course, they can also be used as a permanent quaternary compound in the compositions according to the invention. Examples of permanently quaternized amidoamines include the raw materials with the trade name Rewoquat ^® UTM 50, Lanoquat ^® DES-50 or Empigen CSC.

The cationic surfactants (E5) are used in the invention Agents preferably in amounts of 0.05 to 10 wt .-%, based on the entire remedy, included. Amounts of 0.1 to 5 wt .-% are particularly preferred.

anionic, nonionic, zwitterionic and / or amphoteric surfactants as well their mixtures can preferred according to the invention be.

The surfactants (E) are used in amounts of 0.1-45% by weight, preferably 0.5-30% by weight and very particularly preferably from 0.5 to 25% by weight, based on the total agent used according to the invention.

• – Anlagerungsprodukte von 4 bis 30 Mol Ethylenoxid und/oder 0 bis 5 Mol Propylenoxid an lineare Fettalkohole mit 8 bis 22 C-Atomen, an Fettsäuren mit 12 bis 22 C-Atomen und an Alkylphenole mit 8 bis 15 C-Atomen in der Alkylgruppe,
• – C₁₂-C₂₂-Fettsäuremono- und -diester von Anlagerungsprodukten von 1 bis 30 Mol Ethylenoxid an Polyole mit 3 bis 6 Kohlenstoffatomen, insbesondere an Glycerin,
• – Ethylenoxid- und Polyglycerin-Anlagerungsprodukte an Methylglucosid-Fettsäureester, Fettsäurealkanolamide und Fettsäureglucamide,
• – C₈-C₂₂-Alkylmono- und -oligoglycoside und deren ethoxylierte Analoga, wobei Oligomerisierungsgrade von 1,1 bis 5, insbesondere 1,2 bis 2,0, und Glucose als Zuckerkomponente bevorzugt sind,
• – Gemische aus Alkyl-(oligo)-glucosiden und Fettalkoholen zum Beispiel das im Handel erhältliche Produkt Montanov^® 68,
• – Anlagerungsprodukte von 5 bis 60 Mol Ethylenoxid an Rizinusöl und gehärtetes Rizinusöl,
• – Partialester von Polyolen mit 3-6 Kohlenstoffatomen mit gesättigten Fettsäuren mit 8 bis 22 C-Atomen,
• – Sterine. Als Sterine wird eine Gruppe von Steroiden verstanden, die am C-Atom 3 des Steroid-Gerüstes eine Hydroxylgruppe tragen und sowohl aus tierischem Gewebe (Zoosterine) wie auch aus pflanzlichen Fetten (Phytosterine) isoliert werden. Beispiele für Zoosterine sind das Cholesterin und das Lanosterin. Beispiele geeigneter Phytosterine sind Ergosterin, Stigmasterin und Sitosterin. Auch aus Pilzen und Hefen werden Sterine, die sogenannten Mykosterine, isoliert.
• – Phospholipide. Hierunter werden vor allem die Glucose-Phospolipide, die z.B. als Lecithine bzw. Phospahtidylcholine aus z.B. Eidotter oder Pflanzensamen (z.B. Sojabohnen) gewonnen werden, verstanden.
• – Fettsäureester von Zuckern und Zuckeralkoholen, wie Sorbit,
• – Polyglycerine und Polyglycerinderivate wie beispielsweise Polyglycerinpoly-12-hydroxystearat (Handelsprodukt Dehymuls^® PGPH),
• – Lineare und verzweigte Fettsäuren mit 8 bis 30 C-Atomen und deren Na-, K-, Ammonium-, Ca-, Mg- und Zn-Salze.

Emulsifiers effect at the phase interface the formation of water- or oil-stable adsorption layers, which protect the dispersed droplets against coalescence and thus stabilize the emulsion. Emulsifiers are therefore constructed like surfactants from a hydrophobic and a hydrophilic part of the molecule. Hydrophilic emulsifiers preferably form O / W emulsions and hydrophobic emulsifiers preferably form W / O emulsions. An emulsion is to be understood as meaning a droplet-like distribution (dispersion) of a liquid in another liquid under the expense of energy in order to create stabilizing phase interfaces by means of surfactants. The selection of these emulsifying surfactants or emulsifiers depends on the substances to be dispersed and the respective outer phase and the fineness of the emulsion. Further definitions and properties of emulsifiers can be found in "H.-D.Dörfler, Grenzflächen- und Kolloidchemie, VCH Verlagsgesellschaft mbH, Weinheim, 1994". Emulsifiers which can be used according to the invention are, for example

• Addition products of from 4 to 30 mol of ethylene oxide and / or from 0 to 5 mol of propylene oxide onto linear fatty alcohols having from 8 to 22 carbon atoms, to fatty acids containing from 12 to 22 carbon atoms and to alkylphenols having from 8 to 15 carbon atoms in the alkyl group,
• C ₁₂ -C ₂₂ -fatty acid mono- and diesters of addition products of from 1 to 30 mol of ethylene oxide onto polyols having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, in particular to glycerol,
• Ethylene oxide and polyglycerol addition products to methyl glucoside fatty acid esters, fatty acid alkanolamides and fatty acid glucamides,
• C ₈ -C ₂₂ -alkylmono- and -oligoglycosides and their ethoxylated analogues, preference being given to degrees of oligomerization of from 1.1 to 5, in particular from 1.2 to 2.0, and glucose as the sugar component,
• Glucosides mixtures of alkyl (oligo) and fatty alcohols, for example, the commercially available product ^® Montanov 68, -
• Adducts of 5 to 60 moles of ethylene oxide with castor oil and hydrogenated castor oil,
• Partial esters of polyols having 3-6 carbon atoms with saturated fatty acids having 8 to 22 C atoms,
• - sterols. Sterols are understood to mean a group of steroids which have a hydroxyl group on C-atom 3 of the steroid skeleton and are isolated both from animal tissue (zoosterols) and from vegetable fats (phytosterols). Examples of zoosterols are cholesterol and lanosterol. Examples of suitable phytosterols are ergosterol, stigmasterol and sitosterol. Mushrooms and yeasts are also used to isolate sterols, the so-called mycosterols.
• - Phospholipids. These include, in particular, the glucose phospholipids which are obtained, for example, as lecithins or phosphatidylcholines from, for example, egg yolks or plant seeds (for example soybeans).
• Fatty acid esters of sugars and sugar alcohols, such as sorbitol,
• - polyglycerols and polyglycerol derivatives such as polyglycerol poly-12-hydroxystearate (commercial product Dehymuls ^® PGPH),
• - Linear and branched fatty acids with 8 to 30 carbon atoms and their Na, K, ammonium, Ca, Mg and Zn salts.

When Particularly advantageous is also an addition of a known per se Emulsifier of the water-in-oil type in an amount of about 1-5 wt .-% proved. It is about to a mixed ester, which is a condensation product of a pentaerythritol difatty acid ester and a citric acid di-fatty alcohol ester, as is the case in DE-PS 11 65 574 closer is described. The addition of such mixed esters becomes a special one Creamy, fine-bubble foam and a pleasant feeling on the skin Application of body cleanser reached.

The agents according to the invention contain the emulsifiers preferably in amounts of 0.1-25 wt .-%, in particular 0.5-15% by weight, based on the total agent.

Prefers can the compositions of the invention at least one nonionic emulsifier having an HLB value of 8 to 18, according to the im Römpp Lexicon Chemistry (Ed. J. Falbe, M. Regitz), 10th edition, Georg Thieme Verlag Stuttgart, New York, (1997), page 1764, listed definitions. Nonionic emulsifiers having an HLB value of 10-15 can be particularly preferred according to the invention be preferred.

According to the invention preferred Surfactants and emulsifiers are the so-called mild surfactants and emulsifiers. The mildness of surfactants and emulsifiers can be achieved with different methods be determined. For this example, the neutral red test, the HET-CAM Test, the human skin model or the so-called BUS (bovine udder skin) model used. Common to all testing methods is that is in principle measured against a standard to which the Results are obtained.

• – Ethercarbonsäuren der Formel R-O-(CH₂-CH₂O)_x-CH₂-COOH, in der R eine lineare Alkylgruppe mit 8 bis 30 C-Atomen und x = 0 oder 1 bis 16 ist,
• – Acylsarcoside mit 8 bis 24 C-Atomen in der Acylgruppe,
• – Acyltauride mit 8 bis 24 C-Atomen in der Acylgruppe,
• – Acylisethionate mit 8 bis 24 C-Atomen in der Acylgruppe
• – Sulfobernsteinsäuremono- und -dialkylester mit 8 bis 24 C-Atomen in der Alkylgruppe und Sulfobernsteinsäuremono-alkylpolyoxyethylester mit 8 bis 24 C-Atomen in der Alkylgruppe und 1 bis 6 Oxyethylgruppen,
• – Ester der Weinsäure und Zitronensäure mit Alkoholen, die Anlagerungsprodukte von etwa 2-15 Molekülen Ethylenoxid und/oder Propylenoxid an Fettalkohole mit 8 bis 22 C-Atomen darstellen,
• – Alkyl- und/oder Alkenyletherphosphate der Formel (E1-I),
• – Monoglyceridsulfate und Monoglyceridethersulfate der Formel (E1-III),
• – Amidethercarbonsäuren wie sie in der EP 0 690 044 beschrieben sind,
• – Kondensationsprodukte aus einem wasserlöslichen Salz eines wasserlöslichen Eiweißhydrolysat-Fettsäure-Kondensationsproduktes,
• – Zwitterionische Tenside (E2),
• – Ampholytische Tenside (E3),
• – Zuckertenside vom Typ der Alkyl- oder Alkenyloligoglykoside gemäß der Formel (E4-II),
• – Zuckertenside vom Typ der Fettsäure-N-alkylpolyhydroxyalkylamide gemäß der Formel (E4-III),
• – Anlagerungsprodukte von 5 bis 60 Mol Ethylenoxid an Rizinusöl und gehärtetes Rizinusöl,
• – Polyolfettsäureester, wie beispielsweise das Handelsprodukt Hydagen^® HSP (Cognis) oder Sovermol-Typen (Cognis),
• – Aminoxide,
• – Hydroxymischether, wie sie beispielsweise in der DE-OS 19738866 beschrieben sind,
• – Sorbitanfettsäureester und Anlagerungeprodukte von Ethylenoxid an Sorbitanfettsäureester wie beispielsweise die Polysorbate,
• – Zuckerfettsäureester und Anlagerungsprodukte von Ethylenoxid an Zuckerfettsäureester,
• – Anlagerungsprodukte von Ethylenoxid an Fettsäurealkanolamide und Fettamine,
• – Zuckertenside vom Typ der Alkyl- und Alkenyloligoglykoside gemäß Formel (E4-II),
• – Esterquats,
• – Alkylamidoamine und quaternierte Alkylamidoamine.
• – C₈-C₂₂-Alkylmono- und -oligoglycoside und deren ethoxylierte Analoga, wobei Oligomerisierungsgrade von 1,1 bis 5, insbesondere 1,2 bis 2,0, und Glucose als Zuckerkomponente bevorzugt sind,
• – Gemische aus Alkyl-(oligo)-glucosiden und Fettalkoholen zum Beispiel das im Handel erhältliche Produkt Montanov^® 68,
• – Anlagerungsprodukte von 5 bis 60 Mol Ethylenoxid an Rizinusöl und gehärtetes Rizinusöl,
• – Partialester von Polyolen mit 3-6 Kohlenstoffatomen mit gesättigten Fettsäuren mit 8 bis 22 C-Atomen,
• – Sterine, Als Sterine wird eine Gruppe von Steroiden verstanden, die am C-Atom 3 des Steroid-Gerüstes eine Hydroxylgruppe tragen und sowohl aus tierischem Gewebe (Zoosterine) wie auch aus pflanzlichen Fetten (Phytosterine) isoliert werden. Beispiele für Zoosterine sind das Cholesterin und das Lanosterin. Beispiele geeigneter Phytosterine sind Ergosterin, Stigmasterin und Sitosterin. Auch aus Pilzen und Hefen werden Sterine, die sogenannten Mykosterine, isoliert.
• – Phospholipide. Hierunter werden vor allem die Glucose-Phospolipide, die z.B. als Lecithine bzw. Phospahtidylcholine aus z.B. Eidotter oder Pflanzensamen (z.B. Sojabohnen) gewonnen werden, verstanden.
• – Fettsäureester von Zuckern und Zuckeralkoholen, wie Sorbit,
• – Polyglycerine und Polyglycerinderivate wie beispielsweise Polyglycerinpoly-12-hydroxystearat (Handelsprodukt Dehymuls^® PGPH),

Für den Fall, dass die besonders milden Tenside und Emulgatoren in den Zusammensetzungen A beziehungsweise B verwendet werden, kann es erfindungsgemäß besonders vorteilhaft sein, wenn der Anteil an Alkylsulfaten und/oder Alkylethersulfaten unterhalb von 8 Gew.%, bevorzugt kleiner 5 Gew.% und besonders bevorzugt kleiner 2,5 Gew.% liegt. Die Zusammensetzungen B sind ganz besonders bevorzugt frei von an Alkylsulfaten und/oder Alkylethersulfaten. „Frei von" bedeutet in diesem Zusammenhang, dass diese Inhaltsstoffe keinefalls zusätzlich verwendet werden. Es ist jedoch möglich, dass sie durch andere Inhaltsstoffe, wie beispielsweise durch die Verwendung von Silikonemulsionen, in die Zusammensetzung B gelangen. Vorzugsweise bedeutet „frei von" daher auch kleiner als 0,5 Gew.%, besonders bevorzugt kleiner 0,1 Gew.%.According to these test methods, the following preferred surfactants and emulsifiers have proven to be mild to particularly mild and are particularly preferred according to the invention:

• Ether carboxylic acids of the formula RO- (CH ₂ -CH ₂ O) _x -CH ₂ -COOH, in which R is a linear alkyl group having 8 to 30 C atoms and x = 0 or 1 to 16,
• Acylsarcosides having 8 to 24 C atoms in the acyl group,
• Acyltaurides having 8 to 24 carbon atoms in the acyl group,
• - Acylisethionate having 8 to 24 carbon atoms in the acyl group
• Sulfosuccinic acid mono- and dialkyl esters having 8 to 24 C atoms in the alkyl group and sulfosuccinic acid monoalkyl polyoxyethyl esters having 8 to 24 C atoms in the alkyl group and 1 to 6 oxyethyl groups,
• Esters of tartaric acid and citric acid with alcohols which are adducts of about 2-15 molecules of ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide with fatty alcohols containing 8 to 22 carbon atoms,
• Alkyl and / or alkenyl ether phosphates of the formula (E1-I),
• Monoglyceride sulphates and monoglyceride ether sulphates of the formula (E1-III),
• Amide ether carboxylic acids as described in US Pat EP 0 690 044 are described
• Condensation products of a water-soluble salt of a water-soluble protein hydrolyzate-fatty acid condensation product,
• - zwitterionic surfactants (E2),
• - ampholytic surfactants (E3),
• Sugar surfactants of the alkyl or alkenyl oligoglycoside type according to the formula (E4-II),
• Sugar surfactants of the fatty acid N-alkylpolyhydroxyalkylamide type according to the formula (E4-III),
• Adducts of 5 to 60 moles of ethylene oxide with castor oil and hydrogenated castor oil,
• - polyol, such as the commercially available product ^® Hydagen HSP (Cognis) or Sovermol types (Cognis),
• - amine oxides,
• Hydroxy mixed ethers, as described, for example, in DE-OS 19738866,
• Sorbitan fatty acid esters and adducts of ethylene oxide with sorbitan fatty acid esters such as the polysorbates,
• Sugar fatty acid esters and addition products of ethylene oxide with sugar fatty acid esters,
• Adducts of ethylene oxide with fatty acid alkanolamides and fatty amines,
• Sugar surfactants of the alkyl and alkenyl oligoglycoside type of formula (E4-II),
• - Esterquats,
• - Alkylamidoamines and quaternized alkylamidoamines.
• C ₈ -C ₂₂ -alkylmono- and -oligoglycosides and their ethoxylated analogues, preference being given to degrees of oligomerization of from 1.1 to 5, in particular from 1.2 to 2.0, and glucose as the sugar component,
• Glucosides mixtures of alkyl (oligo) and fatty alcohols, for example, the commercially available product ^® Montanov 68, -
• Adducts of 5 to 60 moles of ethylene oxide with castor oil and hydrogenated castor oil,
• Partial esters of polyols having 3-6 carbon atoms with saturated fatty acids having 8 to 22 C atoms,
• - Sterols, Sterols is a group of steroids that carry a hydroxyl group at C-atom 3 of the steroid skeleton and are isolated from animal tissue (zoosterols) as well as vegetable fats (phytosterols). Examples of zoosterols are cholesterol and lanosterol. Examples of suitable phytosterols are ergosterol, stigmasterol and sitosterol. Mushrooms and yeasts are also used to isolate sterols, the so-called mycosterols.
• - Phospholipids. These include, in particular, the glucose phospholipids which are obtained, for example, as lecithins or phosphatidylcholines from, for example, egg yolks or plant seeds (for example soybeans).
• Fatty acid esters of sugars and sugar alcohols, such as sorbitol,
• - polyglycerols and polyglycerol derivatives such as polyglycerol poly-12-hydroxystearate (commercial product Dehymuls ^® PGPH),

In the event that the particularly mild surfactants and emulsifiers are used in the compositions A and B, it may be particularly advantageous according to the invention, if the proportion of alkyl sulfates and / or alkyl ether sulfates below 8 wt.%, Preferably less than 5 wt.% And particularly preferably less than 2.5% by weight. The compositions B are very particularly preferably free of alkyl sulfates and / or alkyl ether sulfates. "Free from" in this context means that these ingredients are not used in addition, but it is possible that other ingredients, such as the use of silicone emulsions, may result in the composition B. Preferably, "free from" therefore also means less than 0.5% by weight, more preferably less than 0.1% by weight.

It is known that oil-in-water emulsions, henceforth called O / W emulsions prepared and stabilized with nonionic emulsifiers, undergo phase inversion upon heating, ie, at higher temperatures, the outer, aqueous phase can become the inner phase. This process is usually reversible, that is, that re-forms the original emulsion type on cooling. It is also known that the location of the phase inversion temperature (PIT) depends on many factors, for example the type and phase volume of the oil component, the hydrophilicity and the structure of the emulsifier or the composition of the emulsifier system. Furthermore, it is known that emulsions prepared at or slightly below the phase inversion temperature are characterized by particular stability and fineness, while those prepared above the phase inversion temperature are less finely divided. Emulsions that undergo phase inversion at a certain temperature are called PIT emulsions. These PIT emulsions may be preferred according to the invention, because they contain significantly less emulsifier than conventional non-PIT emulsions due to the just sufficient amount of emulsifier. Therefore, they are not only particularly inexpensive, but also very mild and gentle on the skin and hair. If ionic surfactants are also used as emulsifiers in the PIT emulsions, they are more preferably added to the PIT emulsion only after the preparation of the PIT emulsion during the cooling process.

Next the hyperbranched invention Polymers can Of course still further polymers in the cosmetic compositions according to the invention be included. It is even possible that the polymers of the invention show synergistic effects with other polymers.

So For example, according to the invention it is particularly preferred that hyperbranched polymers together with cationic and / or amphoteric To use polymers. The effects in relation to the combing forces of the wet and dry hair are significantly improved. simultaneously the amount of use of all polymers can be reduced. The usual known and used cationic and / or amphoteric polymers act as a deposition aid for the deposition of the hyperbranched polymer.

in the The following are some examples of particularly preferred polymers described. The distinction of the invention used Polymers may be due to the charges of the polymers and / or due to their application characteristics particularly pronounced properties respectively. The expression "especially pronounced Properties "reflects the fact that polymers generally have several properties in a molecule combine. Often However, one of the features is in the foreground and is for the selection of just this polymer relevant.

First, be Polymers described by their respective charges.

Under Cationic polymers are understood to mean polymers which are used in the Main and / or side chain have a group which is "temporary" or "permanent" cationic can. As "permanent cationic " According to the invention such Polymers referred to independently have a cationic group from the pH of the agent. This are usually polymers containing a quaternary nitrogen atom, for example in the form of an ammonium group. Preferred cationic Groups are quaternary Ammonium groups. In particular, such polymers in which the quaternary ammonium group over a C1-4 hydrocarbon group to one of acrylic acid, methacrylic acid or whose derivatives are built-up polymer main chain bonded have proved to be particularly suitable.

Further cationic according to the invention Polymers are the so-called "temporary cationic" polymers Polymers usually contain an amino group which, at certain pH values, acts as a quaternary ammonium group and thus cationic.

The cationic according to the invention Polymers can both firming and / or film-forming and / or antistatic and / or avivierende polymers as well as polymers with conditioning and / or be thickening properties. For the suitable cationic Polymers are preferably hair-setting and / or Hair conditioning polymers. Among polymers are both natural and also synthetic polymers which are cationic or amphoteric charged could be, to understand.

Prefers are those polymers that have sufficient solubility in water or alcohol to use in the agent according to the invention in the application to completely dissolve on wet to wet hair. The cationic Charge density is preferably 1 to 7 meq / g.

The cationic polymers may be homopolymers or copolymers, wherein the quaternary nitrogen groups either in the polymer chain or preferably as a substituent on one or more of the mono are included. The ammonium group-containing monomers may be copolymerized with non-cationic monomers. Suitable cationic monomers are unsaturated, free-radically polymerizable compounds which carry at least one cationic group, in particular ammonium-substituted vinyl monomers such as trialkylmethacryloxyalkylammonium, trialkylacryloxyalkylammonium, dialkyldiallylammonium and quaternary vinylammonium monomers having cyclic, cationic nitrogen-containing groups such as pyridinium, imidazolium or quaternary pyrrolidones, for example alkylvinylimidazolium, alkylvinylpyridinium , or Alyklvinylpyrrolidon salts. The alkyl groups of these monomers are preferably lower alkyl groups such as C1 to C7 alkyl groups, more preferably C1 to C3 alkyl groups.

The Ammonium group-containing monomers may be non-cationic Be copolymerized monomers. Suitable comonomers are, for example Acrylamide, methacrylamide; Alkyl and dialkylacrylamide, alkyl and Dialkylmethacrylamide, alkylacrylate, alkylmethacrylate, vinylcaprolactone, Vinylcaprolactam, vinylpyrrolidone, vinylester, e.g. vinyl acetate, Vinyl alcohol, propylene glycol or ethylene glycol, wherein the alkyl groups these monomers preferably C1 to C7 alkyl groups, especially preferably C1 to C3 alkyl groups.

suitable Polymers with quaternary Amine groups are, for example, those in the CTFA Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary described under the names Polyquaternium Polymers such as methylvinylimidazolium chloride / vinylpyrrolidone copolymer (Polyquaternium-16) or quaternized vinyl pyrrolidone / dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate Copolymer (Polyquaternium-11) and quaternary silicone polymers or oligomers such as silicone polymers with quaternary end groups (Quaternium-80).

Among the cationic polymers that can be included in the inventive composition, for example vinylpyrrolidone / dimethylaminoethyl copolymer available under the trade names Gafquat ^® 755 N and Gafquat ^® 734, United States is marketed by Gaf Co. and of which the Gafquat ^® 734 is particularly preferred suitable. Other cationic polymers are, for example, Germany, marketed by the company BASF under the tradename Luviquat ^® HM 550 copolymer of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and imidazolimine which ^® by the company Calgon / USA under the trade name Merquat Plus 3300 sold terpolymer of dimethyldiallylammonium chloride, sodium acrylate and acrylamide and sold by the company ISP under the trade name Gafquat ^® HS 100 vinylpyrrolidone / methacrylamidopropyltrimethylammonium chloride copolymer.

in der R¹ = -H oder -CH₃ ist, R², R³ und R⁴ unabhängig voneinander ausgewählt sind aus C1-4-Alkyl-, -Alkenyl- oder -Hydroxyalkylgruppen, m = 1, 2, 3 oder 4, n eine natürliche Zahl und X^– ein physiologisch verträgliches organisches oder anorganisches Anion ist, sowie Copolymere, bestehend im wesentlichen aus den in Formel (G1-I) aufgeführten Monomereinheiten sowie nichtionogenen Monomereinheiten, sind besonders bevorzugte kationische Polymere. Im Rahmen dieser Polymere sind diejenigen erfindungsgemäß bevorzugt, für die mindestens eine der folgenden Bedingungen gilt:

• – R¹ steht für eine Methylgruppe
• – R², R³ und R⁴ stehen für Methylgruppen
• – m hat den Wert 2.

Homopolymers of the general formula (G1-I),

in which R ¹ = -H or -CH ₃ , R ² , R ³ and R ^{4 are} independently selected from C 1-4 -alkyl, -alkenyl or -hydroxyalkyl groups, m = 1, 2, 3 or 4, n is a natural number and X ^{- is} a physiologically acceptable organic or inorganic anion, as well as copolymers consisting essentially of the monomer units listed in formula (G1-I) and nonionic monomer units, are particularly preferred cationic polymers. In the context of these polymers, preference is given to those according to the invention for which at least one of the following conditions applies:

• - R ¹ is a methyl group
• - R ² , R ³ and R ⁴ are methyl groups
• - m has the value 2.

Suitable physiologically tolerated counterions X ^- include, for example, halide ions, sulfate ions, phosphate ions, methosulfate ions and organic ions such as lactate, citrate, tartrate and acetate ions. Preference is given to halide ions, in particular chloride.

A particularly suitable homopolymer is, if desired, crosslinked, poly (methacryloyloxyethyltrimethylammonium chloride) with the INCI name Polyquaternium-37. Such products are for example under the names Rheocare ^® CTH (Cosmetic Rheologies) and Synthalen ^® CR (3V Sigma) in Trade available. If desired, the crosslinking can be carried out with the aid of poly olefinically unsaturated compounds, for example divinylbenzene, tetraallyloxyethane, methylenebisacrylamide, diallyl ether, polyallylpolyglyceryl ethers, or allyl ethers of sugars or sugar derivatives such as erythritol, pentaerythritol, arabitol, mannitol, sorbitol, sucrose or glucose. Methylenebisacrylamide is a preferred crosslinking agent.

The homopolymer is preferably used in the form of a nonaqueous polymer dispersion which should not have a polymer content of less than 30% by weight. Such polymer dispersions are (under the names Salcare ^® SC 95 about 50% polymer content, additional components: mineral oil (INCI name: Mineral Oil) and tridecyl-polyoxypropylene-polyoxyethylene-ether (INCI name: PPG-1 trideceth-6) ) and Salcare ^® SC 96 (about 50% polymer content, additional components: mixture of diesters of propylene glycol with a mixture of caprylic and capric acid (INCI name: propylene glycol Dicaprylate / Dicaprate) and tridecyl-polyoxypropylene-polyoxyethylene-ether (INCI Designation: PPG-1-trideceth-6)) are commercially available.

Copolymers having monomer units of the formula (G1-I) contain as nonionic monomer units preferably acrylamide, methacrylamide, acrylic acid-C _1-4 -alkyl esters and methacrylic acid-C _1-4 -alkyl esters. Among these nonionic monomers, the acrylamide is particularly preferred. These copolymers can also be crosslinked, as described above in the case of the homopolymers. A copolymer preferred according to the invention is the crosslinked acrylamide-methacryloyloxyethyltrimethylammonium chloride copolymer. Such copolymers in which the monomers are present in a weight ratio of about 20:80, are commercially available as approximately 50% non-aqueous polymer dispersion 92 under the name Salcare ^® SC.

suitable Cationically active silicone compounds preferably have at least either an amino group or at least one ammonium group. suitable Silicone polymers with amino groups are under the INCI name Amodimethicone known. These are polydimethylsiloxanes with aminoalkyl groups. The aminoalkyl groups may be side or terminal. The N-containing Silicone as Inventive Cationic Polymer (C1) can preferably be selected are selected from the group comprising siloxane polymers having at least one Amino group, siloxane polymers having at least one terminal amino group, Amodimethicone, trimethylsilylamodimethicone, and / or aminoethylaminopropylsiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymer. suitable Silicone polymers with two terminal quaternary Ammonium groups are known by the INCI name Quaternium-80. These are dimethylsiloxanes having two terminal aminoalkyl groups.

wobei R = OH oder CH₃; X = Alkylgruppe mit 1 bis 4 C-Atomen, vorzugsweise Propyl oder Isopropyl und A, B und C = Copolymereinheiten, die taktische und/oder ataktische Polymerblöcke ausbilden können, sind.According to the invention, preference is given to the use of an aminosiloxane corresponding to the following general formula (G1-II),

wherein R = OH or CH ₃ ; X = alkyl group having 1 to 4 C atoms, preferably propyl or isopropyl, and A, B and C = copolymer units which can form tactical and / or atactic polymer blocks.

Amodimethicone, amodimethicone-containing emulsions or fluids are most preferred according to the invention. Emulsions which can preferably be used according to the invention are Dow ^Corning® 949, which is a cationic emulsion comprising amodimethicone, cetrimonium chloride and trideceth-12; Dow ^Corning® 939, which is an emulsion containing amodimethicone, cetrimonium chloride and trideceth-12; Dow ^Corning® 929, which is a cationic emulsion containing amodimethicone, talc trimonium chloride and nonoxynol-10; Dow Corning ^® 7224 or 1401 based on trimethylsilylamodimethicone, octoxynol-40, Isolaureth-6, and glycol; Dow Corning 2-8194 microemulsion (26%) based on an amine-functionalized silicone polymer; Dow Corning ^® 2-8177 Microemulsion (12%) are based on an amine functional silicone polymer; Dow Corning ^® 2-8566 Amino Fluid based on an amine-functionalized polydimethylsiloxane; available from Dow Corning.

The Molecular weight of the aminosilicone is preferably between 500 and 100,000. The amine content (meq / g) is preferably in the range from 0.05 to 2.3, more preferably from 01 to 0.5.

The Silicone as inventive cationic Polymer is in an amount of 0.01 to 20 wt.% Based on the total agent, preferably in amounts of 0.05 to 15 wt.% And completely particularly preferably used in amounts of 0.05 to 10 wt.%.

• • G ist ein Anhydroglucoserest, beispielsweise Stärke- oder Celluloseanhydroglucose;
• • B ist eine divalente Verbindungsgruppe, beispielsweise Alkylen, Oxyalkylen, Polyoxyalkylen oder Hydroxyalkylen;
• • R_a, R_b und R_c sind unabhängig voneinander Alkyl, Aryl, Alkylaryl, Arylalkyl, Alkoxyalkyl oder Alkoxyaryl mit jeweils bis zu 18 C-Atomen, wobei die Gesamtzahl der C-Atome in R_a, R_b und R_c vorzugsweise maximal 20 ist;
• • X^– ist ein übliches Gegenanion und ist vorzugsweise Chlorid.

Suitable cationic polymers derived from natural polymers are cationic derivatives of polysaccharides, for example, cationic derivatives of cellulose, starch or guar. Also suitable are chitosan and chitosan derivatives. Cationic polysaccharides have the general formula (G1-III) GOB-N + R _a R _b R _c X ^-

• G is an anhydroglucose residue, for example starch or cellulose anhydroglucose;
• B is a divalent linking group, for example alkylene, oxyalkylene, polyoxyalkylene or hydroxyalkylene;
• • R _a , R _b and R _c are independently alkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl or alkoxyaryl each having up to 18 carbon atoms, wherein the total number of carbon atoms in R _a , R _b and R _{c is} preferably at most 20 is;
• • X ^- is a common counteranion and is preferably chloride.

A cationic cellulose is sold under the name of Polymer JR ^® from Amerchol and has the INCI designation Polyquaternium-10 degrees. Another cationic cellulose bears the INCI name Polyquaternium-24 and is sold under the trade name Polymer LM-200 by Amerchol. A suitable cationic guar derivative is sold under the trade name Jaguar ^® and has the INCI designation guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride.

Especially preferred cationic substances are chitosan, chitosan salts and Chitosan derivatives. The chitosan derivatives are an example of a cationic polymer, which pronounced Has properties as a film former. In the invention to be used Chitosans are completely or partially deacetylated Chitins. For the preparation of chitosan is preferably from the chitin contained in the shell remains of crustaceans, which as cheaper and more natural Raw material in big Quantities available stands. The molecular weight of chitosan can be distributed over a broad spectrum be, for example, from 20,000 to about 5 million g / mol. Suitable is, for example, a low molecular weight chitosan having a molecular weight from 30,000 to 70,000 g / mol. Preferably, the molecular weight is however over 100,000 g / mol, more preferably from 200,000 to 700,000 g / mol. The degree of deacetylation is preferably 10 to 99%, more preferably 60 to 99%.

A suitable chitosan is sold, for example, by Kyowa Oil & Fat, Japan under the trade name Flonac ^®. It has a molecular weight of 300,000 to 700,000 g / mol and is deacetylated to 70 to 80%. A preferred chitosan is chitosoniumpyrrolidone is, for example, sold under the name Kytamer ^® PC by Amerchol, USA. The contained chitosan has a molecular weight of about 200,000 to 300,000 g / mol and is deacetylated to 70 to 85%. Suitable chitosan derivatives are quaternized, alkylated or hydroxyalkylated derivatives, for example hydroxyethyl or hydroxybutylchitosan. Further chitosan derivatives are Hydagen® ^® CMF, Hydagen® ^® HCMF and Chitolam ^® NB / 101 freely available under the trade names in the trade.

The Chitosans or chitosan derivatives are preferably in neutralized or partially neutralized form. The degree of neutralization for the Chitosan or the chitosan derivative is preferably at least 50%, more preferably between 70 and 100%, based on the number the free base groups. As a neutralizing agent can in principle all cosmetically acceptable inorganic or organic acids used such as formic acid, tartaric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, citric acid, pyrrolidonecarboxylic acid, hydrochloric acid and the like, of which the pyrrolidonecarboxylic acid is particularly preferred.

• – quaternisierte Cellulose-Derivate, wie sie unter den Bezeichnungen Celquat^® und Polymer JR^® im Handel erhältlich sind. Die Verbindungen Celquat^® H 100, Celquat^® L 200 und Polymer JR^® 400 sind bevorzugte quaternierte Cellulose-Derivate,
• – kationische Alkylpolyglycoside gemäß der DE-PS 44 13 686,
• – kationiserter Honig, beispielsweise das Handelsprodukt Honeyquat^® 50,
• – kationische Guar-Derivate, wie insbesondere die unter den Handelsnamen Cosmedia^® Guar und Jaguar^® vertriebenen Produkte,
• – polymere Dimethyldiallylammoniumsalze und deren Copolymere mit Estern und Amiden von Acrylsäure und Methacrylsäure. Die unter den Bezeichnungen Merquat^® 100 (Poly(dimethyldiallylammoniumchlorid)) und Merquat^® 550 (Dimethyldiallylammoniumchlorid-Acrylamid-Copolymer) im Handel erhältlichen Produkte sind Beispiele für solche kationischen Polymere,
• – Copolymere des Vinylpyrrolidons mit quaternierten Derivaten des Dialkylaminoalkylacrylats und -methacrylats, wie beispielsweise mit Diethylsulfat quaternierte Vinylpyrrolidon-Dimethylaminoethylmethacrylat-Copolymere. Solche Verbindungen sind unter den Bezeichnungen Gafquat^® 734 und Gafquat^® 755 im Handel erhältlich,
• – Vinylpyrrolidon-Vinylimidazoliummethochlorid-Copolymere, wie sie unter den Bezeichnungen Luviquat^® FC 370, FC 550, FC 905 und HM 552 angeboten werden,
• – quaternierter Polyvinylalkohol,
• – sowie die unter den Bezeichnungen Polyquaternium 2, Polyquaternium 17, Polyquaternium 18 und Polyquaternium 27 bekannten Polymeren mit quartären Stickstoffatomen in der Polymerhauptkette,
• – Vinylpyrrolidon-Vinylcaprolactam-Acrylat-Terpolymere, wie sie mit Acrylsäureestern und Acrylsäureamiden als dritter Monomerbaustein im Handel beispielsweise unter den Bezeichnungen Gaffix^® VC 713 oder Aquaflex^® SF 40 angeboten werden.

Further preferred cationic polymers are, for example

• - Quaternized cellulose derivatives, such as those under the names Celquat ^® and Polymer JR ^® commercially available. The compounds Celquat ^® H 100, Celquat L 200 and Polymer JR ^{® ®} 400 are preferred quaternized cellulose derivatives
• Cationic alkyl polyglycosides according to DE-PS 44 13 686,
• - cationized honey, for example the commercial product Honeyquat ^® 50,
• - cationic guar derivatives, such as in particular the products sold under the trade names Cosmedia® ^® Guar and Jaguar ^®,
• - Dimethyldiallylammoniumsalze polymeric and their copolymers with esters and amides of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. Under the names Merquat ^® 100 (Poly (dimethyldiallylammonium chloride)) and Merquat ^® 550 (dimethyldiallylammonium chloride-acrylamide copolymer) are examples of such cationic polymers,
• - Copolymers of vinylpyrrolidone with quaternized derivatives of dialkylaminoalkyl acrylate and methacrylate, such as diethyl sulfate quaternized vinylpyrrolidone-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymers. Such compounds are sold under the names Gafquat ^® 734 and Gafquat ^® 755 commercially,
• - vinylpyrrolidone vinylimidazoliummethochloride copolymers, such as those offered under the names Luviquat.RTM ^® FC 370, FC 550, FC 905 and HM 552,
• - quaternized polyvinyl alcohol,
• - as well as the polymers known under the names Polyquaternium 2, Polyquaternium 17, Polyquaternium 18 and Polyquaternium 27 with quaternary nitrogen atoms in the polymer main chain,
• - vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl caprolactam-acrylate terpolymers, such as those offered by Acrylsäureestern and acrylamides as the third monomer commercially, for example under the names Gaffix ^® VC 713 or Aqua Flex ^® SF 40th

Can be used as cationic polymers are sold under the names Polyquaternium-24 (commercial product z. B. Quatrisoft ^® LM 200), known polymers. , Gaffix ^® VC 713 (manufactured by ISP): Also according to the invention can be used the copolymers of vinylpyrrolidone, such as the commercial products Copolymer 845 (ISP manufacturer) are Gafquat ^® ASCP 1011, Gafquat ^® HS 110, Luviquat ^® 8155 and Luviquat ^® MS 370 available are.

Other cationic polymers which can be used in the agents according to the invention are the so-called "temporary cationic" polymers. These polymers usually contain an amino group which, at certain pH values, is present as quaternary ammonium group and thus cationic. For example, chitosan and its derivatives are preferred as Hydagen CMF ^®, Hydagen HCMF ^®, Kytamer ^® PC and Chitolam ^® NB / 101 are freely available commercially, for example under the trade names.

According to the invention preferred cationic polymers are cationic cellulose derivatives and chitosan and its derivatives, in particular the commercial products Polymer ^® JR 400, Hydagen ^® HCMF and Kytamer ^® PC, cationic guar derivatives, cationic honey derivatives, in particular the commercial product Honeyquat ^® 50, cationic Alkylpolyglycodside according to DE-PS 44 13 686 and polymers of the type Polyquaternium-37.

Furthermore, cationized protein hydrolyzates are to be counted among the cationic polymers, wherein the underlying protein hydrolyzate from the animal, for example from collagen, milk or keratin, from the plant, for example from wheat, corn, rice, potatoes, soy or almonds, marine life forms, for example from fish collagen or algae, or biotechnologically derived protein hydrolysates. The protein hydrolyzates on which the cationic derivatives according to the invention are based can be obtained from the corresponding proteins by chemical, in particular alkaline or acid hydrolysis, by enzymatic hydrolysis and / or a combination of the types of hydrolysis. The hydrolysis of proteins usually results in a protein hydrolyzate having a molecular weight distribution of about 100 daltons up to several thousand daltons. Preference is given to those cationic protein hydrolyzates whose underlying protein content has a molecular weight of 100 to 25,000 daltons, preferably 250 to 5000 daltons. Furthermore, cationic protein hydrolyzates are to be understood as meaning quaternized amino acids and mixtures thereof. The quaternization of the protein hydrolyzates or amino acids is often carried out using quaternary ammonium salts such as N, N-dimethyl-N- (n-alkyl) -N- (2-hydroxy-3-chloro-n-propyl) ammonium halides. Furthermore, the cationic protein hydrolysates may also be further derivatized. As typical examples of the cationic protein hydrolyzates and derivatives according to the invention, those listed under the INCI names in the "International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook", (seventh edition 1997, The Cosmetic, Toiletry, and Fragrance Association 1101 17 ^th Street, NW, Suite 300 Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Casein, Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Collagen, Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Collagen, Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Hair Keratin, Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Keratin, Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Rice Protein, Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Soy Protein, Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein, Hydroxypropyl Arginine Lauryl / Myristyl Ether HCl, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Gelatin, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Casein, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Collagen, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Conchi Olefin Protein, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Keratin, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Rice Bran Protein, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Soy Protein, Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Vegetable Protein, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein / Siloxysilicate, Laurdimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Soy Protein, Laurdimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein, Laurdimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein / Siloxysilicate, Lauryldimony Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Casein, Lauryldimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Keratin, Lauryldimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Soy Protein, Steardimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Casein, Steardimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Collagen, Steardimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Keratin, Steardimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Rice Protein, Steardimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Soy Protein, Steardimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Vegetable Protein, Steardi Monium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein, Steartrimonium Hydroxyethyl Hydrolyzed Collagen, Quaternium-76 Hydrolyzed Collagen, Quaternium-79 Hydrolyzed Collagen, Quaternium-79 Hydrolyzed Keratin, Quaternium-79 Hydrolyzed Milk Protein, Quaternium-79 Hydrolyzed Soy Protein, Quaternium-79 Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein.

All particularly preferred are the cationic protein hydrolysates and Derivatives on a vegetable basis.

The cationic polymers are preferred in amounts in the compositions according to the invention from 0.05 to 10 wt .-%, based on the total agent. Amounts of 0.1 to 5 wt .-% are particularly preferred.

at the anionic polymers (G2) are anionic polymers, which have carboxylate and / or sulfonate groups. Examples for anionic Monomers from which such polymers may consist are Acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic, maleic anhydride and 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid. The can acidic groups in whole or in part as sodium, potassium, ammonium, Mono- or triethanolammonium salt available. Preferred monomers are 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid and Acrylic acid.

When anionic polymers have proven to be particularly effective containing as sole or co-monomer 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid, wherein the sulfonic acid group wholly or partly as sodium, potassium, ammonium, mono- or Triethanolammonium salt may be present.

More preferably, the homopolymer of 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropansulfon acid, which is available for example under the name Rheothik ^® 11-80 is commercially.

Within this embodiment For example, it may be preferable to use copolymers of at least one anionic Use monomer and at least one nonionic monomer. In terms of The anionic monomers are based on the substances listed above directed. Preferred nonionic monomers are acrylamide, methacrylamide, acrylate, methacrylates, Vinyl pyrrolidone, vinyl ethers and vinyl esters.

Preferred anionic copolymers are acrylic acid-acrylamide copolymers and in particular polyacrylamide copolymers with sulfonic acid-containing monomers. A particularly preferred anionic copolymer consists of 70 to 55 mol% of acrylamide and 30 to 45 mol% of 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid, wherein the sulfonic acid group is wholly or partly in the form of sodium, potassium, ammonium, mono- or triethanolammonium Salt is present. This copolymer may also be crosslinked, with crosslinking agents preferably polyolefinically unsaturated compounds such as tetraallyloxyethane, allylsucrose, allylpentaerythritol and methylene-bisacrylamide are used. Such a polymer is contained in the commercial product Sepigel ^® 305 from SEPPIC. The use of this compound, which in addition to the polymer component contains a hydrocarbon mixture (C ₁₃ -C ₁₄ isoparaffin) and a nonionic emulsifier (laureth-7), has proved to be particularly advantageous within the scope of the teaching according to the invention.

Also sold under the name Simulgel ^® 600 as a compound with isohexadecane and polysorbate-80 Natriumacryloyldimethyltaurat copolymers have proved to be particularly effective according to the invention.

Likewise preferred anionic homopolymers are uncrosslinked and crosslinked polyacrylic acids. Allyl ethers of pentaerythritol, sucrose and propylene may be preferred crosslinking agents. Such compounds are for example available under the trademark Carbopol ^® commercially.

Copolymers of maleic anhydride and methyl vinyl ether, in particular those with crosslinks, are also color-retaining polymers. A 1.9-decadienes crosslinked maleic acid-methyl copolymer available under the name Stabileze® ^® QM.

The Anionic polymers are preferred in amounts in the inventive compositions from 0.05 to 10 wt .-%, based on the total agent. Amounts of 0.1 to 5 wt .-% are particularly preferred.

• – einer Verbindung (V1) mit mindestens 2 aktiven Wasserstoffatomen pro Molekül und
• – einem Di- oder Polyisocyanat (V2).

Another very particularly preferred group of polymers are polyurethanes. The polyurethanes consist of at least two different monomer types,

• A compound (V1) having at least 2 active hydrogen atoms per molecule and
• - A di- or polyisocyanate (V2).

at the compounds (V1) may be, for example, diols, triols, Diamines, triamines, polyetherols and polyesterols act. there become the compounds with more than 2 active hydrogen atoms usually only in small amounts in combination with a large excess of compounds used with 2 active hydrogen atoms.

Examples for connections (V1) are ethylene glycol, 1,2- and 1,3-propylene glycol, butylene glycols, Di-, tri-, tetra- and poly-ethylene and -propylene glycols, copolymers lower alkylene oxides such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide and butylene oxide, Ethylenediamine, propylenediamine, 1,4-diaminobutane, hexamethylenediamine and □, □ -diamines based on long-chain alkanes or polyalkylene oxides.

polyurethanes, in which the compounds (V1) are diols, triols and polyetherols, can preferred according to the invention be. In particular, polyethylene glycols and polypropylene glycols with Molar masses between 200 and 3000, in particular between 1600 and 2500, have in individual cases proved to be particularly suitable.

polyesterols become common by modifying the compound (V1) with dicarboxylic acids such as phthalic acid, isophthalic acid and adipic acid receive.

When Connections (V2) become predominant Hexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,4- and 2,6-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-methylenedi (phenyl isocyanate) and in particular isophorone diisocyanate.

Farther can the used according to the invention Polyurethanes still building blocks such as diamines as chain extenders and hydroxy contain. Dialkylolcarboxylic acids such as dimethylolpropionic acid are particularly suitable Hydroxy carboxylic acids. With regard to the other components there is no fundamental restriction whether they are nonionic, anionic or cationic Blocks acts.

Regarding further information about The construction and production of the polyurethanes is expressly stated the articles in the relevant reviews like Römpps Chemie-Lexikon and Ullmanns Enzyklopadie der technischen Chemie Referenced.

• – ausschließlich aliphatische Gruppen im Molekül
• – keine freien Isocyanatgruppen im Molekül
• – Polyether- und Polyesterpolyurethane
• – anionische Gruppen im Molekül.

Polyurethanes which can be characterized as follows have proven particularly suitable according to the invention in many cases.

• - Only aliphatic groups in the molecule
• - no free isocyanate groups in the molecule
• - Polyether and polyester polyurethanes
• - anionic groups in the molecule.

It has also happened in some cases proved to be advantageous if the polyurethane is not in the system solved, but is stably dispersed.

Farther it turned out to be for the preparation of the compositions according to the invention as advantageous proved when the polyurethanes are not directly with the other components mixed but in the form of aqueous dispersions were introduced. Such dispersions usually have a solids content of about 20-50%, especially about 35-45%, and are also commercial available.

An inventively particularly preferred polyurethane is available under the trade name Luviset.RTM ^® PUR (BASF).

Furthermore, amphoteric polymers (G3) can be used as polymers. The term amphoteric polymers includes both those polymers which contain in the molecule both free amino groups and free -COOH or SO ₃ H groups and are capable of forming internal salts, as well as zwitterionic polymers which in the molecule have quaternary ammonium groups and -COO ^- or -SO ₃ ^- groups, and summarized those polymers containing -COOH or SO ₃ H groups and quaternary ammonium groups.

amphoteric Polymers, like the cationic polymers, are very particular preferred polymers.

An example of the present invention amphopolymer suitable is the acrylic resin commercially available as Amphomer ^® is a copolymer of tert-butylaminoethyl methacrylate, N- (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) -acrylamide and two or more monomers from the group of acrylic acid, Represents methacrylic acid and its simple esters.

• (a) Monomeren mit quartären Ammoniumgruppen der allgemeinen Formel (G3-I), R¹-CH=CR²-CO-Z-(C_nH_2n)-N⁽⁺⁾R³R⁴R⁵A^(–) (G3-I) in der R¹ und R² unabhängig voneinander stehen für Wasserstoff oder eine Methylgruppe und R³, R⁴ und R⁵ unabhängig voneinander für Alkylgruppen mit 1 bis 4 Kohlenstoffatomen, Z eine NH-Gruppe oder ein Sauerstoffatom, n eine ganze Zahl von 2 bis 5 und A^(–) das Anion einer organischen oder anorganischen Säure ist, und
• (b) monomeren Carbonsäuren der allgemeinen Formel (G3-II), R⁶-CH=CR⁷-COOH (G3-II)in denen R⁶ und R⁷ unabhängig voneinander Wasserstoff oder Methylgruppen sind.

Preferably used amphoteric polymers are those polymers which are composed essentially

• (a) monomers having quaternary ammonium groups of the general formula (G3-I), R ¹ -CH = CR ² -CO-Z- (C _n H _2n ) -N ⁽⁺⁾ R ³ R ⁴ R ⁵ A ^(-) (G ³ -I) in which R ¹ and R ² independently of one another are hydrogen or a methyl group and R ³ , R ⁴ and R ⁵ independently of one another are alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, Z is an NH group or an oxygen atom, n is an integer from 2 to 5 and A ^{(-) is} the anion of an organic or inorganic acid, and
• (b) monomeric carboxylic acids of the general formula (G3-II), R ⁶ -CH = CR ⁷ -COOH (G3-II) in which R ⁶ and R ^{7 are} independently hydrogen or methyl groups.

These compounds can be used both directly and in salt form, which is obtained by neutralization of the polymers, for example with an alkali metal hydroxide, according to the invention. Very particular preference is given to those polymers in which monomers of the type (a) are used in which R ³ , R ⁴ and R ^{5 are} methyl groups, Z is an NH group and A ^{(-) is} a halide, methoxysulfate or ethoxysulfate Ion is; Acrylamidopropyl trimethyl ammonium chloride is a particularly preferred monomer (a). Acrylic acid is preferably used as monomer (b) for the stated polymers.

suitable Starting monomers are z. Dimethylaminoethylacrylamide, dimethylaminoethylmethacrylamide, Dimethylaminopropylacrylamide, dimethylaminopropylmethacrylamide and Diethylaminoethylacrylamide when Z is an NH group or dimethylaminoethyl acrylate, Dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate and diethylaminoethyl acrylate when Z is an oxygen atom.

The a tertiary Amino-containing monomers are then in a known manner quaternized, wherein as alkylating reagents methyl chloride, dimethyl sulfate or diethyl sulfate are particularly suitable. The quaternization reaction can in aqueous solution or in the solvent respectively.

Advantageously, those monomers of the formula (G3-I) are used which are derivatives of acrylamide or methacrylamide. Preference is furthermore given to those monomers which contain halide, methoxysulfate or ethoxysulfate ions as counterions. Also preferred are those monomers of the formula (G3-I) in which R ³ , R ⁴ and R ^{5 are} methyl groups.

The Acrylamidopropyltrimethylammonium chloride is a very special one preferred monomer of the formula (G3-I).

When monomeric carboxylic acids of the formula (G3-II) are acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid and 2-methyl-crotonic acid. Preference is given to using acrylic or methacrylic acid, in particular acrylic acid.

The zwitterionic polymers which can be used according to the invention are prepared from monomers of For Meln (G3-I) and (G3-II) prepared according to known polymerization. The polymerization can be carried out either in aqueous or aqueous-alcoholic solution. The alcohols used are alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably isopropanol, which simultaneously serve as polymerization regulators. However, other components than regulators may also be added to the monomer solution, eg. For example, formic acid or mercaptans, such as thioethanol and thioglycolic acid. The initiation of the polymerization takes place with the aid of free-radical-forming substances. For this purpose, redox systems and / or thermally decomposing radical formers of the azo compound type, such. As azoisobutyronitrile, azo-bis (cyanopentanoic acid) or azo-bis (amidinopropane) dihydrochloride can be used. As redox systems are z. B. combinations of hydrogen peroxide, potassium or ammonium peroxodisulfate and tertiary butyl hydroperoxide with sodium sulfite, sodium dithionite or hydroxylamine hydrochloride as a reduction component.

The Polymerization may be isothermal or under adiabatic conditions carried out be, depending on from the concentration ratios by the released heat of polymerization of the temperature range for the process the reaction between 20 and 200 ° C may vary, and the reaction optionally under the autogenous overpressure carried out must become. Preferably, the reaction temperature is between 20 and 100 ° C.

Of the pH during The copolymerization can vary within a wide range. advantageously, is polymerized at low pHs; however, pH values are also possible above the neutral point. After the polymerization is with a aqueous base, z. As sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or ammonia, to a pH between 5 and 10, preferably 6 to 8, set. Details of the polymerization process can taken from the examples.

When Such polymers have proven particularly effective in which the monomers of the formula (G3-I) over the monomers of the formula (G3-II) in excess. It is therefore preferred according to the invention to use those polymers which consist of monomers of the formula (G3-I) and the monomers of the formula (G3-II) in a molar ratio of 60:40 to 95: 5, especially from 75:25 to 95: 5 exist.

The Amphoteric polymers are preferred in amounts in the compositions of the invention from 0.05 to 10 wt .-%, based on the total agent. Amounts of 0.1 to 5 wt .-% are particularly preferred.

Further amphoteric polymers which can be used according to the invention are the compounds mentioned in British Patent Application 2,104,091, European Patent Application 47,714, European Offenlegungsschrift 217,274, European Offenlegungsschrift 283,817 and German Offenlegungsschrift 28 17 369. Further suitable zwitterionic polymers are Methacroylethylbetain / methacrylate copolymers, which are commercially available under the name Amersette ^® (AMERCHOL).

The agents according to the invention can in a further embodiment non-ionic polymers (G4).

• – Vinylpyrrolidon/Vinylester-Copolymere, wie sie beispielsweise unter dem Warenzeichen Luviskol^® (BASF) vertrieben werden. Luviskol^® VA 64 und Luviskol^® VA 73, jeweils Vinylpyrrolidon/Vinylacetat-Copolymere, sind ebenfalls bevorzugte nichtionische Polymere.
• – Celluloseether, wie Hydroxypropylcellulose, Hydroxyethylcellulose und Methylhydroxypropylcellulose, wie sie beispielsweise unter den Warenzeichen Culminal^® und Benecel^® (AQUALON) und Natrosol^®-Typen (Hercules) vertrieben werden.
• – Stärke und deren Derivate, insbesondere Stärkeether, beispielsweise Structure^® XL (National Starch), eine multifunktionelle, salztolerante Stärke;
• – Schellack
• – Polyvinylpyrrolidone, wie sie beispielsweise unter der Bezeichnung Luviskol^® (BASF) vertrieben werden.
• – Siloxane. Diese Siloxane können sowohl wasserlöslich als auch wasserunlöslich sein. Geeignet sind sowohl flüchtige als auch nichtflüchtige Siloxane, wobei als nichtflüchtige Siloxane solche Verbindungen verstanden werden, deren Siedepunkt bei Normaldruck oberhalb von 200°C liegt. Bevorzugte Siloxane sind Polydialkylsiloxane, wie beispielsweise Polydimethylsiloxan, Polyalkylarylsiloxane, wie beispielsweise Polyphenylmethylsiloxan, ethoxylierte Polydialkylsiloxane sowie Polydialkylsiloxane, die Amin- und/oder Hydroxy-Gruppen enthalten.
• – Glycosidisch substituierte Silicone.

Suitable nonionic polymers are, for example:

• - Vinylpyrrolidone / vinyl ester copolymers, such as those sold under the trademark Luviskol ^® (BASF). Luviskol ^® VA 64 and Luviskol ^® VA 73, each vinylpyrrolidone / vinyl acetate copolymers, are also preferred nonionic polymers.
• - cellulose ethers such as hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose and methylhydroxypropyl cellulose, as for example under the trademark Culminal® ^® and Benecel ^® (AQUALON) and Natrosol ^® grades (Hercules) are distributed.
• - starch and its derivatives, in particular starch, such as Structure XL ^® (National Starch), a multifunctional, salt-tolerant starch;
• - shellac
• - polyvinylpyrrolidones, as for example under the name Luviskol ^® (BASF).
• - siloxanes. These siloxanes can be both water-soluble and water-insoluble. Both volatile and nonvolatile siloxanes are suitable, nonvolatile siloxanes being understood as meaning those compounds whose boiling point is above 200 ° C. under normal pressure. Preferred siloxanes are polydialkylsiloxanes, such as, for example, polydimethylsiloxane, polyalkylarylsiloxanes, such as, for example, polyphenylmethylsiloxane, ethoxylated polydialkylsiloxanes and polydialkylsiloxanes which contain amine and / or hydroxyl groups.
• - Glycosidically substituted silicones.

The Nonionic polymers are in the inventive compositions preferably in amounts of 0.05 to 10 wt .-%, based on the total Means, included. Amounts of 0.1 to 5 wt .-% are particularly preferred.

According to the invention, the term polymer also means special preparations of polymers, such as spherical polymer powders. Various methods are known for producing such microspheres from different monomers, for example by special polymerization processes or by dissolving the polymer in a solvent and spraying it into a medium in which the solvent can evaporate or diffuse out of the particles. Such a method is eg off EP 466 986 B1 known. Suitable polymers are, for example, polycarbonates, polyurethanes, polyacrylates, polyolefins, polyesters or polyamides. Particularly suitable are those spherical polymer powders whose primary particle diameter is less than 1 micron. Such products based on a polymethacrylate copolymer are, for example, under the trade name Polytrap ^® Q5-6603 (Dow Corning) in the trade. Other polymer powders, eg based on polyamides (nylon 6, nylon 12) are with a particle size of 2-10 microns (90%) and a specific surface area of about 10 m ² / g under the trade name Orgasol ^® 2002 DU Nat Cos ( Atochem SA, Paris). Further spherical polymer powders which are suitable for the purpose according to the invention are, for example, the polymethacrylates (Micropearl M) from SEPPIC or (Plastic Powder A) from NIKKOL, the styrene-divinylbenzene copolymers (Plastic Powder FP) from NIKKOL, the polyethylene and polypropylene Powder (ACCUREL EP 400) from AKZO, or else silicone polymers (Silicone Powder X2-1605) from Dow Corning or even spherical cellulose powders.

The Polymer powders described above are in the inventive compositions preferably in amounts of 0.05 to 10 wt .-%, based on the total Means, included. Amounts of 0.1 to 5 wt .-% are particularly preferred.

polymers can independently from their chemical structure and charge also according to their function be characterized in cosmetic products. The description the polymers according to their Function in the agents according to the invention does not necessarily correspond a rating or meaning of these polymers. Rather, they are all Polymers in principle as equivalent for use in the inventive compositions although some of these polymers are preferred can. Furthermore, some polymers are due to the polyfunctionality of polymers in several descriptions with different effects again. Polymers which are more desired Can cause effects are therefore particularly preferred for use in the inventive compositions.

The Choice of the suitable polymer also depends on the use the composition of the invention. For example, particularly preferred is a film-forming cationic or amphoteric polymer selected, when the composition is used as a styling agent or stiffener shall be.

There Polymers often are multifunctional, can their functions are not always clearly and clearly separated from each other become. In particular, this applies to film-forming and setting polymers. Nevertheless, are exemplary some film-forming polymers are described. However will at this point explicitly referenced that in the context of the present Invention both film-forming and strengthening polymers essential are. Since both properties are not completely independent of each other, be under the term "strengthening Polymers "always" film-forming Polymers "understood and vice versa.

To the preferred properties of the film-forming polymers include the Film formation. Among film-forming polymers are such polymers to understand which while drying a continuous film on the Skin, hair or nails leave. Such film formers can be used in a wide variety of cosmetic Products such as face masks, make-up, hair fixatives, Hair sprays, hair gels, hair waxes, hair treatments, shampoos or nail polishes be used. Particularly preferred are those polymers which a sufficient solubility in alcohol or water / alcohol mixtures to be in the agent of the invention when using in complete dissolved Form prevail. Due to its pronounced property of film formation these polymers are very particular in the agents according to the invention prefers. The use of at least one of these polymers is therefore also very particular according to the invention prefers. The film-forming polymers can be synthetic or natural Be of origin.

Under Film-forming polymers are further inventively such Polymers which, when used in 0.01 to 20% aqueous, alcoholic or hydroalcoholic solution are able to deposit on the hair a transparent polymer film. The film-forming polymers can both anionic, amphoteric, nonionic, permanent cationic or temporarily be cationically charged.

suitable synthetic, film-forming, hair-fixing polymers are homo- or Copolymers composed of at least one of the following monomers are vinylpyrrolidone, vinylcaprolactam, vinyl esters such as e.g. vinyl acetate, Vinyl alcohol, acrylamide, methacrylamide, alkyl and dialkylacrylamide, Alkyl and dialkyl methacrylamide, alkyl acrylate, alkyl methacrylate, Propylene glycol or ethylene glycol, wherein the alkyl groups of these monomers preferably C1 to C7 alkyl groups, particularly preferably C1 to C3 alkyl groups are.

Suitable examples are homopolymers of vinylcaprolactam, vinylpyrrolidone or N-vinylformamide. Further suitable synthetic film-forming, hair-fixing polymers are copolymers of vinyl pyrrolidone and vinyl acetate, terpolymers of vinylpyrrolidone, vinyl acetate and vinyl propionate, polyacrylamides, for example, under the trade designations Akypomine ^® P 191 by the company CHEM-Y, Emmerich or Sepigel ^® 305 by the company Seppic be distributed; Polyvinyl alcohols, which are marketed under the trade names Elvanol.RTM ^® from DuPont or Vinol ^® 523/540 by Air Products as well as polyethylene glycol / polypropylene glycol copolymers, for example, Ucon ^® Union Carbide sold under the trade names. Particularly preferred are polyvinylpyrrolidone and polyvinylpyrrolidone / vinyl acetate copolymers.

Suitable natural film-forming polymers include cellulose derivatives, eg. B. hydroxypropyl cellulose having a molecular weight of 30,000 to 50,000 g / mol, which is sold, for example, under the trade name Nisso SI ^® by Lehmann & Voss, Hamburg.

Examples of common film formers are Abies Balsamea (Balsam Canada) Resin, Acetylenediurea / Formaldehyde / Tosylamide Crosspolymer, Acrylamide / Ammonium Acrylate Copolymer, Acrylamide Copolymer, Acrylamide / DMAPA Acrylates / Methoxy PEG Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylamide / Sodium Acrylate Copolymer, Acrylamidopropyltrimonium Chloride / Acrylamide Copolymer , Acrylamidopropyltrimonium Chloride / Acrylates Copolymer, Acrylates / Acetoacetoxyethyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Acrylamide Copolymer, Acrylates / Ammonium Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Behenyl Methacrylates / Dimethicone Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / t-Butylacrylamide Copolymer, Acrylates Copolymer, Acrylates / Diacetone Acrylamide Copolymer, Acrylates / Dimethicone Copolymer, Acrylates / Dimethicone Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Dimethiconol Acrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Dimethylaminoethyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Ethylhexyl Acrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Ethylhexyl Acrylates / HEMA / Styrene Copolymer, Acrylates / Ethyl Hex yl Acrylates / Styrene Copolymer, Acrylates / Hydroxyesters Acrylates Copolymer, Acrylates / Lauryl Acrylates / Stearyl Acrylates / Ethylamine Oxide Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Octylacrylamide Copolymer, Acrylates / Propyl Trimethicone Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Stearyl Acrylates / Dimethicone Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Stearyl Acrylates / Ethylamine Oxide Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / TDI / Trimethylolpropane Copolymer, Acrylates / VA Copolymer, Acrylates / VA Crosspolymer, Acrylates / VP Copolymer, Acrylates / VP / Dimethylaminoethyl Methacrylates / Diacetones Acrylamide / Hydroxypropyl Acrylate Copolymer, Acrylic Acid / Acrylonitrogen Copolymer, Adipic Acid / CHDM / MA / Neopentyl Glycol / Trimellitic Anhydride Copolymer, Adipic Acid / Diethylene Glycol / Glycerol Crosspolymer, Adipic Acid / Diethylenetriamine Copolymer, Adipic Acid / Dilinoleic Acid / Hexylene Glycol Copolymer, Adipic Acid / Dimethylaminohydroxypropyl Diethylenetriamine Copolymer, Adipic Acid / Epoxypropyl Diethylenetriamine Copolymer , Adipic Acid / Fuma Acid / Phthalic Acid / Tricyclodecane Dimethanol Copolymer, Adipic Acid / Isophthalic Acid / Neopentyl Glycol / Trimethylolpropane Copolymer, Adipic Acid / Neopentyl Glycol / Trimellitic Anhydride Copolymer, Adipic Acid / PPG-10 Copolymer, Albumen, Allyl Stearate / VA Copolymer, Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Polysaccharides, Aminoethyl Acrylates Phosphate / Acrylates Copolymer, Aminoethylpropanediol Acrylates / Acrylamide Copolymer, Aminoethylpropanediol AMPD Acrylates / Diacetone Acrylamide Copolymer, Ammonium Acrylates / Acrylonitrogen Copolymer, Ammonium Acrylates Copolymer, Ammonium Alginates, Ammonium Polyacrylates, Ammonium Styrene / Acrylates Copolymer, Ammonium VA / Acrylates Copolymer, AMPD Acrylates / Diacetone Acrylamide Copolymer, AMP Acrylates / Allyl Methacrylate Copolymer, AMP Acrylates / C1-18 Alkyl Acrylates / C1-8 Alkyl Acrylamide Copolymer, AMP Acrylates Copolymer, AMP Acrylates / Diacetone Acrylamide Copolymer, AMP Acrylates / Dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, Astragalus gum gum, Avena sativa (Oat) kernels l Protein, Behenyl Methacrylate / Perfluorooctylethyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Benzoguanamine / Formaldehyde / Melamine Crosspolymer, Benzoic Acid / Phthalic Anhydride / Pentaerythritol / Neopentyl Glycol / Palmitic Acid Copolymer, Bis-Hydrogenated Tallow Amine Dilinoleic Acid / Ethylenediamine Copolymer, Bis-PEG-15 Dimethicone / IPDI Copolymer, Bis-PPG-15 Dimethicone / IPDI Copolymer, Bis-Stearyl Dimethicone, Brassica Campestris / Aleurites Fordi Oil Copolymer, Butadiene / Acrylonitrile Copolymer, 1,4-Butanediol / Succinic Acid / Adipic Acid / HDI Copolymer, Butoxy Chitosan, Butyl Acrylate Crosspolymer, Butyl Acrylate / Ethylhexyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Butyl Acrylate / Hydroxyethyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Butyl Acrylate / Hydroxypropyl Dimethicone Acrylate Copolymer, Butyl Acrylate / Styrene Copolymer, Butylated Polyoxymethylene Urea, Butylated PVP, Butyl Benzoic Acid / Phthalic Anhydride / Trimethylolethane Copolymer, Butylene / Ethylene / Propylene Copolymer, Butyl Ester of Ethylene / MA Copolymer, Butyl Ester of PVM / MA Copolymer , Butylethylpropanediol Dimer Dilinoleate, Butyl Methacrylate / DMAPA Acryla Tes / Vinylacetamide Crosspolymer, C23-43 Acid Pentaerythritol Tetraester, Calcium Carboxymethyl Cellulose, Calcium Carrageenan, Calcium Potassium Carbomer, Calcium / Sodium PVM / MA Copolymer, C5-6 Alkanes / Cycloalkanes / Terpene Copolymer, C30-45 Alkyl Dimethicone / Polycyclohexene Oxide Crosspolymer , C1-5 Alkyl Galactomannan, Candelilla Wax Hydrocarbons, Carboxybutyl Chitosan, Carboxymethyl Chitosan, Carboxymethyl Chitosan Succinamide, Carboxymethyl Dextran, Carboxymethyl Hydroxyethyl Cellulose, Castor Oil / IPDI Copolymer, Cellulose Acetates, Cellulose Acetate Butyrates, Cellulose Acetate Propionate, Cellulose Acetate Propionate Carboxylate, Cellulose Gum, Cetearyl Dimethicone / Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer, Chitosan, Chitosan Adipate, Chitosan Ascorbate, Chitosan Formats, Chitosan Glycolate, Chitosan Lactate, Chitosan PCA, Chitosan Salicylate, Chitosan Succinamide, C5-6 Olefin / C8-10 Naphtha Olefin Copolymer, Collodion, Copaifera Officinalis (Balsam Copaiba) Resin, Copal, Corn Starch / Acrylamide / Sodi acrylate copolymer, Corn Starch Modified, C6-14 perfluoroalkylethyl acrylate / HEMA copolymer, DEA-styrene / acrylates / DVB copolymer, dibutylhexyl IPDI, didecyltetradecyl IPDI, diethylene glycolamine / epichlorohydrin / piperazine copolymer, diethylhexyl IPDI, diglycol / CHDM / isophthalates / SIP Copolymer, Diglycol / Isophthalates / SIP Copolymer, Dihydroxyethyl Tallowamine / IPDI Copolymer, Dilinoleic Acid / Glycol Copolymer, Dilinoleic Acid / Sebacic Acid / Piperazine / Ethylenediamine Copolymer, Dilinoleyl Alcohol / IPDI Copolymer, Dimethicone PEG-8 Polyacrylates, Dimethicone / Vinyltrimethylsiloxysilicate Crosspolymer, Dimethiconol / IPDI Copolymer, Dimethylamine / Ethylene Diamine / Epichlorohydrin Copolymer, Dioctyldecyl IPDI, Dioctyldodecyl IPDI, Di-PPG-3 Myristyl Ether Adipate, Divinyl Dimethicone / Dimethicone Copolymer, Divinyl Dimethicone / Dimethicone Crosspolymer, DMAPA Acrylates / Acrylic Acid / Acrylonitrogen Copolymer, Dodecanedioic Acid / Cetearyl Alcohol / Glycol copolymer, ethylcellulose, ethylene / acrylic acid cop Polymer, Ethylene / Acrylic Acid / VA Copolymer, Ethylene / Calcium Acrylate Copolymer, Ethylene / MA Copolymer, Ethylene / Magnesium Acrylate Copolymer, Ethylene / Methacrylate Copolymer, Ethylene / Octene Copolymer, Ethylene / Propylene Copolymer, Ethylene / Sodium Acrylate Copolymer, Ethylene / VA Copolymer, Ethylene / Zinc Acrylate Copolymer, Ethyl Ester of PVM / MA Copolymer, Euphorbia Cerifera (Candelilla) Wax, Euphorbia Cerifera (Candelilla) Wax Extract, Fibroin / PEG-40 / Sodium Acrylate Copolymer, Flexible Collodion, Formaldehyde / Melamine / Tosylamide Copolymer, Galactoarabinan, Glycereth-7 Hydroxystearate / IPDI Copolymer, Glycerol / MA / Rosin Acid Copolymer, Glycerol / Phthalic Acid Copolymer, Glycerol / Phthalic Acid Copolymer Castorate, Glycerol / Succinic Acid Copolymer Castorate, Glyceryl Diricinoleate / IPDI Copolymer, Glyceryl Polyacrylate, Glyceryl Polymethacrylates, Glyceryl Undecyl Dimethicone, Glycidyl C8-11 Acidate / Glycerol / Phthalic Anhydride Copolymer, Glycol Rosinate, Gutta Percha, Hexylene Glycol / Neopenty l Glycol / Adipic Acid / SMDI / DMPA Copolymer, Hydrogenated Brassica Campestris / Aleurites Fordi Oil Copolymer, Hydrogenated Caprylyl Olive Esters, Hydrogenated Cetyl Olive Esters, Hydrogenated Decyl Olive Esters, Hydrogenated Hexyl Olive Esters, Hydrogenated Lauryl Olive Esters, Hydrogenated Myristyl Olive Esters, Hydrogenated Rosin, Hydrogenated Styrene / Butadiene Copolymer, Hydrolyzed Candelilla Wax, Hydrolyzed Carnauba Wax, Hydrolyzed Chitosan, Hydrolyzed Gadidae Protein, Hydrolyzed Jojoba Esters, Hydrolyzed Sunflower Seed Wax, Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein, Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein / Cystine Bis-PG-Propyl Silanetriol Copolymer, Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein / Dimethicone PEG-7 Acetate, Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein / Dimethicone PEG-7 Phosphate Copolymer, Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein / PVP Crosspolymer, Hydroxybutyl Methylcellulose, Hydroxyethylcellulose, Hydroxyethyl Chitosan, Hydroxyethyl Ethylcellulose, Hydroxyethyl / Methoxyethyl Acrylates / Butyl Acrylate Copolymer, Hydroxyethyl / Methoxyethyl acrylate copolymer, Hy Hydroxypropylcellulose, Hydroxypropyl Chitosan, Hydroxypropyl Guar, Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose, Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose Acetate / Succinate, Hydroxypropyl Oxidized Starch, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hyaluronate, Hydroxypropyl Xanthan Gum, Isobutylene / Ethylmaleimide / Hydroxyethylmaleimide Copolymer, Isobutylene / MA Copolymer, Isobutylene / Sodium Maleate Copolymer, Isobutylmethacrylate / Bis- Hydroxypropyl Dimethicone Acrylate Copolymer, Isomerized Linoleic Acid, Isophorone Diamine / Cyclohexylamine / Isophthalic Acid / Azelaic Acid Copolymer, Isophorone Diamine / Isophthalic Acid / Pentaerythritol Copolymer, Isophorone Diamine / Isophthalic Acid / Trimethylolpropane Copolymer, Isopropyl Ester of PVM / MA Copolymer, 4.4 ' Isopropylidenediphenol / Epichlorohydrin Copolymer, Lauryl Acrylate / VA Copolymer, Lauryl Methacrylate / Glycol Dimethacrylate Crosspolymer, Maltodextrin, Mannan, Melia Azadirachta Conditioned Media / Culture, Methacrylic Acid / Sodium Acrylamidomethyl Propane Sulfonate Copolymer, Methacryloyl Ethyl B etaine / Acrylates Copolymer, Methacryloyl Propyltrimethoxysilane, Methoxypolyoxymethylene Melamine, Methyl Ethyl Cellulose, Methyl Methacrylate / Acrylonitrile Copolymer, Methyl Methacrylate Crosspolymer, Methyl Methacrylate / Glycol Dimethacrylate Crosspolymer, Myrica Cerifera (Bayberry) Fruit Wax, Myroxylon Balsamum (Balsam Tolu) Resin, Myroxylon Pereirae ( Peru) Resin, nitrocellulose, nylon 12/6/66 copolymer, octadecenes / MA copolymer, octylacrylamide / acrylates / butylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, oxymethylene / melamine copolymer, palmitic acid / pentaerythritol / stearic acid / terephthalic acid copolymer, PEG-150 / Decyl Alcohol / SMDI Copolymer, PEG-7 dimethicone, PEG / PPG-25/25 dimethicone / acrylate copolymer, PEG-150 / stearyl alcohol / SMDI copolymer, pentaerythritol / terephthalic acid copolymer, pentaerythrityl cyclohexane dicarboxylate, perfluorononylethyl stearyl dimethicone, phenylpropyldimethylsiloxysilicate, phthalic Acid Denatured With Epoxy Resin Alkyd Resin, Phthalic Anhydride / Adipic Acid / Castor Oil / Neopentyl Glycol / PEG-3 / Trimethylolpropane Copolymer, Phthalic Anhydride / Benzoic Acid / Glycerin Copolymer, Phthalic Anhydride / Benzoic Acid / Trimethylol Pro pane Copolymer, Phthalic Anhydride / Butyl Benzoic Acid / Propylene Glycol Copolymer, Phthalic Anhydride / Glycerol / Glycidyl Decanoate Copolymer, Phthalic Anhydride / Trimellitic Anhydride / Glycol Copolymer, Piperylene / Butene / Pentene Copolymer, Piperylene / Butene / Pentene / Pentadiene Copolymer, Pistacia Lentiscus (Mastic) Gum, Polianthes Tuberosa Extract, Polyacrylamides, Polyacrylamidomethylpropanes, Sulfonic Acid, Polyacrylates-1, Polyacrylates-2, Polyacrylates-5, Polyacrylates-6, Polyacrylic Acid, Polyamides-1, Polybeta-Alanines, Polybeta-Alanines / Glutaric Acid Crosspolymer, Polybutyl acrylates, polybutylene terephthalates, polychlorotrifluoroethylenes, polydiethylene glycol adipate / IPDI copolymer, polydimethylaminoethyl methacrylates, polyester-1, polyester-2, polyester-3, polyethylacrylates, polyethylenes, polyethylenes naphthalates, polyethylene terephthalates, polyethylglutamates, polyethylmethacrylates, polyglucuronic acid, polyglyceryl-2 diisostearates / IPDI copolymer, polyisobutenes, polylysines, polymethacrylam ide, polymethacrylamidopropyltrimonium methosulfates, polymethacrylic acid, polymethyl acrylates, polymethylglutamates, polymethyl methacrylates, polyoxyisobutylenes / methylene urea copolymer, polyoxymethylene melamines, polypentaerythrityl terephthalates, polypentenes, polyperfluoroperhydrophenanthrenes, poly-p-phenylenes terephthalamides, polyphosphorylcholines glycol acrylates, polyquaternium-1, polyquaternium-2 , Polyquaternium-4, Polyquaternium-5, Polyquaternium-6, Polyquaternium-7, Polyquaternium-8, Polyquaternium-9, Polyquaternium-10, Polyquaternium-11, Polyquaternium-12, Polyquaternium-13, Polyquaternium-14, Polyquaternium-15, Polyquaternium -16, Polyquaternium-17, Polyquaternium-18, Polyquaternium-19, Polyquaternium-20, Polyquaternium-22, Polyquaternium-24, Polyquaternium-27, Polyquaternium-28, Polyquaternium-29, Polyquaternium-30, Polyquaternium-31, Polyquaternium-32 , Polyquaternium-33, Polyquaternium-34, Polyquaternium-35, Polyquaternium-36, Polyquaternium-37, Polyquaternium-39, Polyquatern ium-43, Polyquaternium-44, Polyquaternium-45, Polyquaternium-46, Polyquaternium-47, Polyquaternium-48, Polyquaternium-49, Polyquaternium-50, Polyquaternium-51, Polyquaternium-56, Polyquaternium-57, Polyquaternium-61, Polysilicone- 6, polysilicone-8, polysilicone-11, polysilicone-14, polystyrene, polyurethane-1, polyurethane-2, polyurethane-4, polyurethane-5, polyurethane-6, polyurethane-7, polyurethane-8, polyurethane-10, polyurethane. 11, Polyurethane-12, Polyurethane-13, Polyvinylacetal Diethylaminoacetate, Polyvinyl Acetate, Polyvinyl Alcohol, Polyvinyl Butyral, Polyvinyl Caprolactam, Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyvinyl Imidazolinium Acetate, Polyvinyl Isobutyl Ether, Polyvinyl Laurate, Polyvinyl Methyl Ether, Polyvinyl Stearyl Ether, Potassium Acrylates / Acrylamides Copolymer, Potassium Acrylates / C10-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer, Potassium Acrylates / Ethylhexyl Acrylate Copolymer, Potassium Butyl Ester of PVM / MA Copolymer, Potassium Carbomer, Potassium Carrageenan, Potassium Ethyl Ester of P VM / MA Copolymer, PPG-26 / HDI Copolymer, PPG-17 / IPDI / DMPA Copolymer, PPG-12 / SMDI Copolymer, PPG-7 / Succinic Acid Copolymer, PPG-26 / TDI Copolymer, PPG-10 Tocophereth-30, PPG-20 Tocophereth-50, Propylene Glycol Diricinoleate / IPDI Copolymer, Pseudotsuga Menziesii (Balsam Oregon) Resin, Pullulan, PVM / MA Copolymer, PVM / MA Decadiene Crosspolymer, PVP, PVP Montmorillonite, PVP / VA / Itaconic Acid Copolymer, PVP / VA / Vinyl Propionate Copolymer, Quaternium-22, Rhizobian Gum, Rosin, Rubber Latex, Serum Albumin, Shellac, Sodium Acrylates / Acrolein Copolymer, Sodium Acrylates / Acrylonitrogens Copolymer, Sodium Acrylates / C10-30 Alkyl Acrylates Crosspolymer, Sodium Acrylates Copolymer, Sodium Acrylates / Vinyl Alcohol Copolymer, Sodium Butyl Ester of PVM / MA Copolymer, Sodium Carbomer, Sodium Carboxymethyl Chitin, Sodium Carboxymethyl Starch, Sodium Carrageenan, Sodium C4-12 Olefin / Maleic Acid Copolymer, Sodium DVB / Acrylates Copolymer, Sodium Ethyl Ester of PVM / MA Copolymer, Sodium Isooctylene / MA Copolymer, Sodiu m MA / Diisobutylene Copolymer, Sodium MA / Vinyl Alcohol Copolymer, Sodium PG-Propyldimethicone Thiosulfate Copolymer, Sodium Polyacrylate, Sodium Polymethacrylate, Sodium Polystyrene Sulfonate, Sodium PVM / MA / Decadiene Crosspolymer, Sodium Styrene / Acrylate Copolymer, Sodium Tauride Acrylates / Acrylic Acid / Acrylonitrogen Copolymer, Starch / Acrylates / Acrylamide Copolymer, Starch Diethylaminoethyl Ether, Stearamidopropyl Dimethicone, Steareth-10 Allyl Ether / Acrylates Copolymer, Stearoyl Epoxy Resin, Stearyl HDI / PEG-50 Copolymer, Stearyl Methacrylate / Perfluorooctylethyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Stearyl Vinyl Ether / MA Copolymer, Styrax Benzoin Gum, Styrene / Acrylates / Acrylonitrile Copolymer, Styrene / Acrylates / Ammonium Methacrylate Copolymer, Styrene / Acrylates Copolymer, Styrene / Allyl Benzoate Copolymer, Styrene / DVB Crosspolymer, Styrene / Isoprene Copolymer, Styrene / MA Copolymer, Styrene / Methacrylamides / Acrylates Copolymer, Styrene / Methylstyrene / Indene Copolymer, Styrene / VA Copolymer, Styrene / VP Cop Polymer, Sucrose Benzoate / Sucrose Acetate Isobutyrate / Butyl Benzyl Phthalate Copolymer, Sucrose Benzoate / Sucrose Acetate Isobutyrate / Butyl Benzyl Phthalate / Methyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Sucrose Benzoate / Sucrose Acetate Isobutyrate Copolymer, TEA Acrylates / Acrylonitrogen Copolymer, TEA Diricinoleate, TEA Diricinoleate / IPDI Copolymer, Terephthalic Acid / Isophthalic Acid / Sodium Isophthalic Acid Sulfonate / Glycol Copolymer, Tetradecyloctadecyl Behenate, Tetradecyloctadecyl Myristate, Tetradecyloctadecyl Stearate, Titanium Isostearate, Tosylamide / Epoxy Resin, Tosylamide / Formaldehyde Resin, Tricontanyl PVP, Triethylene Glycol Rosinate, Trimethylol Propane Cyclohexenes Dicarboxylates, Trimethylolpropanes Triacrylates, Trimethylpentanediol / Isophthalic Acid / Trimellitic Anhydride Copolymer, Trimethylsiloxysilicate / Dimethiconol Crosspolymer, Trimethylsiloxysilylcarbamoyl Pullulan, Triticum Vulgare (Wheat) Protein, Tromethamine Acrylates / Acrylonitrogen Copolymer, VA / Butyl Maleate / Isobornyl Acrylates C Opolymer, VA / Crotonates Copolymer, VA / Crotonates / Methacryloxybenzophenone-1 Copolymer, VA / Crotonates / Vinyl Neodecanoate Copolymer, VA / Crotonates / Vinyl Propionate Copolymer, VA / Crotonic Acid / PEG-20M Copolymer, VA / DBM Copolymer, VA / Isobutyl Maleate / Vinyl Neodecanoate Copolymer, VA / Vinyl Butyl Benzoate / Crotonates Copolymer, VA / Vinyl Chloride Copolymer, Vinyl Acetate, Vinylamine / Vinyl Alcohol Copolymer , Vinyl caprolactam / VP / dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, vinyl chloride / vinyl laurate copolymer, VP / dimethiconyl acrylate / polycarbamyl / polyglycol ester, VP / dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, VP / dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate / polycarbamyl polyglycol ester, VP / eicosene copolymer, VP / hexadecenes copolymer, VP / Polycarbamyl Polyglycol Ester, VP / VA Copolymer, Welan Gum, Yeast Beta Glucan, Yeast Polysaccharides, Zein.

polymers which fix the hair, the so-called firming polymers, contribute to the maintenance and / or development of the hair volume, the hair fullness of the hair Total hairstyle at. Film-forming polymers and gums are therefore general typical substances for Hair treatment products such as hair fixatives, hair foams, hair waxes, hair sprays. As such, they are preferably used in the powders of the invention or Moldings. Substances which continue to impart hydrophobic properties to the hair, are preferred because they dampen the tendency of the hair, so absorb water, reduce it. This is the flabby Hang down the strands of hair diminished and thus a long-lasting hairstyle structure and preservation guaranteed. As a test method for this becomes common the so-called curl retention test applied. The use at least One of these polymers in the agents according to the invention is therefore preferred according to the invention. Very particular preference is given from this group of polymers to those which in addition also have firming properties. However, it is also preferred according to the invention, if in the inventive compositions at least one setting and one film-forming polymer are used. Maximum it is preferred if both polymers at the same time, although if appropriate in different form have both strengthening ala and film-forming properties.

firming Polymers contribute to the maintenance and / or structure of the hair volume, the hair fullness the total hairstyle at. These so-called consolidating polymers are at the same time also film-forming polymers and therefore generally typical Substances for Hair treatment products such as hair fixatives, hair foams, hair waxes, hair sprays. The film formation can be quite selective and only a few Connect fibers together.

Because of the importance of just the strengthening polymers should therefore be explicitly listed in the form of their INCI name. In this List of the invention especially Of course, polymers which are to be used with preference are therefore straightforward also the cationic polymers again.

Examples of common film-forming, setting polymers are:
Acrylamide / Ammonium Acrylate Copolymer, Acrylamide / DMAPA Acrylates / Methoxy PEG Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylamidopropyltrimonium Chloride / Acrylamide Copolymer, Acrylamidopropyltrimonium Chloride / Acrylates Copolymer, Acrylates / Acetoacetoxyethyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Acrylamide Copolymer, Acrylates / Ammonium Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / t-Butylacrylamides Copolymer, Acrylates Copolymer, Acrylates / C1-2 Succinates / Hydroxy Acrylates Copolymer, Acrylates / Lauryl Acrylates / Stearyl Acrylates / Ethylamine Oxide Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Octylacrylamide Copolymer, Acrylates / Octylacrylamides / Diphenyl Amodimethicone Copolymer, Acrylates / Stearyl Acrylates / Ethylamine Oxide Methacrylate Copolymer , Acrylates / VA Copolymer, Acrylates / VP Copolymer, Adipic Acid / Diethylenetriamine Copolymer, Adipic Acid / Dimethylaminohydroxypropyl Diethylenetriamine Copolymer, Adipic Acid / Epoxypropyl Diethylenetriamine Copolymer, Adipic Acid / Isophthalic Acid / Neopentyl Glycol / Trimethylolpropane Copolymer, All yl Stearate / VA Copolymer, Aminoethyl Acrylate Phosphate / Acrylate Copolymer, Aminoethylpropanediol Acrylate / Acrylamide Copolymer, Aminoethylpropanediol AMPD Acrylate / Diacetone Acrylamide Copolymer, Ammonium VA / Acrylate Copolymer, AMPD Acrylate / Diacetone Acrylamide Copolymer, AMP Acrylate / Allyl Methacrylate Copolymer, AMP Acrylates / C1-18 Alkyl Acrylates / C1-8 Alkyl Acrylamide Copolymer, AMP Acrylates / Diacetone Acrylamide Copolymer, AMP Acrylates / Dimethylaminoethyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Bacillus / Rice Bran Extract / Soybean Extract Ferment Filtrate, Bis-Butyloxyamodimethicone / PEG-60 Copolymer, Butyl Acrylate / Ethylhexyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Butyl Acrylate / Hydroxypropyl Dimethicone Acrylate Copolymer, Butylated PVP, Butyl Ester of Ethylene / MA Copolymer, Butyl Ester of PVM / MA Copolymer, Calcium / Sodium PVM / MA Copolymer, Corn Starch / Acrylamide / Sodium Acrylate Copolymer , Diethylene Glycolamine / Epichlorohydrin / Piperazine Copolymer, Dimethicone Crosspolymer, Diphenyl Amodimethicone, Ethyl Ester of PVM / MA Copolymer, Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein / PVP Crosspolymer, Isobutylene / Ethylmaleimide / Hydroxyethylmaleimide Copolymer, Isobutylene / MA Copolymer, Isobutylmethacrylate / Bis-Hydroxypropyl Dimethicone Acrylate Copolymer, Isopropyl Ester of PVM / MA Copolymer, Lauryl Acrylate Crosspolymer, Lauryl Methacrylate / Glycol Dimethacrylate Crosspolymer, MEA Sulfites, Methacrylic Acid / Sodium Acrylamidomethyl Propane Sulfonate Copolymer, Methacryloyl Ethyl Betaine / Acrylates Copolymer, Octylacrylamide / Acrylates / Butylaminoethyl Methacrylate Copolymer, PEG / PPG-25/25 Dimethicone / Acrylates Copolymer, PEG-8 / SMDI Copolymer, Polyacrylamides, Polyacrylates-6, Polybeta-Alanines / Glutaric Acid Crosspolymer, Polybutylene Terephthalate, Polyester-1, Polyethylacrylates, Po lyethylene terephthalate, polymethacryloyl ethyl betaine, polypentaerythrityl terephthalate, polyperfluoroperhydrophenanthrenes, polyquaternium-1, polyquaternium-2, polyquaternium-4, polyquaternium-5, polyquaternium-6, polyquaternium-7, polyquaternium-8, polyquaternium-9, polyquaternium-10, polyquaternium 11, Polyquaternium-12, Polyquaternium-13, Polyquaternium-14, Polyquaternium-15, Polyquaternium-16, Polyquaternium-17, Polyquaternium-18, Polyquaternium-19, Polyquaternium-20, Polyquaternium-22, Polyquaternium-24, Polyquaternium-27, Polyquaternium-28, Polyquaternium-29, Polyquaternium-30, Polyquaternium-31, Polyquaternium-32, Polyquaternium-33, Polyquaternium-34, Polyquaternium-35, Polyquaternium-36, Polyquaternium-37, Polyquaternium-39, Polyquaternium-45, Polyquaternium- 46, Polyquaternium-47, Polyquaternium-48, Polyquaternium-49, Polyquaternium-50, Polyquaternium-55, Polyquaternium-56, Polysilicone-9, Polyurethane-1, Polyurethane-6, Polyurethane-10, Polyvinyl Acetate, Polyvinyl Butyral , Polyvinylcaprolactam, Polyvinylformamide, Polyvinyl Imidazolinium Acetate, Polyvinyl Methyl Ether, Potassium Butyl Ester of PVM / MA Copolymer, Potassium Ethyl Ester of PVM / MA Copolymer, PPG-70 Polyglyceryl-10 Ether, PPG-12 / SMDI Copolymer, PPG-51 / SMDI Copolymer, PPG-10 Sorbitol, PVM / MA Copolymer, PVP, PVP / VA / Itaconic Acid Copolymer, PVP / VA / Vinyl Propionate Copolymer, Rhizobian Gum, Rosin Acrylate, Shellac, Sodium Butyl Ester of PVM / MA Copolymer, Sodium Ethyl Ester of PVM / MA Copolymer, Sodium Polyacrylate, Sterculia Urens Gum, Terephthalic Acid / Isophthalic Acid / Sodium Isophthalic Acid Sulfonate / Glycol Copolymer, Trimethylolpropane Triacrylate, Trimethylsiloxysilylcarbamoyl Pullulan, VA / Crotonates Copolymer, VA / Crotonates / Methacryloxybenzophenone-1 Copolymer, VA / Crotonates / Vinyl Neodecanoate Copolymer, VA / Crotonates / Vinyl Propionate Copolymer, VA / DBM Copolymer, VA / Vinyl Butyl Benzoate / Crotonates Copolymer, Vinylamine / Vinyl Alcohol Copolymer, Vinyl Caprolactam / VP / Dimethylaminoethyl Methac Copolymer, VP / Acrylates / Lauryl Methacrylate Copolymer, VP / Dimethylaminoethyl Methacrylate Copolymer, VP / DMAPA Acrylate Copolymer, VP / Hexadecene Copolymer, VP / VA Copolymer, VP / Vinyl Caprolactam / DMAPA Acrylate Copolymer, Yeast Palmitate.

All Particularly preferred are acrylates / t-butylacrylamide copolymer, Octylacrylamide / Acrylates / Butylaminoethyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Polyurethane-1, polyvinylcaprolactam and VP / VA copolymer.

The Film-forming and / or setting polymer (A) is in the agent according to the invention preferably in an amount of 3.0 to 40% by weight, more preferably from 3.0 to 30% by weight, most preferably in one Amount of 3.0 to 20 weight percent included. Of course you can too several film-forming and / or solid polymers in the composition according to the invention be included. It can these film-forming and / or setting polymers are both permanent as well as temporary cationic, anionic, nonionic or amphoteric. Farther The present invention also includes the recognition that in the Use of at least two film-forming and / or setting Of course, these polymers are different May have charges. According to the invention preferred It may be when an ionic film-forming and / or festifying Polymer with an amphoteric and / or nonionic film forming and / or fixing polymer is used together. Also the use at least two opposites charged film-forming and / or setting polymers is preferred. In the latter case, a particular embodiment, in turn, additionally at least another amphoteric and / or nonionic film-forming and / or containing consolidating polymer.

Finally is the antistatic effect of polymers another for cosmetic Means essential function. With the help of electrical properties These polymers are the surfaces of cosmetic products treated substrates skin, nails and affects keratinic fibers in their electrical potential. For example in hair care, this is called the "fly-away effect" on and on electrostatic repulsion the hair fiber based effect diminished. But also on the skin surface becomes in this way the skin feeling affected. Some of these polymers develop their optimal effect in a certain pH range. In the inventive compositions from this group of polymers are those which are preferred at the same time also at least one of the groups of the fixing and / or attributable to film-forming polymers. Of course it includes the teaching of the invention also the finding that in the compositions according to the invention in each case at least an antistatic, at least one fixing and at least one film-forming polymer can be used. However, it is preferred to select the polymers in such a way that at least one of the polymers is at least two of the desired Features. Maximum is preferred according to the invention, when the polymer continues to be added to the three most important properties strengthening, Fixation and film formation met another property.

Examples of such antistatic polymers are:
Acrylamidopropyltrimonium Chloride / Acrylamide Copolymer, Acrylamidopropyltrimonium Chloride / Acrylates Copolymer, AMP Isostearoyl Gelatin / Keratin Amino Acids / Lysine Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride, Benzyltri Monium Hydrolyzed Collagen, Caesalpinia Spinosa Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride, Cocamidopropyl Dimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Collagen, Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Casein, Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Collagen, Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Hair Keratin, Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Keratin, Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Rice Protein, Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Silk, Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Soy Protein, Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein, Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Silk Amino Acids, Dimethicone Hydroxypropyl Trimonium Chloride, Dimethicone Propylethylenediamine Behenate, Dimethicone Propyl PG-Betaine, Ditallow Dimonium Cellulose Sulfate, Gelatin / Keratin Amino Acids / Lysine Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride, Gelatin / Lysine / Polyacrylamide Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chlorides, Beta-Glucan Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chlorides, Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chlorides, Hydrogenated Starch Hydrolysates Hydroxypropyltrimon ium Chloride, Hydroxypropyl Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Gelatin, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Honey, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Casein, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Collagen, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Conchiolin Protein, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Jojoba Protein, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Keratin, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Rice Bran Protein, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Silk, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Soy Protein , Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Vegetable Protein, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein / Siloxysilicate, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Wheat Starch, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Whey, Lauridimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Jojoba Protein, Laurodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein, Lauridimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein / Siloxysilicate, Laurdimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Wheat Starch, Laurdimonium Hydro xypropyl Wheat Amino Acids, Laur / Myrist / Palmitamidobutyl Guanidine Acetate, Lauryldimony Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Casein, Lauryldimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Collagen, Lauryldimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Keratin, Lauryldimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Silk, Lauryldimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Soy Protein, Oleamidopropyl Dimethylamine Hydrolyzed Collagen, Oleamidopropyldimony Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Collagen, PEG -2 Coco-Benzonium Chloride, PEG-10 Coco-Benzonium Chloride, PEG-2 Cocomonium Chloride, PEG-15 Cocomonium Chloride, PEG-5 Cocomonium Methosulfate, PEG-15 Cocomonium Methosulfate, PEG-15 Cocopolyamine, PEG-9 Diethylmonium Chloride, PEG-25 Diethylmonium Chloride, PEG-2 Dimeadowfoamamidoethylmonium Methosulfate, PEG-3 Dioleoylamidoethylmonium Methosulfate, PEG-3 Distearoylamidoethylmonium Methosulfate, PEG-4 Distearylethonium Ethosulfate, PEG-2 Hydrogenated Tallow Amine, PEG-5 Hydrogenated Tallow Amine, PEG-8 Hydrogenated Tallow Amine , PEG-10 Hydrogenated Tallow Am PEG-20 Hydrogenated Tallow Amines, PEG-20 Hydrogenated Tallow Amines, PEG-30 Hydrogenated Tallow Amines, PEG-40 Hydrogenated Tallow Amines, PEG-50 Hydrogenated Tallow Amines, PEG-15 Hydrogenated Tallowmonium Chlorides, PEG-5 Isodecyloxypropylamines, PEG -2 Lauramine, PEG-5 Oleamine, PEG-15 Oleamine, PEG-30 Oleamine, PEG-2 Oleammonium Chloride, PEG-15 Oleammonium Chloride, PEG-12 Palmitamine, PEG-8 Palmitoyl Methyl Diethonium Methosulfate, PEG / PPG-1 / 25 Diethylmonium Chloride, PEG-2 Rapeseedamine, PEG-2 Soyamine, PEG-5 Soyamine, PEG-8 Soyamine, PEG-10 Soyamine, PEG-15 Soyamine, PEG-2 Stearamine, PEG-5 Stearamine, PEG-10 Stearamine, PEG -15 Stearamines, PEG-50 Stearamines, PEG-2 Stearmonium Chlorides, PEG-15 Stearmonium Chlorides, PEG-5 Stearyl Ammonium Chlorides, PEG-5 Stearyl Ammonium Lactates, PEG-10 Stearyl Benzonium Chlorides, PEG-6 Stearylguanidines, PEG-5 Tallow Amide, PEG-2 Tallow Amine, PEG-7 Tallow Amine, PEG-11 Tallow Amine, PEG-15 Tallow Amine, PEG-20 Tallow Amine, PEG-25 Tallow Amine, PE G-3 Tallow Aminopropylamine, PEG-10 Tallow Aminopropylamine, PEG-15 Tallow Aminopropylamine, PEG-20 Tallow Ammonium Ethosulfate, PEG-5 Tallow Benzonium Chloride, PEG-15 Tallow Polyamine, PEG-3 Tallow Propylenedimonium Dimethosulfate, PG-Hydroxyethylcellulose Cocodimonium Chloride , PG-Hydroxyethylcellulose Lauryldimonium Chloride, PG-Hydroxyethylcellulose Stearyldimonium Chloride, Polymethacrylamidopropyltrimonium Chloride, Polymethacrylamidopropyltrimonium Methosulfate, Polyquaternium-1, Polyquaternium-2, Polyquaternium-4, Polyquaternium-5, Polyquaternium-6, Polyquaternium-7, Polyquaternium-8, Polyquaternium-9 , Polyquaternium-10, Polyquaternium-11, Polyquaternium-12, Polyquaternium-13, Polyquaternium-14, Polyquaternium-15, Polyquaternium-16, Polyquaternium-17, Polyquaternium-18, Polyquaternium-19, Polyquaternium-20, Polyquaternium-22, Polyquaternium -24, Polyquaternium-27, Polyquaternium-28, Polyquaternium-29, Polyquaternium-30, Polyquaternium-31, Polyquaternium-32, Polyquaternium-33, P Polyquaternium-34, Polyquaternium-35, Polyquaternium-36, Polyquaternium-37, Polyquaternium-39, Polyquaternium-43, Polyquaternium-44, Polyquaternium-45, Polyquaternium-46, Polyquaternium-48, Polyquaternium-49, Polyquaternium-50, Polyquaternium- 54, Polyquaternium-60, Polysilicone-1, Polyvinyl Imidazolinium Acetate, PPG-2 Cocamine, PPG-9 Diethylmonium Chloride, PPG-25 Diethylmonium Chloride, PPG-40 Diethylmonium Chloride, PPG-2 Hydrogenated Tallowamine, PPG-24-PEG-21 Tallowaminopropylamine, PPG-2 Tallowamine, PPG-3 Tallow Aminopropylamine, Propyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Collagen, Propyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Soy Protein, Propyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein, Quaternium-8, Quaternium-14, Quaternium-15, Quaternium-16, Quaternium-18, Quaternium-18 Methosulfates, Quaternium-22, Quaternium-24, Quaternium-26, Quaternium-27, Quaternium-30, Quaternium-33, Quaternium-43, Quaternium-45, Quaternium-51, Quaternium-52, Quaternium-53, Quaternium-56, Quaterni um-60, Quaternium-61, Quaternium-63, Quaternium-70, Quaternium-71, Quaternium-72, Quaternium-73, Quaternium-75, Quaternium-76 Hydrolyzed Collagen, Quaternium-77, Quaternium-78, Quaternium-79 Hydrolyzed Collagen, Quaternium-79 Hydrolyzed Keratin, Quaternium-79 Hydrolyzed Milk Protein, Quaternium-79 Hydrolyzed Silk, Quaternium-79 Hydrolyzed Soy Protein, Quaternium-79 Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein, Quaternium-80, Quaternium-81, Quaternium-82, Quaternium-83 , Quaternium-86, Quaternium-88, Quaternium-89, Quaternium-90, Silicone Quaternium-2-Panthenol Succinate, Steardimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Casein, Steardimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Collagen, Steardimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Jojoba Protein, Steardimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Keratin, Steardimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Rice Protein , Steardimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Silk, Steardimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Soy Protein, Steardimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Vegetable Protein, Steardimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyz ed Wheat Protein, Steartrimonium Hydroxyethyl Hydrolyzed Collagen, Triethonium Hydrolyzed Collagen Ethosulfate, Trigonella Foenum-Graecum Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride, Wheat Germamidopropyl Dimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein, Wheat Germamidopropyl Epoxypropyldimonium Chloride, Wheatgermamidopropyl Ethyldimonium Ethosulfate.

Of course, count too the emulsion-stabilizing polymers to the inventively preferred Polymers. These are understood to mean polymers which have the structure and the stabilization of emulsions (O / W and W / O and multiple Emulsions) significantly support. Surfactants and emulsifiers are of course the essential ingredients, however, the stabilizing polymers carry a positive Influencing the continuous or disperse phase to one Reduction of coalescence of the emulsified droplets. This positive Influencing may be due to an electrical repulsion, an increase in the viscosity or film formation on the droplet surface. These properties of the polymers in question can also be found in the compositions according to the invention be particularly advantageously used to the inventive powdery Compositions before and / or during to dissolve the application of the powder in water.

Examples of such polymers are Acrylamide / Sodium Acryloyl Dimethyl Taurate Copolymer, Acrylates / Amino Acrylates / C10-30 Alkyl PEG-20 Itaconate Copolymer, Acrylates / C10-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer, Acrylates / Stearyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Vinyl Isodecanoate Crosspolymer, Alcaligenes Polysaccharides, Allyl Methacrylate Crosspolymer, Ammonium Acryloyldimethyltaurate / Beheneth-25 Methacrylate Crosspolymer, Ammonium Acryloyldimethyltaurate / Vinyl Formamide Copolymer, Ammonium Alginate, Ammonium Phosphatidyl Rapeseedate, Ammonium Polyacrylate, Ammonium Polyacryloyldimethyl Taurate, Ammonium Shellacate, Arachidyl Alcohol, Astragalus Gummifer Gum, Beeswax, Bentonite, Calcium Carboxymethyl Cellulose , Calcium Carrageenan, Calcium Potassium Carbomer, Calcium Starch Octenylsuccinate, C1-5 Alkyl Galactomannan, C18-38 Alkyl Hydroxystearoyl Stearate, Carbomer, Carboxymethyl Hydroxyethylcellulose, Carboxymethyl Hydroxypropyl Guar, Cellulose Acetate Propionate Carboxylate, Cellulose Gu m, Ceratonia Siliqua Gum, Cetyl Hydroxyethyl Cellulose, Chitosan Lauroyl Glycinate, Cholesterol, Cholesterol / HDI / Pullulan Copolymer, Corn Starch / Acrylamide / Sodium Acrylate Copolymer, C12-14 Sec-Pareth-3, C12-14 Sec-Pareth-5, C12 -14 Sec-Pareth-7, C12-14 Sec-Pareth-8, C12-14 Sec-Pareth-9, C12-14 Sec-Pareth-12, C12-14 Sec-Pareth-15, C12-14 Sec-Pareth -20, C12-14 Sec-Pareth-30, C12-14 Sec-Pareth-40, C12-14 Sec-Pareth-50, Cyamopsis Tetragonoloba (Guar) Gum, Dimethicone Crosspolymer, Dimethicone Crosspolymer-2, Dimethicone Ethoxy Glucoside, Euphorbia Cerifera (Candelilla) Wax, Gellan Gum, Hydrolyzed Beeswax, Hydrolyzed Candelilla Wax, Hydrolyzed Carnauba Wax, Hydrolyzed Collagen PG-Propyl Dimethiconol, Hydrolyzed Sunflower Seed Wax, Hydroxybutyl Methylcellulose, Hydroxyethyl Acrylate / Sodium Acryloyldimethyl Taurate Copolymer, Hydroxyethyl Cellulose, Hydroxyethyl Ethyl Cellulose, Hydroxyethyl Isostearyloxy Isopropanolamines, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl guar, H ydroxypropyl Methylcellulose, Hydroxypropyl Xanthan Gum, Isopropyl Ester of PVM / MA Copolymer, Lanolin, Lanolin Alcohol, Magnesium Alginate, Maltodextrin, Methoxy PEG-17 / Dodecyl Glycol Copolymer, Methoxy PEG-22 / Dodecyl Glycol Copolymer, Methylcellulose, Methyl Hydroxyethylcellulose, Microcrystalline Cellulose , Microcrystalline Wax, Montmorillonite, Moroccan Lava Clay, Myrica Cerifera (Bayberry) Fruit Wax, Octadecenes / MA Copolymer, Oleic / Linoleic / Linolenic Polyglycerides, Ozokerite, Pectin, PEG-350, PEG-400, PEG-500, PEG-12 Carnauba , PEG-12 Dimethicone Crosspolymer, PEG-22 / Dodecyl Glycol Copolymer, PEG-45 / Dodecyl Glycol Copolymer, PEG-6 Hydrogenated Palmamide, PEG-100 / IPDI Copolymer, PEG-2M, PEG-5M, PEG-7M, PEG- 9M, PEG-14M, PEG-20M, PEG-23M, PEG-25M, PEG-45M, PEG-65M, PEG-90M, PEG-115M, PEG-160M, PEG / PPG-20/23 dimethicones, PEG / PPG -23/6 Dimethicone, PEG / PPG-8/3 Laurate, PEG / PPG-10/3 Oleyl Ether Dimethicone, Polyacrylic Acid, Polyethylene, Polyethylene / Isopropyl Maleate / MA Copolyol, Polygly ceryl-2 Diisostearate / IPDI Copolymer, Polypropylene Terephthalate, Polysilicone-16, Polyvinyl Acetate, Potassium Alginate, Potassium Carbomer, Potassium Carrageenan, Potassium Dextrin Octenyl Succinate, Potassium Polyacrylate, Potassium Undecylenoyl Alginate, Potassium Undecylenoyl Carrageenan, Potassium Undecylenoyl Hydrolyzed Corn Protein, Potassium Undecylenoyl Hydrolyzed Soy Protein, Potassi Undecylenoyl Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein, PPG-3 C12-14 Sec-Pareth-7, PPG-4 C12-14 Sec-Pareth-5, PPG-5 C12-14 Sec-Pareth-7, PPG-5 C12-14 Sec- Pareth-9, PPG-2 tocophereth-5, PPG-5 tocophereth-2, PPG-10 tocophereth-30, PPG-20 tocophereth-50, PVM / MA copolymer, PVP, PVP / decene copolymer, PVP montmorillonite, Pyrus malus ( Apple) Fiber, Saccharated Lime, Sclerotium Gum, Sodium Acrylate / Acryloyldimethyl Taurate Copolymer, Sodium Acrylate / Vinyl Isodecanoate Crosspolymer, Sodium Acrylate / Vinyl Alcohol Copolymer, Sodium Carbomer, Sodium Carboxymethyl Dextran, Sodium Carboxymethyl Starch, Sodium Carrageenan, Sodium Cellulose Sulfate, Sodium C4-12 Olefin / Maleic Acid Copolymer, Sodium Cyclodextrin Sulfate, Sodium Dextrin Octenylsuccinate, Sodium Polyacrylate, Sodium Polyacrylate Starch, Sodium Polyacryloyldimethyl Taurate, Sodium Polymethacrylate, Sodium Polynaphthalenesulfonate, Sodium Polystyrene Sulfonate, Sodium Starch Octenylsuccinate, Sodium / TEA Undecylenoyl Alginate, Sodium / TEA undecylenoyl C arrageenan, sodium tocopheryl phosphates, starch hydroxypropyltrimonium chlorides, stearylvinyl ether / MA copolymer, sterculia urens gum, styrene / MA copolymer, sucrose polypalmate, synthetic beeswax, synthetic wax, tamarindus indica seed gum, TEA alginates, TEA dextrin octenylsuccinate, undecylenoyl inulin , Undecylenoyl Xanthan Gum, Welan Gum, Xanthan Gum, Zinc Undecylenoyl Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein.

polymers can the viscosity from aqueous and non-aqueous phases increase in cosmetic preparations. In aqueous phases based their the viscosity increasing Function on their solubility in water or its hydrophilic nature. They are both surfactant as well as in emulsion-shaped Systems applied. Also this property of the polymers is in the powders according to the invention before and / or during the application of advantage.

The following are some examples of typical polymeric thickeners for aqueous systems:
Acrylamide Copolymer, Acrylamide / Sodium Acrylate Copolymer, Acrylamide / Sodium Acryloyl Dimethyl Taurate Copolymer, Acrylates / Acetoacetoxyethyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Beheneth-25 Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / C10-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer, Acrylates / Ceteth-20 Itaconate Copolymer, Acrylates / Ceteth- 20 Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Laureth-25 Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Palmeth-25 Acrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Palmeth-25 Itaconate Copolymer, Acrylates / Steareth-50 Acrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Steareth-20 Itaconate Copolymer, Acrylates / Steareth-20 Methacrylates Copolymer, Acrylates / Stearyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Vinyl Isodecanoate Crosspolymer, Acrylic Acid / Acrylonitrogen Copolymer, Agar, Agarose, Alcaligenes Polysaccharides, Algin, Alginic Acid, Ammonium Acrylates / Acrylonitrogens Copolymer, Ammonium Acrylates Copolymer, Ammonium Acryloyldimethyltaurate / Vinyl Formamide Copolymer, Ammonium Acryloyldimethyltaurate / VP Copolymer, Ammonium Alginate, Ammonia Polyacryloyldimethyl Taurate, Amylopectin, Ascorbyl Methylsilanol Pectinate, Astragalus Gummifer Gum, Attapulgite, Avena Sativa (Oat) Kernel Flour, Bentonite, Butoxy Chitosan, Caesalpinia Spinosa Gum, Calcium Alginate, Calcium Carboxymethyl Cellulose, Calcium Carrageenan, Calcium Potassium Carbomer, Calcium Starch Octenylsuccinate , C20-40 Alkyl Stearate, Carbomer, Carboxybutyl Chitosan, Carboxymethyl Chitin, Carboxymethyl Chitosan, Carboxymethyl Dextran, Carboxymethyl Hydroxyethyl Cellulose, Carboxymethyl Hydroxypropyl Guar, Cellulose Acetate Propionate Carboxylate, Cellulose Gum, Ceratonia Siliqua Gum, Cetyl Hydroxyethyl Cellulose, Cholesterol / HDI / Pullulan Copolymer, Cholesteryl Hexyl Dicarbamate Pullulan, Cyamopsis Tetragonoloba (Guar) Gum, Diglycol / CHDM / Isophthalate / SIP Copolymer, Dihydrogenated Tallow Benzylmonium Hectorite, Dimethicone Crosspolymer-2, Dimethicone Propyl PG-Betaine, DMAPA Acrylates / Acrylic Acid / Acrylonitrogen Copolymer, Ethylene / Sodium Acrylates Copolymer, Gelati Gellan Gum, Glyceryl Alginate, Glycine Soybean Flour, Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride, Hectorite, Hydrated Silica, Hydrogenated Potato Starch, Hydroxybutyl Methylcellulose, Hydroxyethyl Acrylate / Sodium Acryloyldimethyl Taurate Copolymer, Hydroxyethyl Cellulose, Hydroxyethyl Chitosan, Hydroxyethyl Ethyl Cellulose, Hydroxypropyl Cellulose, Hydroxypropyl Chitosan, Hydroxypropyl Ethylene Diamine Carbomer, Hydroxypropyl Guar, Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose, Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose Stearoxy Ether, Hydroxypropyl Starch, Hydroxypropyl Starch Phosphate, Hydroxypropyl Xanthan Gum, Hydroxystearamide MEA, Isobutylene / Sodium Maleate Copolymer, Lithium Magnesium Silicate, Lithium Magnesium Sodium Silicate, Macrocystis Pyrifera (Kelp ), Magnesium Alginates, Magnesium Aluminum Silicate, Magnesium Silicate, Magnesium Trisilicate, Methoxy PEG-22 / Dodecyl Glycol Copolymer, Methyl Cellulose, Methyl Ethyl Cellulose, Methyl Hydroxyethyl Cellulose, Microcrystalline Cellulose, Montmorillonite, Moroc Can Lava Clay, Natto Gum, Nonoxynyl Hydroxyethyl Cellulose, Octadecenes / MA Copolymer, Pectin, PEG-800, PEG Crosspolymer, PEG-150 / Decyl Alcohol / SMDI Copolymer, PEG-175 Diisostearate, PEG-190 Distearate, PEG-15 Glyceryl Tristearate , PEG-140 Glyceryl Tristearate, PEG-240 / HDI Copolymer Bis-Decyltetradeceth-20 Ether, PEG-100 / IPDI Copolymer, PEG-180 / Laureth-50 / TMMG Copolymer, PEG-10 / Lauryl Dimethicone Crosspolymer, PEG-15 / Lauryl Dimethicone Crosspolymer, PEG-2M, PEG-5M, PEG-7M, PEG-9M, PEG-14M, PEG-20M, PEG-23M, PEG-25M, PEG-45M, PEG-65M, PEG-90M, PEG- 115M, PEG-160M, PEG-120 Methyl Glucose Trioleate, PEG-180 / Octoxynol-40 / TMMG Copolymer, PEG-150 Pentaerythrityl Tetrastearate, PEG-4 Rapeseedamide, PEG-150 / Stearyl Alcohol / SMDI Copolymer, Polyacrylate-3, Polyacrylic Acid, Polycyclopentadiene, Polyether-1, Polyethylene / Isopropyl Maleate / MA Copolyol, Polymethacrylic Acid, Polyquaternium-52, Polyvinyl Alcohol, Potassium Alginate, Potassium Aluminum Polyacrylate, Potassium Carbomer, Potassium Carrageenan, Potassium Polyacrylate, Potato Starch Modified, PPG-14 Laureth-60 Hexyl Dicarbamate, PPG-14 Laureth-60 Isophoryl Dicarbamate, PPG-14 Palmeth 60 Hexyl Dicarbamate, Propylene Glycol Alginate, PVP / Decene Copolymer, PVP Montmorillonite, Rhizobian Gum, Ricinoleic Acid / Adipic Acid / AEEA Copolymer, Sclerotium Gum, Sodium Acrylate / Acryloyl Dimethyl Taurate Copolymer, Sodium Acrylate / Acrolein Copolymer, Sodium Acrylate / Acrylonitrogen Copolymer, Sodium Acrylates Copolymer, Sodium Acrylates / Vinyl Isodecanoate Crosspolymer, Sodium Acrylate / Vinyl Alcohol Copolymer, Sodium Carbomer, Sodium Carboxymethyl Chitin, Sodium Carboxymethyl Dextran, Sodium Carboxymethyl Beta-Glucan, Sodium Carboxymethyl Starch, Sodium Carrageenan, Sodium Cellulose Sulfates, Sodium Cyclodextrin Sulfate, Sodium Hydroxypropyl Starch Phosphate, Sodium Isooctylene / MA Copolymer, Sodium Magnesium Flu orosilicate, sodium polyacrylate, sodium polyacrylate starch, sodium polyacryloyldimethyl taurate, sodium polymethacrylate, sodium polystyrene sulfonate, sodium silicoaluminate, sodium starch octenyl succinate, sodium stearoxy PG-hydroxyethyl cellulose sulfonate, sodium styrene / acrylate copolymer, sodium tauride acrylate / acrylic acid / acrylonitrogen copolymer, Solanum Tuberosum (Potato) Starch, Starch / Acrylates / Acrylamide Copolymer, Starch Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride, Steareth-60 Cetyl Ether, Steareth-100 / PEG-136 / HDI Copolymer, Sterculia Urens Gum, Synthetic Fluorophlogopite, Tamarindus Indica Seed Gum, Tapioca Starch, TEA Alginates, TEA Carbomer, Triticum Vulgare (Wheat) Starch, Tromethamine Acrylates / Acrylonitrogens Copolymer, Tromethamine Magnesium Aluminum Silicate, Welan Gum, Xanthan Gum, Yeast Beta Glucan, Yeast Polysaccharides, Zea Mays (Corn) Starch.

A another possibility to increase the viscosity of cosmetic products is the thickening of the non-aqueous phase, the lipid phase of the cosmetic products. For this purpose, polymers are used, which are not water-soluble but are compatible with lipids. They are also used for gelation used by cosmetics with high lipid levels. This also contributes essential for the excellent application of the powders according to the invention at. The viscosity of these polymers is outstanding when dissolving forming composition regulated.

The following are some of these polymers listed:
Acrylates / C10-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer, Adipic Acid / PPG-10 Copolymer, Allyl Methacrylate Crosspolymer, Alumina Magnesium Metasilicate, Aluminum Starch Octenyl Succinate, Beeswax, Behenyl Methacrylate / Perfluorooctylethyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Bispolyethylene Dimethicone, Butadiene / Acrylonitrile Copolymer, Butylene / Ethylene Copolymer , Butylene / Ethylene / Styrene Copolymer, Butylene Glycol Montanate, Butyrospermum Parkii (Shea Butter), C29-70 Acid, C23-43 Acid Pentaerythritol Tetraester, C20-24 Alkyl Dimethicone, C24-28 Alkyl Dimethicone, C1-5 Alkyl Galactomannan, C18 -38 Alkyl Hydroxystearoyl Stearate, C20-24 Alkyl Methicone, C24-28 Alkyl Methicone, C30-45 Alkyl Methicone, Candelilla Wax Hydrocarbons, C10-30 Cholesterol / Lanosterol Esters, Cellobiose Octanonanoate, Ceresin, Cerotic Acid, Cetearyl Dimethicone / Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer , Chlorinated Paraffin, Cholesterol, Cholesteryl Acetate, Cholesteryl Hydroxystearate, Cholesteryl Isostearate, Cholesteryl Macadamiate, Cholesteryl Stearates, C10-40 Hydroxyalkyl Acid Cholesterol Esters, C10-40 Isoalkyl Acid Cholesterol Esters, C10-40 Isoalkyl Acid Octyldodecanol Esters, C10-40 Isoalkyl Acid Phytosterol Esters, C10-40 Isoalkyl Acid Triglycerides, C30-38 Olefin / Isopropyl Maleate / MA Copolymer, Copal, Corn Starch Modified, C6-14 Perfluoroalkylethyl Acrylate / HEMA Copolymer, C6-14 Polyolefin, Decene / Butene Copolymer, Dihydrogenated Tallow Benzylmonium Hectorite, Dilinoleic Acid / Ethylenediamine Copolymer, Dilinoleic Acid / Sebacic Acid / Piperazine / Ethylenediamine Copolymer, Dimethicone Crosspolymer, Dimethicone / Phenyl Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer, Dimethicone / Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer, Dimethicone / Vinyltrimethylsiloxysilicate Crosspolymer, Diphenyl Dimethicone / Vinyl Diphenyl Dimethicone / Silsesquioxane Crosspolymer, Divinyl Dimethicone / Dimethicone Crosspolymer, Dodecanedioic Acid / Cetearyl Alcohol / Glycol Copolymer, Ethyl Cellulose, Ethylene / Acrylic Acid Copolymer, Ethylene / Acrylic Acid / VA Copolymer, Ethylenediamine / Dimer Tallate Copolymer Bis-Hydrogenated Tallow Amide, Ethylenediamine / Stearyl Dimer Dilinoleate Copolymer, Ethylenediamine / Stearyl Dimer Tallate Copolymer, Ethylene / Octene Copolymer, Ethylene / Propylene Copolymer, Ethylene / Propylene / Styrene Copolymer, Euphorbia Cerifera (Candelilla) Wax, Hydrogenated Butylene / Ethylene / Styrene Copolymer, Hydrogenated Ethylene / Propylene / Styrene Copolymer, Hydrogenated Japan Wax, Hydrogenated Polyisobutenes, Hydrogenated Styrene / Butadiene Copolymer, Hydrogenated Styrene / Methyl Styrene / Indene Copolymer, Hydroxypropyl Cellulose, Isobutylene / Isoprene Copolymer, Lithium Oxidized Polyethylene, Methoxy PEG-17 / Dodecyl Glycol Copolymer, Methoxy PEG-22 / Dodecyl Glycol Copolymer, Methyl Methacrylate Crosspolymer, Methylstyrene / Vinyl Tolene Copolymer, Microcrystalline Wax, Montan Acid Wax, Montan Wax, Myrica Cerifera (Bayberry) Fruit Wax, Nylon 611 / Dimethicone Copolymer, Octadecenes / MA Copolymer, Oleic / Linoleic / Linolenic Polyglycerides, Ouricury Wax, Oxidized Beeswax, Oxidiz ed Microcrystalline Wax, Oxidized Polyethylene, Oxidized Polypropylene, Ozokerite, Paraffin, PEG-18 Castor Oil Dioleate, PEG-10 Dimethicone Crosspolymer, PEG-12 Dimethicone Crosspolymer, PEG-5 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Isostearate, PEG-10 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Isostearate, PEG -20 Hydrogenated Castor PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Isostearate, PEG-50 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Isostearate, PEG-58 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Isostearate, PEG-50 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Succinate, PEG-5 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Triisostearate PEG-10 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Triisostearate, PEG-20 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Triisostearate, PEG-20 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Triisostearate, PEG-30 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Triisostearate, PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Triisostearate, PEG-60 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Triisostearate, PEG -5 Lanolinamide, PEG-5 Oleamide Dioleate, Phthalic Anhydride / Butyl Benzoic Acid / Propylene Glycol Copolymer, Phthalic Anhydride / Glycerol / Glycidyl Decanoate Copolymer, Phthalic Anhydride / Trimellitic Anhydride / Glycolic Copolymer, Piperylene / Butene / Pentene Copolymer, Polybutene, Polybutylene Terephthalate , Polycyclopentadienes, Polydipentenes, Polyethylenes, Polyethylene Terephthalates, Polyglyceryl-3 Polyricinoleates, Polyglyceryl-4 Polyri cinoleates, polyglyceryl-5 polyricinoleates, polyglycerol-10 polyricinoleates, polyisobutenes, polyisoprenes, polypentenes, polyperfluoroethoxymethoxy difluoromethyl distearamides, polypropylenes, polysilicone-4, polysilicone-5, polysilicone-17, polystyrene, polyvinyl butyral, polyvinyl laurate, Potassium Oxidized Microcrystalline Wax, Potassium PEG-50 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Succinate, PVM / MA Decadiene Crosspolymer, PVP / Decene Copolymer, Rhus Succedanea Fruit Wax, Rosin, Silica Dimethicone Silylate, Silica Dimethyl Silylate, Simmondsia Chinensis (Jojoba) Seed Wax, Sodium PVM / MA / Decadiene Crosspolymer, Spent Grain Wax, Steareth-10 Allyl Ether / Acrylates Copolymer, Steareth-60 Cetyl Ether, Stearoxymethicone / Dimethicone Copolymer, Stearyl Methacrylate / Perfluorooctylethyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Styrene / Methacrylamide / Acrylates Copolymer, Synthetic Beeswax, Synthetic Candelilla Wax, Synthetic Carnauba, Synthetic Japan Wax, Synthetic Wax, TDI Oxidized Microcrystalline Wax, Tricontanyl PVP, Trifluoro Oxypropyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer, Trifluoropropyl Dimethicone / Trifluoropropyl Divinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer, Trifluoropropyl Dimethicone / Vinyl Trifluoropropyl Dimethicone / Silsesquioxane Crosspolymer, Trimethylpentanediol / Isophthalic Acid / Trimellitic Anhydride Copolymer, Trimethylsiloxysilicate / Dimethiconol Crosspolymer, Vinyl Dimethicone / Lauryl Dimethicone Crosspolymer, Vinyl Dimethicone / Methicone Silsesquioxane Crosspolymer, VP / Eicosene copolymer, VP / hexadecene copolymer

Of course, microparticles filled or unfilled may also be used in the composition of the invention both to achieve certain effects, such as the release of an active agent from the capsules or the achievement of particular visual, esthetic effects of the overall formulation. In this case, it may be particularly advantageous when polymers are incorporated as suspending aids. Suspension aids facilitate the distribution of solids in liquids. Here, the polymers occupy the surface of the solid particles by adsorption and thereby change the surface properties of the solids. The following are examples of these polymers:
Acrylates Copolymer, Acrylates / Methoxy PEG-15 Methacrylate Copolymer, Acrylates / Vinyl Isodecanoate Crosspolymer, Acrylates / VP Copolymer, Acrylic Acid / Acrylamidomethyl Propane Sulfonic Acid Copolymer, Ammonium Styrene / Acrylates Copolymer, Ammonium VA / Acrylates Copolymer, Bentonites, Biotites, Calcium Lignosulfonates , Corn Starch / Acrylamide / Sodium Acrylate Copolymer, C6-14 Perfluoroalkylethyl Acrylate / HEMA Copolymer, Diallyloxyneohexyl Zirconium Tridecanoate, Dihydrogenated Tallow Benzylmonium Hectorite, Dimethicone Crosspolymer, Dimethiconol / Stearyl Methicone / Phenyl Trimethicone Copolymer, Dimethylol Urea / Phenol / Sodium Phenolsulfonate Copolymer, Disodium Methylene Dinaphthalenesulfonates, Disteardimonium Hectorites, Ethylene / MA Copolymer, Ethylene / VA Copolymer, Ethylhexyl Hydroxystearoyl Hydroxystearate, Hectorite, Hydroxyethyl Acrylate / Sodium Acryloyl Dimethyl Taurate Copolymer, Hydroxyethyl PEI-1000, Hydroxyethyl PEI-1500, Hydroxypropyl Starch, Hydroxypropyltrimonium Maltodextrin Crosspolym he, isobutylene / MA copolymer, isopropyl ester of PVM / MA copolymer, maltodextrin, methacryloyl ethyl betaine / acrylate copolymer, methoxy PEG-17 / dodecyl glycol copolymer, methoxy PEG-22 / dodecyl glycol copolymer, myristoyl / PCA chitin, nitrocellulose, PEG -18 Castor Oil Dioleate, PEG-150 / Decyl Alcohol / SMDI Copolymer, PEG-12 Dimethicone Crosspolymer, PEG-150 / Stearyl Alcohol / SMDI Copolymer, PEI-7, PEI-10, PEI-15, PEI-30, PEI 35, PEI-45, PEI-250, PEI-275, PEI-700, PEI-1000, PEI-1400, PEI-1500, PEI-1750, PEI-2500, PEI-14M, Perfluorononyl Octyldodecyl Glycol Meadowfoamate, Perlite, Phosphonobutanetricarboxylic Acid, Polyacrylamidomethylpropanes, Sulfonic Acid, Polycaprolactones, Polyethylacrylates, Polyhydroxystearic Acid, Polyperfluoroethoxymethoxy PEG-2 Phosphates, Polyvinyl Imidazolinium Acetates, Polyvinyl Methyl Ether, PPG-3 Myristyl Ether Neoheptanoates, PVM / MA Copolymer, PVP, PVP / VA / Itaconic Acid Copolymer, Quaternium -18 Bentonite, Quaternium-18 / Benzalkonium Bentonite, Quaternium-18 Hectorite, Quaternium-90 Bentonite, Rhizobian Gum, Silica, Silica Dimethicone Silylates, Silica Dimethyl Silylates, Silica Silylates, Sodium Acrylates / Acryloyldimethyl Taurate Copolymer, Sodium Acrylates / Vinyl Isodecanoate Crosspolymer, Sodium Acrylic Acid / MA Copolymer, Sodium C4-12 Olefin / Maleic Acid Copolymer, Sodium Dextran Sulfate, Sodium Dimaltodextrin Phosphate, Sodium Glycereth-1 Polyphosphate, Sodium Isooctylene / MA Copolymer, Sodium Magnesium Fluorosilicates, Starch Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride, Stearalkonium Bentonite, Stearalkonium Hectorite, Stearyl Vinyl Ether / MA Copolymer, Styrene / Acrylates / Acrylonitrile Copolymer, Styrene / Acrylates / Ammonium Methacrylate Copolymer, Styrene / MA Copolymer, Sucrose Benzoate / Sucrose Acetate Isobutyrate / Butyl Benzyl Phthalate Copolymer, Tosylamide / Epoxy Resin, Tosylamide / Formaldehyde Resin, VP / Dimethylamino ethylmethacrylate copolymer, VP / eicosene copolymer, VP / hexadecenes copolymer, VP / VA copolymer.

It According to the invention it is also possible that the used Preparations several, especially two different polymers same Charge and / or in each case an ionic and an amphoteric and / or not contain ionic polymer.

Other preferred polymers are all polymers in the "International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook" (seventh edition 1997, The Cosmetic, Toiletry, and Fragrance Association 1101 17 ^th Street, NW, Suite 300, Washington, DC 20036-4702) as polymers in any of the chapters on polymers such as "film formers" or "hair fixatives" and are commercially available, reference is made to this document and the sections cited therefrom.

It can in a preferred embodiment also be advantageous, at least one avivierendes and / or at least a film-forming, setting polymer and / or at least one thickening To formulate polymer. Among polymers are both natural and also synthetic polymers which are anionic, cationic, amphoteric loaded or non-ionic, to understand. Thus, the polymer (G) according to the invention can be both a consolidating and / or film-forming polymer as well as a polymer with conditioning or avivating and / or thickening properties.

The Polymers (G) are preferred in the compositions used in the invention in amounts of from 0.01 to 30% by weight, based on the total agent, contain. Amounts from 0.01 to 25, especially from 0.01 to 15 Wt .-%, are particularly preferred.

Further Ingredients are listed below.

With Particular preference is given to the cosmetic compositions fatty substances (D). Under fatty substances are to be understood fatty acids, fatty alcohols, natural and synthetic waxes which are both solid and liquid aqueous dispersion can be present and natural and synthetic cosmetic oil components to understand.

When The first group of active ingredients are fatty substances (D). Under fatty substances are to be understood fatty acids, Fatty alcohols, natural and synthetic waxes which are both solid and liquid aqueous dispersion can be present and natural and synthetic cosmetic oil components to understand.

As fatty acids (D1) it is possible to use linear and / or branched, saturated and / or unsaturated fatty acids having 6-30 carbon atoms. Preferred are fatty acids with 10-22 carbon atoms. Among these could be mentioned, for example, isostearic as the commercial products Emersol ^® 871 and Emersol ^® 875, and isopalmitic acids such as the commercial product Edenor ^® IP 95, and all other products sold under the trade names Edenor ^® (Cognis) fatty acids. Further typical examples of such fatty acids are caproic, caprylic, 2-ethylhexanoic, capric, lauric, isotridecanoic, myristic, palmitic, palmitoleic, stearic, isostearic, oleic, elaidic, petroselic, linoleic, linolenic as well as their technical mixtures, which are obtained, for example, in the pressure splitting of natural fats and oils, in the oxidation of aldehydes from Roelen's oxosynthesis or the dimerization of unsaturated fatty acids. Particularly preferred are usually the fatty acid sections, which are obtainable from coconut oil or palm oil; In particular, the use of stearic acid is usually preferred.

The Amount used is while 0.1-15 wt.%, Based on the total mean. The amount is preferably 0.5-10 wt.%, Of which very particularly advantageous amounts of 1-5 wt.% May be.

As fatty alcohols (D2) can be used saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated, branched or unbranched fatty alcohols having C ₆ -C ₃₀ -, preferably C ₁₀ -C ₂₂ - and most preferably C ₁₂ -C ₂₂ - carbon atoms. Decanols, octanols, dodecadienol, decadienol, oleyl alcohol, eruca alcohol, ricinoleic alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, lauryl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, arachidyl alcohol, caprylic alcohol, capric alcohol, linoleyl alcohol, linolenyl alcohol and behenyl alcohol are, for example, decanol, octanolol, dodecadienol, decadienol , as well as their Guerbet alcohols, this list should have exemplary and non-limiting character. However, the fatty alcohols are derived from preferably natural fatty acids, which can usually be based on recovery from the esters of fatty acids by reduction. Also usable according to the invention are those fatty alcohol cuts obtained by reduction of naturally occurring triglycerides such as beef tallow, palm oil, peanut oil, rapeseed oil, Cottonseed oil, soybean oil, sunflower oil and linseed oil or produced from the transesterification products with corresponding alcohols resulting fatty acid esters, and thus represent a mixture of different fatty alcohols. Such substances are, for example, under the names Stenol ^® such as Stenol ^® 1618 or Lanette ^® such as Lanette ^® O or Lorol ^®, for example, Lorol ^® C8, Lorol C14 ^®, Lorol C18 ^{®, ®} Lorol C8-18, HD-Ocenol ^®, Crodacol ^® such as Crodacol ^® CS, Novol ^®, Eutanol ^® G, Guerbitol ^® 16, Guerbitol ^® 18, Guerbitol ^® 20, Isofol ^® 12, Isofol ^® 16, Isofol ^® 24, Isofol ^® 36, Isocarb ^® 12, Isocarb ^® 16 or acquire Isocarb® ^® 24 for sale. Of course, wool wax alcohols, as are commercially available, for example under the names of Corona ^®, White Swan ^®, Coronet ^® or Fluilan ^® can be used according to the invention. The fatty alcohols are used in amounts of 0.1-30 wt .-%, based on the total preparation, preferably in amounts of 0.1-20 wt .-%.

When natural or synthetic waxes (D3) used according to the invention be solid paraffins or isoparaffins, carnauba waxes, bee waxes, Candelilla, ozokerite, ceresin, spermaceti, sunflower wax, Fruit waxes such as apple wax or citrus wax, Microwachse made of PE or PP. Such waxes are available for example via the Fa. Kahl & Co., Trittau.

The Amount used is 0.1-50 wt.% Based on the total agent, preferably 0.1-20 wt.% And especially preferably 0.1-15 wt.% Based on the total agent.

• – pflanzliche Öle. Beispiele für solche Öle sind Sonnenblumenöl, Olivenöl, Sojaöl, Rapsöl, Mandelöl, Jojobaöl, Orangenöl, Weizenkeimöl, Pfirsichkernöl und die flüssigen Anteile des Kokosöls. Geeignet sind aber auch andere Triglyceridöle wie die flüssigen Anteile des Rindertalgs sowie synthetische Triglyceridöle.
• – flüssige Paraffinöle, Isoparaffinöle und synthetische Kohlenwasserstoffe sowie Di-n-alkylether mit insgesamt zwischen 12 bis 36 C-Atomen, insbesondere 12 bis 24 C-Atomen, wie beispielsweise Di-n-octylether, Di-n-decylether, Di-n-nonylether, Di-n-undecylether, Di-n-dodecylether, n-Hexyl-n-octylether, n-Octyl-n-decylether, n-Decyl-n-undecylether, n-Undecyl-n-dodecylether und n-Hexyl-n-Undecylether sowie Di-tert-butylether, Di-iso-pentylether, Di-3-ethyldecylether, tert.-Butyl-n-octylether, iso-Pentyl-n-octylether und 2-Methyl-pentyl-n-octylether. Die als Handelsprodukte erhältlichen Verbindungen 1,3-Di-(2-ethyl-hexyl)-cyclohexan (Cetiol^® S) und Di-n-octylether (Cetiol^® OE) können bevorzugt sein.
• – Esteröle. Unter Esterölen sind zu verstehen die Ester von C₆-C₃₀-Fettsäuren mit C₂-C₃₀-Fettalkoholen. Bevorzugt sind die Monoester der Fettsäuren mit Alkoholen mit 2 bis 24 C-Atomen. Beispiele für eingesetzte Fettsäurenanteile in den Estern sind Capronsäure, Caprylsäure, 2-Ethylhexansäure, Caprinsäure, Laurinsäure, Isotridecansäure, Myristinsäure, Palmitinsäure, Palmitoleinsäure, Stearinsäure, Isostearinsäure, Ölsäure, Elaidinsäure, Petroselinsäure, Linolsäure, Linolensäure, Elaeostearinsäure, Arachinsäure, Gadoleinsäure, Behensäure und Erucasäure sowie deren technische Mischungen, die z.B. bei der Druckspaltung von natürlichen Fetten und Ölen, bei der Oxidation von Aldehyden aus der Roelen'schen Oxosynthese oder der Dimerisierung von ungesättigten Fettsäuren anfallen. Beispiele für die Fettalkoholanteile in den Esterölen sind Isopropylalkohol, Capronalkohol, Caprylalkohol, 2-Ethylhexylalkohol, Caprinalkohol, Laurylalkohol, Isotridecylalkohol, Myristylalkohol, Cetylalkohol, Palmoleylalkohol, Stearylalkohol, Isostearylalkohol, Oleylalkohol, Elaidylalkohol, Petroselinylalkohol, Linolylalkohol, Linolenylalkohol, Elaeostearylalkohol, Arachylalkohol, Gadoleylalkohol, Behenylalkohol, Erucylalkohol und Brassidylalkohol sowie deren technische Mischungen, die z.B. bei der Hochdruckhydrierung von technischen Methylestern auf Basis von Fetten und Ölen oder Aldehyden aus der Roelen'schen Oxosynthese sowie als Monomerfraktion bei der Dimerisierung von ungesättigten Fettalkoholen anfallen. Erfindungsgemäß besonders bevorzugt sind Isopropylmyristat (Rilanit^® IPM), Isononansäure-C16-18-alkylester (Cetiol^® SN), 2-Ethylhexylpalmitat (Cegesoft^® 24), Stearinsäure-2-ethylhexylester (Cetiol^® 868), Cetyloleat, Glycerintricaprylat, Kokosfettalkohol-caprinat/-caprylat (Cetiol^® LC), n-Butylstearat, Oleylerucat (Cetiol^® J 600), Isopropylpalmitat (Rilanit^® IPP), Oleyl Oleate (Cetiol^®), Laurinsäurehexylester (Cetiol^® A), Di-n-butyladipat (Cetiol^® B), Myristylmyristat (Cetiol^® MM), Cetearyl Isononanoate (Cetiol^® SN), Ölsäuredecylester (Cetiol^® V).
• – Dicarbonsäureester wie Di-n-butyladipat, Di-(2-ethylhexyl)-adipat, Di-(2-ethylhexyl)-succinat und Di-isotridecylacelaat sowie Diolester wie Ethylenglykol-dioleat, Ethylenglykol-di-isotridecanoat, Propylenglykol-di(2-ethylhexanoat), Propylenglykol-di-isostearat, Propylenglykol-di-pelargonat, Butandiol-di-isostearat, Neopentylglykoldicaprylat,
• – symmetrische, unsymmetrische oder cyclische Ester der Kohlensäure mit Fettalkoholen, beispielsweise beschrieben in der DE-OS 197 56 454, Glycerincarbonat oder Dicaprylylcarbonat (Cetiol^® CC),
• – Trifettsäureester von gesättigten und/oder ungesättigten linearen und/oder verzweigten Fettsäuren mit Glycerin,
• – Fettsäurepartialglyceride, das sind Monoglyceride, Diglyceride und deren technische Gemische. Bei der Verwendung technischer Produkte können herstellungsbedingt noch geringe Mengen Triglyceride enthalten sein. Die Partialglyceride folgen vorzugsweise der Formel (D4-I),
  
  in der R¹, R² und R³ unabhängig voneinander für Wasserstoff oder für einen linearen oder verzweigten, gesättigten und/oder ungesättigten Acylrest mit 6 bis 22, vorzugsweise 12 bis 18, Kohlenstoffatomen stehen mit der Maßgabe, daß mindestens eine dieser Gruppen für einen Acylrest und mindestens eine dieser Gruppen für Wasserstoff steht. Die Summe (m+n+q) steht für 0 oder Zahlen von 1 bis 100, vorzugsweise für 0 oder 5 bis 25. Bevorzugt steht R¹ für einen Acylrest und R² und R³ für Wasserstoff und die Summe (m+n+q) ist 0. Typische Beispiele sind Mono- und/oder Diglyceride auf Basis von Capronsäure, Caprylsäure, 2-Ethylhexansäure, Caprinsäure, Laurinsäure, Isotridecansäure, Myristinsäure, Palmitinsäure, Palmoleinsäure, Stearinsäure, Isostearinsäure, Ölsäure, Elaidinsäure, Petroselinsäure, Linolsäure, Linolensäure, Elaeostearinsäure, Arachinsäure, Gadoleinsäure, Behensäure und Erucasäure sowie deren technische Mischungen. Vorzugsweise werden Ölsäuremonoglyceride eingesetzt.

The natural and synthetic cosmetic oil bodies (D4) include, for example:

• - vegetable oils. Examples of such oils are sunflower oil, olive oil, soybean oil, rapeseed oil, almond oil, jojoba oil, orange oil, wheat germ oil, peach kernel oil and the liquid portions of coconut oil. Also suitable, however, are other triglyceride oils such as the liquid portions of beef tallow as well as synthetic triglyceride oils.
• Liquid paraffin oils, isoparaffin oils and synthetic hydrocarbons and di-n-alkyl ethers having a total of from 12 to 36 carbon atoms, in particular 12 to 24 carbon atoms, such as, for example, di-n-octyl ether, di-n-decyl ether, di-n- nonyl ether, di-n-undecyl ether, di-n-dodecyl ether, n-hexyl n-octyl ether, n-octyl n-decyl ether, n-decyl n-undecyl ether, n-undecyl n-dodecyl ether and n-hexyl n-undecyl ether and di-tert-butyl ether, di-iso-pentyl ether, di-3-ethyldecyl ether, tert-butyl n-octyl ether, iso-pentyl n-octyl ether and 2-methyl-pentyl-n-octyl ether. The commercially available compounds 1,3-di (2-ethyl-hexyl) -cyclohexane (Cetiol ^® S), and di-n-octyl ether (Cetiol ^® OE) may be preferred.
• - Ester oils. Ester oils are understood as meaning the esters of C ₆ -C ₃₀ -fatty acids with C ₂ -C ₃₀ -fatty alcohols. The monoesters of the fatty acids with alcohols having 2 to 24 carbon atoms are preferred. Examples of fatty acid components used in the esters are caproic acid, caprylic acid, 2-ethylhexanoic acid, capric acid, lauric acid, isotridecanoic acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, palmitoleic acid, stearic acid, isostearic acid, oleic acid, elaidic acid, petroselinic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, elaeostearic acid, arachidic acid, gadoleic acid, behenic acid and Erucic acid and its technical mixtures, for example, in the pressure splitting of natural fats and oils, in the oxidation of aldehydes from the Roelen oxo synthesis or the dimerization of unsaturated fatty acids incurred. Examples of fatty alcohol moieties in the ester oils are isopropyl alcohol, caproic alcohol, capryl alcohol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, capric alcohol, lauryl alcohol, isotridecyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, palmoleyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, elaidyl alcohol, petroselinyl alcohol, linolyl alcohol, linolenyl alcohol, elaeostearyl alcohol, arachyl alcohol, gadoleyl alcohol, Behenyl alcohol, erucyl alcohol and brassidyl alcohol and their technical mixtures, for example, in the high-pressure hydrogenation of technical methyl esters based on fats and oils or aldehydes from the Roelen oxo synthesis and as a monomer fraction in the dimerization of unsaturated fatty alcohols incurred. According to the invention, particularly preferred are isopropyl myristate (IPM Rilanit ^®), isononanoic acid C16-18 alkyl ester (Cetiol ^® SN), 2-ethylhexyl palmitate (Cegesoft ^® 24), stearic acid-2-ethylhexyl ester (Cetiol ^® 868), cetyl oleate, glycerol tricaprylate, Kokosfettalkohol- caprate / caprylate (Cetiol ^® LC), n-butyl stearate, oleyl erucate (Cetiol ^® J 600), isopropyl palmitate (IPP Rilanit ^®), oleyl Oleate (Cetiol ^®), hexyl laurate (Cetiol ^® A), di-n-butyl adipate (Cetiol ^® B), myristyl myristate (Cetiol ^® MM), cetearyl isononanoate (Cetiol ^® SN), oleic acid decyl ester (Cetiol ^® V).
• Dicarboxylic acid esters such as di-n-butyl adipate, di (2-ethylhexyl) adipate, di- (2-ethylhexyl) succinate and di-isotridecyl acelate, and diol esters such as ethylene glycol dioleate, ethylene glycol diisotridecanoate, propylene glycol di (2 ethylhexanoate), propylene glycol diisostearate, propylene glycol di-pelargonate, butanediol diisostearate, neopentyl glycol dicaprylate,
• - symmetrical, asymmetrical or cyclic esters of carbonic acid with fatty alcohols, for example described in DE-OS 197 56 454, glycerol carbonate or dicaprylyl carbonate (Cetiol ^® CC),
• Triflic acid esters of saturated and / or unsaturated linear and / or branched fatty acids with glycerol,
• - fatty acid partial glycerides, ie monoglycerides, diglycerides and their technical mixtures. With the use of technical products production reasons still small amounts of triglycerides enthal be. The partial glycerides preferably follow the formula (D4-I),
  
  in which R ¹ , R ² and R ³ are each independently hydrogen or a linear or branched, saturated and / or unsaturated acyl radical having 6 to 22, preferably 12 to 18, carbon atoms, with the proviso that at least one of these groups represents a Acyl radical and at least one of these groups is hydrogen. The sum (m + n + q) is 0 or numbers from 1 to 100, preferably 0 or 5 to 25. Preferably, R ^{1 is} an acyl radical and R ² and R ^{3 are} hydrogen and the sum (m + n + q) is 0. Typical examples are mono- and / or diglycerides based on caproic, caprylic, 2-ethylhexanoic, capric, lauric, isotridecanoic, myristic, palmitic, palmitic, stearic, isostearic, oleic, elaidic, petroselic, linoleic, linolenic , Elaeostearic acid, arachidic acid, gadoleic acid, behenic acid and erucic acid and their technical mixtures. Preferably, oleic acid monoglycerides are used.

The Use amount of natural and synthetic cosmetic oil body in the invention used Means is usually 0.1-30% by weight, based on the total agent, preferably 0.1-20% by weight, and in particular 0.1-15% by weight.

A last group of substances which can be used as fatty substances Silicones.

As a further class of substances, which is contained as an active ingredient as an alternative to the previously described in the inventive compositions, the silicone oils (S). Silicone oils cause a wide variety of effects. For example, at the same time they influence the dry and wet combability, the grip of dry and wet hair and the shine. But also the softness and the elasticity of the film, which is formed by film-forming polymers on the hair for the purpose of strengthening and styling, is positively influenced by silicones. The term silicone oils is understood by the person skilled in the art to mean several structures of organosilicon compounds. Initially, these are understood to mean the dimethiconols (S1). Dimethiconols form the first group of silicones which are particularly preferred according to the invention. The dimethiconols according to the invention can be both linear and branched as well as cyclic or cyclic and branched. Linear dimethiconols can be represented by the following structural formula (S1-I): (SiOHR ¹ ₂ ) -O- (SiR ² ₂ -O-) _x - (SiOHR ¹ ₂ ) (S1-I)

Branched dimethiconols can be represented by the structural formula (S1-II):

The radicals R ¹ and R ² are each independently hydrogen, a methyl radical, a C ² to C 30 linear, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical, a phenyl radical and / or an aryl radical. Non-limiting examples of the groups represented by R ¹ and R ² include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, amyl, isoamyl, hexyl, isohexyl and the like; Alkenyl radicals such as vinyl, halovinyl, alkylvinyl, allyl, haloallyl, alkylallyl; Cycloalkyl radicals such as cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like; Phenyl radicals, benzyl radicals, halohydrocarbon radicals such as 3-chloropropyl, 4-bromobutyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, chlorocyclohexyl, bromophenyl, chlorophenyl and the like, and sulfur-containing radicals such as mercaptoethyl, mercaptopropyl, mercaptohexyl, mercaptophenyl and the like; Preferably R ¹ and R ^{2 is} an alkyl radical containing from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, and am most preferred R ¹ and R ^{2 is} methyl. Examples of R ¹ include methylene, ethylene, propylene, hexamethylene, decamethylene, -CH ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) CH ₂ -, phenylene, naphthylene, -CH ₂ CH ₂ SCH ₂ CH ₂ -, -CH ₂ CH ₂ OCH ₂ - , -OCH ₂ CH ₂ -, -OCH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ -, -CH ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) C (O) OCH ₂ -, - (CH ₂ ) ₃ CC (O) OCH ₂ CH ₂ -, C ₆ H ₄ C ₆ H ₄ -, -C ₆ H ₄ CH ₂ C ₆ H ₄ -; and - (CH ₂ ) ₃ C (O) SCH ₂ CH ₂ -. Preferred as R ¹ and R ² are methyl, phenyl and C ² to C 22 alkyl radicals. Of the C2 to C22 alkyl radicals, lauryl, stearyl and behenyl radicals are particularly preferred. The numbers x, y and z are integers and each run independently from 0 to 50,000. The molecular weights of the dimethicones are between 1000 D and 10,000,000 D. The viscosities are between 100 and 10,000,000 cPs measured at 25 ° C. with the aid of a glass capillary viscometer according to the Dow Corning Corporate Test Method CTM 0004 of 20 July 1970. Preferred viscosities are between 1,000 and 5,000,000 cps, particularly preferred viscosities are between 10,000 and 3,000,000 cps. The most preferred range is between 50,000 and 2,000,000 cps.

Of course it includes the teaching of the invention also that the Dimethiconole can already be present as an emulsion. there The corresponding emulsion of dimethiconols can be used both after Preparation of the corresponding dimethiconols from these and the the usual known in the art Process for emulsification are produced. For this purpose, as Auxiliaries for producing the corresponding emulsions both cationic, anionic, nonionic or zwitterionic surfactants and emulsifiers are used as adjuvants. Of course, the Emulsions of Dimethiconole also directly by an emulsion polymerization getting produced. Such methods are also well known to the person skilled in the art. For example, reference may be made to the "Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Engineering, Volume 15, Second Edition, pages 204-308, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1989. This reference is expressly incorporated by reference.

If the dimethiconols of the invention used as an emulsion, then the droplet size of the emulsified particles According to the invention 0.01 microns to 10,000 microns, preferably 0.01 to 100 μm, most preferably 0.01 to 20 microns, and most preferably 0.01 up to 10 μm. The particle size is determined by the method of light scattering.

Become used branched dimethiconols, this is to be understood as meaning that the branching is bigger, as a random one Branching caused by contamination of the respective monomers fortuitously arises. In the sense of the present connection is therefore under branched Dimethiconols understand that the degree of branching is greater than 0.01% is. Preferably, a degree of branching is greater than 0.1%, and more particularly preferably greater than 0.5%. The degree of branching is determined by the ratio of unbranched monomers, that is the amount of monofunctional Siloxane, to the branching monomers, that is the amount on tri- and tetrafunctional siloxanes. According to the invention both Low branched as well as highly branched Dimethiconole very particularly be preferred.

When examples for Such products are called the following commercial products: Botanisil NU-150M (Botanigenics), Dow Coming 1-1254 Fluid, Dow Corning 2-9023 Fluid, Dow Coming 2-9026 Fluid, Ultrapure Dimethiconol (Ultra Chemical), Unisil SF-R (Universal Preserve), X-21-5619 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.), Abil OSW 5 (Degussa Care Specialties), ACC DL-9430 Emulsion (Taylor Chemical Company), AEC Dimethiconol & Sodium Dodecylbenzenesulfonate (A & E Connock (Perfumery & Cosmetics) Ltd.), B C Dimethiconol Emulsion 95 (Basildon Chemical Company, Ltd.), Cosmetic Fluid 1401, Cosmetic Fluid 1403, Cosmetic Fluid 1501, Cosmetic Fluid 1401 DC (all the aforementioned Chemsil Silicones, Inc.), Dow Corning 1401 Fluid, Dow Corning 1403 Fluid, Dow Corning 1501 Fluid, Dow Corning 1784 HVF Emulsion, Dow Corning 9546 Silicone Elastomer Blend (all aforementioned Dow Corning Corporation), Dub Gel SI 1400 (Stearinerie Dubois Fils), HVM 4852 Emulsion (Crompton Corporation), Jeesilc 6056 (Jeen International Corporation), Lubrasil, Lubrasil DS (both Guardian Laboratories), Nonychosine E, Nonychosine V (both Exsymol), SanSurf Petrolatum-25, Satin Finish (both Collaborative Laboratories, Inc.), Silatex-D30 (Cosmetic Ingredient Resources), Silsoft 148, Silsoft E-50, Silsoft E-623 (all previously mentioned Crompton Corporation), SM555, SM2725, SM2765, SM2785 (all previously mentioned GE Silicones), Taylor T-Sil CD-1, Taylor TME-4050E (all Taylor Chemical Company), THV 148 (Crompton Corporation), Tixogel CYD-1429 (Sud-Chemie Performance Additives), Wacker-Belsil CM 1000, Wacker-Belsil CM 3092, Wacker-Belsil CM 5040, Wacker-Belsil DM 3096, Wacker-Belsil DM 3112 VP, Wacker-Belsil DM 8005 VP, Wacker-Belsil DM 60081 VP (all aforementioned Wacker-Chemie GmbH).

The Dimethiconols (S1) are present in amounts in the compositions according to the invention from 0.01 to 10% by weight, preferably 0.01 to 8% by weight, especially preferably from 0.1 to 7.5% by weight and in particular from 0.1 to 5% by weight Dimethiconol based on the composition.

It is according to the invention also possible, the dimethiconols have their own phase in the compositions according to the invention form. In this case, it may be appropriate if the composition is immediate before use by shaking homogenized at short notice. In this case, the amount may be Dimethiconol up to 40 wt.%, Preferably in amounts of up to 25 % By weight, based on the total composition.

Dimethicones (S2) form the second group of silicones, which are particularly preferred according to the invention. The dimethicones according to the invention can be both linear and branched as well as cyclic or cyclic and branched. Linear dimethicones can be represented by the following structural formula (S2-I): (SiR ¹ ₃ ) -O- (SiR ² ₂ -O-) _x - (SiR ¹ ₃ ) (S2-I)

Branched dimethicones can be represented by the structural formula (S2-II):

The radicals R ¹ and R ² are each independently hydrogen, a methyl radical, a C ² to C 30 linear, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical, a phenyl radical and / or an aryl radical. Non-limiting examples of the groups represented by R ¹ and R ² include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, amyl, isoamyl, hexyl, isohexyl and the like; Alkenyl radicals such as vinyl, halovinyl, alkylvinyl, allyl, haloallyl, alkylallyl; Cycloalkyl radicals such as cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like; Phenyl radicals, benzyl radicals, halohydrocarbon radicals such as 3-chloropropyl, 4-bromobutyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, chlorocyclohexyl, bromophenyl, chlorophenyl and the like, and sulfur-containing radicals such as mercaptoethyl, mercaptopropyl, mercaptohexyl, mercaptophenyl and the like; Preferably, R ¹ and R ^{2 is} an alkyl radical containing from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, and most preferably R ¹ and R ^{2 are} methyl. Examples of R ¹ include methylene, ethylene, propylene, hexamethylene, decamethylene, -CH ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) CH ₂ -, phenylene, naphthylene, -CH ₂ CH ₂ SCH ₂ CH ₂ -, -CH ₂ CH ₂ OCH ₂ - , -OCH ₂ CH ₂ -, -OCH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ -, -CH ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) C (O) OCH ₂ -, - (CH ₂ ) ₃ CC (O) OCH ₂ CH ₂ -, C ₆ H ₄ C ₆ H ₄ -, -C ₆ H ₄ CH ₂ C ₆ H ₄ -; and - (CH ₂ ) ₃ C (O) SCH ₂ CH ₂ -. Preferred as R ¹ and R ² are methyl, phenyl and C ² to C 22 alkyl radicals. Of the C2 to C22 alkyl radicals, lauryl, stearyl and behenyl radicals are particularly preferred. The numbers x, y and z are integers and each run independently from 0 to 50,000. The molecular weights of the dimethicones are between 1000 D and 10,000,000 D. The viscosities are between 100 and 10,000,000 cPs measured at 25 ° C. with the aid of a glass capillary viscometer according to the Dow Corning Corporate Test Method CTM 0004 of 20 July 1970. Preferred viscosities are between 1,000 and 5,000,000 cps, particularly preferred viscosities are between 10,000 and 3,000,000 cps. The most preferred range is between 50,000 and 2,000,000 cps.

Of course it includes the teaching of the invention also that the dimethicones can already be present as an emulsion. there the corresponding emulsion of dimethicones can be used both after Preparation of the corresponding dimethicones from these and the Professional known usual Process for emulsification are produced. For this purpose, as Auxiliaries for producing the corresponding emulsions both cationic, anionic, nonionic or zwitterionic surfactants and emulsifiers are used as adjuvants. Of course, the Emulsions of Dimethicone also directly by an emulsion polymerization getting produced. Such methods are also well-known to those skilled in the art known. For example, refer to the "Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Engineering, Volume 15, Second Edition, Pages 204 to 308, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1989. This reference is expressly incorporated by reference.

If the dimethicones of the invention used as an emulsion, then the droplet size of the emulsified particles According to the invention 0.01 microns to 10,000 microns, preferably 0.01 to 100 μm, most preferably 0.01 to 20 microns, and most preferably 0.01 up to 10 μm. The particle size is determined by the method of light scattering.

Become used branched dimethicones, so to understand it that the branching is bigger, as a random one Branching caused by contamination of the respective monomers fortuitously arises. In the sense of the present connection is therefore under branched Dimethicones understand that the degree of branching is greater than 0.01% is. Preferably, a degree of branching is greater than 0.1%, and more particularly preferably greater than 0.5%. The degree of branching is determined by the ratio of unbranched monomers, that is the amount of monofunctional Siloxane, to the branching monomers, that is the amount on tri- and tetrafunctional siloxanes. According to the invention both Low branched as well as highly branched dimethicones in particular be preferred.

The Dimethicones (S2) are present in amounts in the compositions according to the invention from 0.01 to 10% by weight, preferably 0.01 to 8% by weight, especially preferably from 0.1 to 7.5% by weight and in particular from 0.1 to 5% by weight Dimethiconone based on the composition.

It is according to the invention also possible, that the dimethicones have their own phase in the compositions according to the invention form. In this case, it may be appropriate if the composition Homogenized by shaking briefly before use becomes. In this case, the amount of dimethicone can be up to 40% by weight, preferably in amounts of up to 25% by weight, based on the total composition be.

Dimethicone copolyols (S3) form another group of preferred silicones. Dimethicone copolyols can be represented by the following structural formulas: (SiR ¹ ₃₎ -O- (SiR ² ₂ -O-) _x - (Sirpe-O-) _y - (SiR ¹ ₃₎ (S3-I) or by the following structural formula: PE- (SiR ¹ ₂ ) -O- (SiR ² ₂ -O-) _x - (SiR ¹ ₂ ) -PE (S3-II)

Branched dimethicone copolyols can be represented by the structural formula (S3-III):

The radicals R ¹ and R ² are each independently hydrogen, a methyl radical, a C ² to C 30 linear, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical, a phenyl radical and / or an aryl radical. Non-limiting examples of the groups represented by R ¹ and R ² include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, amyl, isoamyl, hexyl, isohexyl and the like; Alkenyl radicals such as vinyl, halovinyl, alkylvinyl, allyl, haloallyl, alkylallyl; Cycloalkyl radicals such as cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like; Phenyl radicals, benzyl radicals, halohydrocarbon radicals such as 3-chloropropyl, 4-bromobutyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, chlorocyclohexyl, bromophenyl, chlorophenyl and the like, as well as sulfur-containing radicals such as mercaptoethyl, mercaptopropyl, mercaptohexyl, mercaptophenyl and similar ones; Preferably, R ¹ and R ^{2 is} an alkyl radical containing from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, and most preferably R ¹ and R ^{2 are} methyl. Examples of R ¹ include methylene, ethylene, propylene, hexamethylene, decamethylene, -CH ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) CH ₂ -, phenylene, naphthylene, -CH ₂ CH ₂ SCH ₂ CH ₂ -, -CH ₂ CH ₂ OCH ₂ - , -OCH ₂ CH ₂ -, -OCH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ -, -CH ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) C (O) OCH ₂ -, - (CH ₂ ) ₃ CC (O) OCH ₂ CH ₂ -, C ₆ H ₄ C ₆ H ₄ -, -C ₆ H ₄ CH ₂ C ₆ H ₄ -; and - (CH ₂ ) ₃ C (O) SCH ₂ CH ₂ -. Preferred as R ¹ and R ² are methyl, phenyl and C ² to C 22 alkyl radicals. Of the C2 to C22 alkyl radicals, lauryl, stearyl and behenyl radicals are particularly preferred. PE stands for a polyoxyalkylene radical. Preferred polyoxyalkylene radicals are derived from ethylene oxide, propylene oxide and glycerol. The numbers x, y and z are integers and each run independently from 0 to 50,000. The molecular weights of the dimethicones are between 1000 D and 10,000,000 D. The viscosities are between 100 and 10,000,000 cPs measured at 25 ° C. with the aid of a glass capillary viscometer according to the Dow Corning Corporate Test Method CTM 0004 of 20 July 1970. Preferred viscosities are between 1,000 and 5,000,000 cps, particularly preferred viscosities are between 10,000 and 3,000,000 cps. The most preferred range is between 50,000 and 2,000,000 cps.

Of course it includes the teaching of the invention also that the Dimethiconcopolymere already exist as an emulsion can. In this case, the corresponding emulsion of Dimethiconcopolyole both after the preparation of the corresponding dimethicone copolyols from these and the usual known to those skilled Process for emulsification are produced. For this purpose, as Auxiliaries for producing the corresponding emulsions both cationic, anionic, nonionic or zwitterionic surfactants and emulsifiers are used as adjuvants. Of course, the Emulsions of Dimethiconcopolyole also directly by an emulsion polymerization getting produced. Such methods are also well-known to those skilled in the art known. For example, refer to the "Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Engineering, Volume 15, Second Edition, Pages 204 to 308, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1989. This reference is expressly incorporated by reference.

If the dimethicone copolyols according to the invention used as an emulsion, then the droplet size of the emulsified particles According to the invention 0.01 microns to 10,000 microns, preferably 0.01 to 100 μm, whole more preferably 0.01 to 20 microns and most preferably 0.01 to 10 μm. The particle size is determined by the method of light scattering.

Become used branched dimethicone copolyols, it is to be understood as that the branching is bigger, as a random one Branching caused by contamination of the respective monomers fortuitously arises. In the sense of the present connection is therefore under branched Dimethicone copolyols understand that the degree of branching is greater than 0.01% is. Preferably, a degree of branching is greater than 0.1%, and more particularly preferably greater than 0.5%. The degree of branching is determined by the ratio of unbranched monomers, that is the amount of monofunctional Siloxane, to the branching monomers, that is the amount on tri- and tetrafunctional siloxanes. According to the invention both low branched as well as highly branched dimethicone copolyols completely particularly preferred.

The Dimethicone copolyols (S3) are in the compositions of the invention in amounts of from 0.01 to 10% by weight, preferably from 0.01 to 8% by weight, particularly preferably 0.1 to 7.5% by weight and in particular 0.1 to 5 % By weight of dimethicone copolyol based on the composition.

It is according to the invention also possible, the dimethicone copolyols have their own phase in the compositions according to the invention form. In this case, the amount of dimethicone copolyol can be up to to 40 wt.%, Preferably in amounts of up to 25 wt.% Based on the total composition.

Amino-functional Silicones or amodimethicones (S4) are called silicones which have at least one (optionally substituted) amino group.

Such silicones may be represented, for example, by the formula (S4-I) M (R _a Q _b SiO _{(4-ab) / 2) x} (R _c SiO _{(4-c) / 2) y} M (S4-I)

Will be described, wherein in the above formula R is a hydrocarbon or a hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, Q is a polar radical of the general formula -R ¹ HZ, wherein R ^{1 is} a divalent connecting group attached to hydrogen and the Z is an organic, amino-functional radical which is at least one of carbon and hydrogen atoms, carbon, hydrogen and oxygen atoms or carbon, hydrogen and nitrogen atoms, and Z is an organic, amino-functional radical contains amino-functional group; "a" assumes values in the range of about 0 to about 2, "b" assumes values in the range of about 1 to about 3, "a" + "b" is less than or equal to 3, and "c" is a number in the range from about 1 to about 3, and x is a number ranging from 1 to about 2,000, preferably from about 3 to about 50, and most preferably from about 3 to about 25, and y is a number ranging from about 20 to about 10,000 , preferably from about 125 to about 10,000, and most preferably from about 150 to about 1,000, and M is a suitable silicone end group as known in the art, preferably trimethylsiloxy. Non-limiting examples of the groups represented by R include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, amyl, isoamyl, hexyl, isohexyl and the like; Alkenyl radicals such as vinyl, halovinyl, alkylvinyl, allyl, haloallyl, alkylallyl; Cycloalkyl radicals such as cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like; Phenyl radicals, benzyl radicals, halohydrocarbon radicals such as 3-chloropropyl, 4-bromobutyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, chlorocyclohexyl, bromophenyl, chlorophenyl and the like, and sulfur-containing radicals such as mercaptoethyl, mercaptopropyl, mercaptohexyl, mercaptophenyl and the like; preferably R is an alkyl radical containing from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, and most preferably R is methyl. Examples of R ¹ include methylene, ethylene, propylene, hexamethylene, decamethylene, -CH ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) CH ₂ -, phenylene, naphthylene, -CH ₂ CH ₂ SCH ₂ CH ₂ -, -CH ₂ CH ₂ OCH ₂ - , -OCH ₂ CH ₂ -, -OCH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ -, -CH ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) C (O) OCH ₂ -, - (CH ₂ ) ₃ CC (O) OCH ₂ CH ₂ -, C ₆ H ₄ C ₆ H ₄ -, -C ₆ H ₄ CH ₂ C ₆ H ₄ -; and - (CH ₂ ) ₃ C (O) SCH ₂ CH ₂ -.

Z is an organic, amino-functional radical containing at least one functional amino group. A possible formula for Z is NH (CH ₂ ) _z NH ₂ , wherein z is 1 or more. Another possible formula for Z is -NH (CH ₂ ) _z (CH ₂ ) _zz NH, wherein both z and zz are independently 1 or more, which structure includes diamino ring structures, such as piperazinyl. Z is most preferably a -NHCH ₂ CH ₂ NH ₂ radical. Another possible formula for Z is -N (CH ₂ ) _z (CH ₂ ) _zz NX ₂ - or -NX ₂ , wherein each X of X _{2 is} independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and zz is 0.

Q is most preferably a polar, amine functional group of the formula -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ NHCH ₂ CH ₂ NH ₂ . In the formulas, "a" assumes values in the range of about 0 to about 2, "b" assumes values in the range of about 2 to about 3, "a" + "b" is less than or equal to 3, and "c "is a number in the range of about 1 to about 3. The molar ratio of the R _a Q _b SiO _{(4-ab) / 2} units to the R _c SiO _{(4-c) / 2} units is in the range of about From 1: 2 to 1:65, preferably from about 1: 5 to about 1: 65, and most preferably from about 1: 15 to about 1: 20. When one or more silicones of the above formula are employed then the various variable substituents in the above formula may be different for the various silicone components present in the silicone blend.

• – G ist -H, eine Phenylgruppe, -OH, -O-CH₃, -CH₃, -CH₂CH₃, -CH₂CH₂CH₃, -CH(CH₃)₂, -CH₂CH₂CH₂H₃, -CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, -CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, -C(CH₃)₃;
• – a steht für eine Zahl zwischen 0 und 3, insbesondere 0;
• – b steht für eine Zahl zwischen 0 und 1, insbesondere 1,
• – m und n sind Zahlen, deren Summe (m + n) zwischen 1 und 2000, vorzugsweise zwischen 50 und 150 beträgt, wobei n vorzugsweise Werte von 0 bis 1999 und insbesondere von 49 bis 149 und m vorzugsweise Werte von 1 bis 2000, insbesondere von 1 bis 10 annimmt,
• – R' ist ein monovalenter Rest ausgewählt aus
• – -N(R'')-CH₂-CH₂-N(R'')₂
• – -N(R'')₂
• – -N⁺(R'')₃A^–
• – -N⁺H₂(R'')A^–
• – -N(R'')-CH₂-CH₂-N⁺R''H₂A^–, wobei jedes R'' für gleiche oder verschiedene Reste aus der Gruppe -H, -Phenyl, -Benzyl, der C_1-20-Alkylreste, vorzugsweise -CH₃, -CH₂CH₃, -CH₂CH₂CH₃, -CH(CH₃)₂, -CH₂CH₂CH₂H₃, -CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, -CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, -C(CH₃)₃, steht und A ein Anion repräsentiert, welches vorzugsweise ausgewählt ist aus Chlorid, Bromid, Iodid oder Methosulfat.

Preferred agents according to the invention are characterized in that they contain an amino-functional silicone of the formula (S4-II) R _'a G _3-a -Si (OSiG _{2) n} - (OSiG _b R' _2-b) m-SiG _3-a -R _'a (S4-II), contain, in which means:

• G is -H, a phenyl group, -OH, -O-CH ₃ , -CH ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₃ , -CH (CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ H ₃ , -CH ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CH (CH ₃ ) CH ₂ CH ₃ , -C (CH ₃ ) ₃ ;
• A is a number between 0 and 3, in particular 0;
• B is a number between 0 and 1, in particular 1,
• M and n are numbers whose sum (m + n) is between 1 and 2000, preferably between 50 and 150, where n is preferably values from 0 to 1999 and in particular from 49 to 149 and m preferably values from 1 to 2000, in particular from 1 to 10,
• - R 'is a monovalent radical selected from
• --N (R '') - CH ₂ -CH ₂ -N (R '') ₂
• - N (R '') ₂
• - N ⁺ (R '') ₃ A ^-
• - N ⁺ H ₂ (R '') A ^-
• --N (R '') - CH ₂ -CH ₂ -N ⁺ R''H ₂ A ^- , wherein each R '' represents the same or different radicals from the group -H, -phenyl, -benzyl, the C _{1 -20-} alkyl radicals, preferably -CH ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₃ , -CH (CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ H ₃ , -CH ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) ₂ , -CH (CH ₃ ) CH ₂ CH ₃ , -C (CH ₃ ) ₃ , and A represents an anion, which is preferably selected from chloride, bromide, iodide or methosulfate.

enthalten, worin m und n Zahlen sind, deren Summe (m + n) zwischen 1 und 2000, vorzugsweise zwischen 50 und 150 beträgt, wobei n vorzugsweise Werte von 0 bis 1999 und insbesondere von 49 bis 149 und m vorzugsweise Werte von 1 bis 2000, insbesondere von 1 bis 10 annimmt.Particularly preferred agents according to the invention are characterized in that they contain an amino-functional silicone of the formula (S4-III)

in which m and n are numbers whose sum (m + n) is between 1 and 2000, preferably between 50 and 150, where n preferably values of 0 to 1999 and in particular of 49 to 149 and m preferably values of 1 to 2000 , in particular from 1 to 10 assumes.

These Silicones are classified as trimethylsilylamodimethicones according to the INCI declaration designated.

enthalten, worin R für -OH, -O-CH₃ oder eine -CH₃-Gruppe steht und m, n1 und n2 Zahlen sind, deren Summe (m + n1 + n2) zwischen 1 und 2000, vorzugsweise zwischen 50 und 150 beträgt, wobei die Summe (n1 + n2) vorzugsweise Werte von 0 bis 1999 und insbesondere von 49 bis 149 und m vorzugsweise Werte von 1 bis 2000, insbesondere von 1 bis 10 annimmt.Agents according to the invention which are characterized in that they contain an amino-functional silicone of the formula (S4-IV) are also particularly preferred.

in which R is -OH, -O-CH ₃ or a -CH ₃ group and m, n1 and n2 are numbers whose sum (m + n1 + n2) is between 1 and 2,000, preferably between 50 and 150 , where the sum (n1 + n2) preferably assumes values from 0 to 1999 and in particular from 49 to 149 and m preferably values from 1 to 2000, in particular from 1 to 10.

These Silicones are called amodimethicones according to the INCI declaration.

Independently of, which amino-functional silicones are used are agents according to the invention preferred in which the amino-functional silicone is an amine number above 0.25 meq / g, preferably above 0.3 meq / g and especially above 0.4 meq / g. The amine number is for the milli equivalents Amine per gram of amino-functional silicone. It can be done by titration determined and also in the unit mg KOH / g.

The Amodimethicones (S4) are present in the compositions of the invention in amounts from 0.01 to 10% by weight, preferably 0.01 to 8% by weight, especially preferably from 0.1 to 7.5% by weight and in particular from 0.1 to 5% by weight Amodimethicone based on the composition.

It is according to the invention also possible, the amodimethicones have their own phase in the compositions according to the invention form. This possibility results in principle in all compositions, but is preferred according to the invention realized in the compositions B and C. In this case can it should be appropriate if the composition is immediately before Application by shaking in the short term is homogenized. In this case, the amount of amodimethicone up to 40% by weight, preferably in amounts of up to 25% by weight to the total composition.

First since recently are completely novel polyammonium polysiloxane compounds are known in which the Siloxane substructures optionally via ammonium substructures with each other are connected. Such compounds and their use in cosmetic Means are described, for example, in published patent application WO 02/10257 described.

• a1) mindestens eine Polyalkylenoxid-Struktureinheit der allgemeinen Formeln: -A-E-, -E-A-, -A-E-A'- und/oder -A'-E-A-, worin: A steht für eine der Gruppen: -CH₂C(O)O-, -CH₂CH₂C(O)O-, -CH₂CH₂CH₂C(O)O-, -OC(O)CH₂-, -OC(O)CH₂CH₂- und/oder -OC(O)CH₂CH₂CH₂-, A' bedeutet: -CH₂C(O)-, -CH₂CH₂C(O)-, -CH₂CH₂CH₂C(O)-, -C(O)CH₂-, -C(O)CH₂CH₂- und/oder -C(O)CH₂CH₂CH₂- und E steht für eine Polyalkylenoxidgruppe der allgemeinen Formeln: -[CH₂CH₂O]_q-[CH₂CH(CH₃)O]_r- und/oder -[OCH(CH₃)CH₂]r, -[OCH₂CH₂]_q-, mit q = 1 bis 200 und r = 0 bis 200, wobei das endständige Sauerstoffatom der Gruppe A an die endständige -CH₂-Gruppe der Gruppe E, und das endständige Carbonylkohlenstoffatom der Gruppe A' an das endständige Sauerstoffatom Gruppe E jeweils unter Ausbildung von Estergruppen binden, und/oder mindestens eine endständige Polyalkylenoxid-Straktureinheit der Formel -A-E-R², worin A und E die oben genannte Bedeutung aufweisen, und R² steht für H, geradkettiger, cyclischer oder verzweigter C₁-C₂₀-Kohlenwasserstoffrest, der durch -O-, oder -C(O) unterbrochen und mit -OH substituiert und acetylenisch, olefinisch oder aromatisch sein kann,
• a2) mindestens ein zweiwertiger oder dreiwertiger organischer Rest, der mindestens eine Ammoniumgruppe enthält,
• a3) mindestens eine Polysiloxan-Straktureinheit der allgemeinen Formel: -K-S-K-, worin S steht für -Si(R¹)₂-O[-Si(R¹)₂-O]_nSi(R¹)₂- und worin R¹ steht für C₁-C₂₂-Alkyl, C₁-C₂₂-Fluoralkyl oder Aryl, n steht für 0 bis 1000, und wenn mehrere Gruppen S in der Polysiloxanverbindung vorliegen, diese gleich oder verschieden sein können, worin K ein zweiwertiger oder dreiwertiger geradkettiger, cyclischer oder verzweigter C₂-C₄₀-Kohlenwasserstoffrest, der durch -O-, -N-, -NR¹-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -N⁺(R³)- und -N⁺(R¹)(R³)- unterbrochen und mit -OH substituiert sein kann, worin R¹ wie oben definiert ist, oder gegebenenfalls eine Bindung zu einem zweiwertigen Rest R³ darstellt, und worin R³ einen einwertigen oder zweiwertigen geradkettigen, cyclischen oder verzweigten C₁-C₂₀-Kohlenwasserstoffrest, der durch -O-, -NH-, -C(O)-, -C(S)- unterbrochen und mit -OH substituiert sein kann, oder -A-E-R² darstellt, worin A, E und R wie oben definiert ist, wobei die Reste K gleich oder verschieden voneinander sein können, und im Falle, dass K einen dreiwertigen Rest darstellt, die Absättigung der dritten Valenz über eine Bindung an den vorstehend genannten organischen Rest, der mindestens eine Ammoniumgruppe enthält, erfolgt,
• a4) einen organischen oder anorganischen Säurerest zur Neutralisation der aus der(n) Animoniumgruppe(n) resultierenden Ladungen.

As a silicone, the compositions of the invention may contain at least one polyammonium-polysiloxane compound, which is constructed as described below. The polyammonium-polysiloxane compounds contain:

• a1) at least one polyalkylene oxide structural unit of the general formulas: -AE-, -EA-, -AE-A'- and / or -A'-EA-, in which: A is one of the groups: -CH ₂ C (O ) O-, -CH ₂ CH ₂ C (O) O-, -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ C (O) O-, -OC (O) CH ₂ -, -OC (O) CH ₂ CH ₂ - and / or -OC (O) CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ -, A 'means: -CH ₂ C (O) -, -CH ₂ CH ₂ C (O) -, -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ C (O) -, -C (O) CH ₂ -, -C (O) CH ₂ CH ₂ - and / or -C (O) CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ - and E represents a polyalkylene oxide group of the general formulas: - [CH ₂ CH ₂ O] _q - [CH ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) O] _r - and / or - [OCH (CH ₃ ) CH ₂ ] r, - [OCH ₂ CH ₂ ] _q -, with q = 1 to 200 and r = 0 to 200, wherein the terminal oxygen atom of group A binds to the terminal -CH ₂ group of group E, and the terminal carbonyl carbon of group A 'to the terminal oxygen atom group E in each case to form ester groups, and / or at least one terminal polyalkylene oxide structural unit of the formula -AER ² , in which A and E have the abovementioned meaning, and R ² is H, straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical which is represented by -O- or -C (O) may be interrupted and substituted with -OH and may be acetylenic, olefinic or aromatic,
• a2) at least one divalent or trivalent organic radical containing at least one ammonium group,
• a3) at least one polysiloxane truncone unit of the general formula: -KSK-, wherein S is -Si (R ¹ ) ₂ -O [-Si (R ¹ ) ₂ -O] _n Si (R ¹ ) ₂ - and wherein R ¹ is C ₁ -C ₂₂ alkyl, C ₁ -C ₂₂ -Fluoralkyl or aryl, n is 0 to 1000, and when there are several groups S in the polysiloxane compound, they may be the same or different, wherein K is a bivalent or trivalent straight, cyclic or branched C ₂ -C ₄₀ hydrocarbon radical, the by -O-, -N-, -NR ¹ -, -C (O) -, -C (S) -, -N ⁺ (R ³ ) - and -N ⁺ (R ¹ ) (R ³ ) - interrupted and may be substituted with -OH, wherein R ^{1 is} as defined above, or optionally a bond to a divalent radical R ³ , and wherein R ^{3 is} a monovalent or divalent straight, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ hydrocarbon radical, the by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - may be interrupted and substituted with -OH, or -AER ² , wherein A, E and R is as defined above, wherein the Radicals K may be the same or different from each other, and in case K represents a trivalent radical, the saturation of the third valence via a bond to the abovementioned organic radical which contains at least one ammonium group takes place,
• a4) an organic or inorganic acid radical for neutralizing the charges resulting from the (s) ammonium group (s).

The polysiloxane compounds according to the invention are characterized in that they are as defined above Components a1) to a4) have. The polysiloxane compounds are thereby by binding of the mentioned structural units or residues a1) to a3) formed together. Component a4) serves for neutralization the positive charges resulting from component a2).

The polysiloxane compounds according to the invention can Be oligomeric or polymeric compounds. Oligomeric compounds shut down also the case described below, wherein the polysiloxane compound has only one repeat unit.

polymers polysiloxane compounds according to the invention naturally arise through alternating linkage of divalent radicals.

in the Case of the polymeric polysiloxane compounds of the invention result in the terminal atomic groupings from the terminal Atomic groupings of the starting materials used. This is the person skilled in the known.

In a preferred embodiment are the polymeric polysiloxane compounds according to the invention linear polyammonium-polysiloxane compounds resulting from the structural components a1) to a3). So can the linear polymeric polysiloxane compounds according to the invention, in particular their linear formed from the repeating units polymeric backbone, by alternating juxtaposition of polyalkylene oxide structural units a1), organic radicals containing at least one, preferably quaternary ammonium group contain a2) and polysiloxane structural units a3) are constructed. This means, the above In addition, optionally in the structural components available free Valencies (as in trivalent residues as component a2) or when trivalent radicals K may occur) are preferably not used the construction of polymeric side chains or polymeric branches.

In a further embodiment, the main chain of the linear polymeric polysiloxane compounds according to the invention can be built up from the organic radicals which contain at least one ammonium group a2) and the polysiloxane structural units a3), and the polyalkylene oxide structural units a1) bind as side chains to the trivalent organic ammonium group residue.

For example, the following structures can result:
- (polyalkylene oxide structural unit-polysiloxane structural unit-polyalkylene oxide structural unit - preferably quaternary ammonium group radical) _x -
- (polysiloxane structural unit - preferably quaternary ammonium group radical) x-polyalkylene oxide structural unit) _x -

ever by molar ratio The monomeric starting compounds may be polysiloxane compounds according to the invention result, having only a repeat unit. This is known per se to the person skilled in the art. This case rffs for example to polysiloxane compounds according to the invention of construction: (terminal Polyalkylene oxide moiety quaternary ammonium group residue polysiloxane moiety quaternary ammonium group moiety terminal Polyalkylenoxidstruktureinheit).

The polysiloxane compounds according to the invention preferably consist essentially of the components a1) to a4), wherein the polymeric polysiloxane compounds of the invention naturally from the Reaction of the monomeric starting materials resulting terminal Have groups. It can but also monofunctional chain terminator can be used.

The polyalkylene oxide structural units a) may be divalent radicals of the general formulas:
-AE, -EA, -AE-A'- and / or -A'-EA act.

The rest A means:
-CH ₂ C (O) O-, -CH ₂ CH ₂ C (O) O-, -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ C (O) O-, -OC (O) CH ₂ -, -OC (O) CH ₂ CH ₂ - and / or -OC (O) CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ -

The rest A 'means:
-CH ₂ C (O) -, -CH ₂ CH ₂ C (O) -, -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ C (O) -, -C (O) CH ₂ -, -C (O) CH ₂ CH ₂ - and / or -C (O) CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ -.

The polyalkylene oxide group E of the general formulas:
- [CH ₂ CH ₂ O] _q - [CH ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) O] _r - and / or - [OCH (CH ₃ ) CH ₂ ] _r - [OCH ₂ CH ₂ ] _q with q = 1 or 2 up to 200 and r = 0 to 200, include all possible ethylene oxide / propylene oxide groups. Such may be random ethylene oxide / propylene oxide copolymer groups or ethylene oxide / propylene oxide block copolymer groups with any arrangement of one or more ethylene oxide or propylene oxide blocks.

The attachment of the radicals A or A 'to the group E takes place in such a way that the terminal oxygen atom of group A to the terminal -CH ₂ - group of the group E, and the terminal carbonyl carbon atom of the group A' to the terminal oxygen atom each group E to form ester groups.

The polyalkylene oxide structural units a1) can furthermore be a monovalent, ie terminal polyalkylene oxide structural unit of the formula -AER ² in which A and E have the abovementioned meaning, and R ^{2 is} H, straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ - C ₂₀ hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O- or -C (O) - and substituted by -OH and may be acetylenic, olefinic or aromatic.

The component a2) from which the polysiloxane compounds according to the invention are composed is at least one divalent or trivalent organic radical which contains at least one ammonium group. The bond of the radical to the other components of the polysiloxane compounds of the invention is preferably carried out via the nitrogen atom of one or more ammonium groups in the organic radical. The term "divalent" or "trivalent" means that the organic ammonium radical to form bonds in particular to the other components of the polysiloxane compounds according to the invention has two or three free valences. The ammonium radical is expediently represented by an NH ₄ ⁺ group in which at least two hydrogen atoms are substituted by organic groups. Preferably, it is a secondary or quaternary, more preferably a quaternary ammonium group. A quaternary ammonium group is a general definition (see, for example, Römpp-Chemie-Lexikon) in which all four hydrogen atoms of an NH ₄ ⁺ group are replaced by organic radicals.

The component a2) of the polysiloxane compounds according to the invention is at least one polysiloxane structural unit of the general formula: -KSK-, S is a polysiloxane group of the general formula -Si (R ¹ ) ₂ -O [-Si (R ¹ ) ₂ -O] _n -Si (R ¹ ) ₂ -, wherein R1 is C ₁ -C ₂₂ alkyl, C ₁ -C ₂₂ fluoroalkyl or aryl, preferably phenyl, n = 0 to 1000, and when there are several S groups in the polysiloxane compound, they may be the same or different.

R ¹ is preferably C ₁ -C ₁₈ alkyl, C ₁ -C ₁₈ fluoroalkyl and aryl. Furthermore, R1 is preferably C ₁ -C ₁₈ -alkyl, C ₁ -C ₆ -fluoroalkyl and aryl. Furthermore, R ^{1 is} preferably C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, C ₁ -C ₆ fluoroalkyl, more preferably C ₁ -C ₄ fluoroalkyl, and phenyl. More preferably, R ^{1 is} methyl, ethyl, trifluoropropyl and phenyl.

The term "C ₁ -C ₂₂ -alkyl" in the context of the present invention means that the aliphatic hydrocarbon groups have 1 to 22 carbon atoms, which may be straight-chain or branched. Examples include methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, iso-propyl, neopentyl, and 1,2,3 trimethylhexyl listed.

The term "C ₁ -C ₂₂ -fluoroalkyl" in the context of the present invention means aliphatic hydrocarbon compounds having 1 to 22 carbon atoms which may be straight-chain or branched and are substituted by at least one fluorine atom, by way of example monofluoromethyl, monofluoroethyl, 1,1,1- Trifluoroethyl, perfluoroethyl, 1,1,1-trifluoropropyl, 1,2,2-trifluorobutyl.

The term "aryl" in the context of the present invention means unsubstituted or mono- or polysubstituted by OH, F, Cl, CF ₃ C ₁ -C ₆ -alkyl, C ₁ -C ₆ -alkoxy, C ₃ -C ₁ -cycloalkyl C ₂ C ₆ alkenyl or phenyl substituted phenyl. The term may optionally also mean naphthyl.

K represents a bivalent or trivalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₂ -C ₄₀ -hydrocarbon radical which is represented by -O-, -NH-, -N-, C (O) -, -C (S) -, -N ⁺ (R ³ ) -, -NR ¹ -, and -N ⁺ (R ¹ ) (R ³ ) - may be interrupted and substituted with -OH.

"Interrupted" means that in the case of divalent radicals a -CH ₂ - grouping in the case of trivalent radicals a -CH- grouping of the hydrocarbon radical are replaced by said groups. This also applies to the rest of the description, if this name is used.

The Group K binds over a carbon atom to the silicon atom of the group S.

The Group K can also, as seen above, preferably quaternary ammonium groups so that ammonium groups in addition to the ammonium groups in said component a2) in the polysiloxane compounds according to the invention result.

The polysiloxane compounds according to the invention can, such as in the residue K, have amino groups. The implementation the polysiloxane compounds of the invention with acids leads to their protonation. Such protonated amino groups having Polysiloxane compounds are within the scope of the present invention contain.

The Binding of component a3), the polysiloxane structural unit -K-S-K-, to the rest Aufbaukoniponenten about the rest K preferably does not take place via a nitrogen atom of the Remainder K.

R ¹ is as defined above or optionally represents a bond to a divalent radical R ³ , so that a cycle results.

R ³ represents a monovalent or divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and substituted by -OH may be, or -AER ² , wherein A, E and R ^{2 are} as defined above.

The Remains K can be the same or different from each other, and in the case that K is one represents trivalent residue, the saturation of the third valence occurs via a Binding to the - above said organic radical containing at least one ammonium group.

The polysiloxane compounds according to the invention also contain the component a4), at least one organic or inorganic anionic acid radical for the neutralization of the ammonium group (s) resulting from the (n) Charges. Organic or inorganic acid radicals are radicals that are formal from the cleavage of one or more protons from organic or inorganic acids result and close for example, a halide such as fluoride, chloride, bromide, sulfates, Nitrates, phosphates, carboxylates such as formate, acetate, propionate etc., sulfonates, sulfates, polyether carboxylates and polyether sulfates etc. Chloride is preferred. The organic or inorganic anionic acid residues as component a4) of the polysiloxane compounds according to the invention can be the same or different from each other. So result from the Reaction of the amines with alkyl halides preferably halide ions, while to Example Carboxylates from the carboxylic acids used in the reaction of bisepoxides with amines can result.

In a preferred embodiment of the polysiloxane compounds according to the invention, K is a bivalent or trivalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₂ -C ₄₀ -hydrocarbon radical which is represented by -O-, -NH-, -N-, -NR ¹ -, -C ( O) -, -C (S) - may be interrupted and substituted with -OH, wherein R ^{1 is} as defined above, and wherein the radicals K may be the same or different from each other.

The abovementioned organic radical which contains at least one, preferably quaternary ammonium, group is preferably a radical of the general formula: -N ¹ -FN ¹ -, wherein N ^{1 is} a quaternary ammonium group of the general formula - (R ⁴ ) N ⁺ (R ⁵ ) -, in which R ^{4 represents} a monovalent or divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical which is represented by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -,
-C (S) - may be interrupted and substituted with -OH, and R ⁵ is a monovalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical represented by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - may be interrupted and substituted with -OH, or a single bond to a divalent radical R ⁴ or a tetravalent radical F, and the radicals R ⁴ and R ⁵ within the group -N ¹ -FN ¹ - and in the polysiloxane compound may be the same or different from each other,
F is a divalent or tetravalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₂ -C ₃₀ -hydrocarbon radical which is represented by -O-, -NH-, -N-, -C (O) -, -C (S) -, a siloxane chain S , wherein for S the above-mentioned references apply, can be interrupted and substituted with -OH.

For further details of the definitions of the quaternary ammonium group of the formula -N ¹ -FN ¹ - (preferred embodiments, etc.), reference is made to the explanations of the first embodiment of the present invention for component a, the polyammonium-polysiloxane compounds in which this group is realized , and which are also valid in this more general context.

The aforementioned organic radical containing at least one, preferably quaternary ammonium, group may further preferably a radical of the general formula - (R ⁶ ) N ⁺ (R ⁷ ) - be, in which R ^{6 is} a monovalent or divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₃₀ -hydrocarbon radical which is represented by -O-, -NH-,
-C (O) -, -C (S) - may be interrupted and substituted with -OH, or R ⁶ represents a single bond to a trivalent radical K.

R ⁷ is a monovalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O-, -NH- -C (O) -, -C (S) - and substituted by -OH, or -AER ² , wherein -AER ^{2 has} the abovementioned meaning, or a single bond to a divalent radical R ⁶ or to a trivalent radical K.

The radicals R ⁶ and R ⁷ may be the same or different from each other.

For further details of the definitions of the quaternary ammonium group of formula - (R ⁶ ) N ⁺ (R ⁷ ) - (preferred embodiments), reference is made to the explanations of the second, third and fourth embodiment to the polyammonium-polysiloxane compounds, component a), of Reference is made to present active substance complex according to the invention, in which this group is realized, and which also have validity in this more general context.

The aforementioned organic radical containing at least one ammonium group may further preferably be a radical of the general formula: Be -N ⁵ -F ¹ -N ⁵ - wherein N ^{5 is} an ammonium group of the general formula - (R ²³ ) N ⁺ (R ²⁴ ) - is, wherein
R ^{23 represents} hydrogen, a monovalent or divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and with -OH may be substituted
R ^{24 represents} hydrogen, a monovalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) and substituted by -OH or is a single bond to a divalent radical R ²³ , and the radicals R ²³ and R ²⁴ within the group -N ⁵ -F ¹ -N ⁵ - and in the polysiloxane compound may be identical or different from each other,
F ^{1 represents} a divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched -N hydrocarbon radical which is interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -N-, -C (S) - or by a group -E- can be,
and wherein a plurality of the groups N ⁵ and F ^{1 may} each be the same or different from each other.

For further details of the definitions of the ammonium group of formula -N ⁵ -F ¹ -N ⁵ - (preferred embodiments), reference is made to the explanations of the fifth embodiment of component a, the polyammonium-polysiloxane compounds of the present invention, in which this group is exemplified is, and which are also valid in this more general context.

in the the following are the components a) of the active substance complex according to the invention, the polyammonium-polysiloxane compounds, based on five preferred embodiments closer to these connections described.

A particular embodiment of the polyammonium-polysiloxane compounds (which will be referred to as the first embodiment of component a) of the active ingredient complex), wherein the aforementioned organic radical containing at least one, preferably quaternary ammonium, as component a2) of the polysiloxane compounds according to the invention a radical the general formula: -N ¹ -FN ¹ is represented by the polysiloxane compounds of the following general formula (I): - [BN ¹ -FN ¹ ] m- (I) where m = 2 to 500,
B is -AEKSKEA- and additionally, if appropriate, -AE-A'- or -A'-EA-,
wherein S, K, -AE-, - EA, -AE-A 'and -A'-EA and -N ¹ -FN ¹ - are as defined above, and the proportion of the group -AE-A' - or -A'-EA- in the group B may be chosen so that the mass of -AE-A'- or -A'-EA- from 0 to 90%, preferably 0% or 0.1 to 50% of the mass of the polysiloxane S in the polymer.

The first embodiment of the polyammonium-polysiloxane compounds preferably relates to linear alkylene-oxide-modified polyquaternary polysiloxanes of the general formula (I ') - [BN ¹ -FN ¹ ], - (I ') where m is 2 to 500,
B-EKSKEA,
S -Si (R ¹ ) ₂ -O [Si (R ¹ ) ₂ -O] n -Si (R ¹ ) ₂ -
R ^{1 is} C ₁ -C ₂₂ -alkyl, C ₁ -C ₂₂ -fluoroalkyl or aryl,
n 0 to 1000,
K is a divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₂ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical which is interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -NR ¹ -, -C (O) -, -C (S) and substituted by -OH can
E is a polyalkylene oxide unit of the structure
- [CH ₂ CH ₂ O] _q - [CH ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) O] _r - with,
q 1 to 200,
r 0 to 200 and
A is -CH ₂ C (O) O-, -CH ₂ CH ₂ C (O) O- or -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ C (O) O-,
N ^{1 is} a quaternary ammonium structure
- (R ⁴ ) N ⁺ (R ⁵ ) -
R ^{4 represents} a monovalent or divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical interrupted by O-, -NH, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and. may be substituted with -OH
R ^{5 represents} R ⁴ or a single bond to R ⁴ or F,
F is a divalent or tetravalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₂ -C ₃₀ hydrocarbon radical which is represented by -O-, -NH-, -N-, -C (O) -, -C (S) -, a siloxane chain S , wherein for S the above-mentioned references apply, can be interrupted and substituted with -OH.

The possibility of a tetravalent substructure for F means that F can form a branched or ring system with the limiting N ¹ , so that F then participates with two bonds at each quaternization of both limiting N ¹ . For a more detailed illustration, reference is made to the published patent application WO 02/10257, in particular to Example 1 therein.

In a further embodiment of the polyammonium-polysiloxane compounds, the possibility of a divalent substructure for R ^{4 means} that in these cases it is a cyclic-structure-forming structure in which R ⁵ in this case is a single bond to R ⁴ . Examples are morpholinyl and piperidinyl structures.

More preferred embodiments this so-called first embodiment of the invention and process for the preparation of said polysiloxane compounds of the formula (I) or (I ') are described below.

R ⁴ is preferably -CH ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₃ , - (CH ₂ ) ₂ CH ₃ , - (CH ₂ ) ₃ CH ₃ , - (CH ₂ ) ₅ CH ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ OH, -CH ₂ CH ₂ NHCO-R ¹⁴ or -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ NHCO-R ¹⁴ , wherein
wherein R ^{14 is} a straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₁₈ hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and substituted with -OH ,

bilden.As mentioned above, R ⁴ and R ⁵ can also together form a cyclic structure of the formulas

form.

The preferred meanings of R ¹ in the so-called first embodiment of the polysiloxane compounds can be referred to the above statements.

In the so-called first embodiment of the polysiloxane compounds, R ^{4 is} preferably a monovalent or divalent straight chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₁₆ , more preferably C ₃ -C ₁₆ , hydrocarbon radical represented by -O-, -NH-, -C (O ) -, -C (S) - and may be substituted by -OH, more preferably a C ₃ -C ₁₆ -hydrocarbon radical represented by -O-, -NH-, -NR ¹ -, -C (O) -, -C (S) - may be interrupted and substituted with -OH, wherein R ^{1 has} the abovementioned meaning.

In the so-called first embodiment of the polysiloxane compounds, F is preferably a divalent or tetravalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₂ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical which is represented by -O-, -NH-, -N-, -C (O) -, -C (S), a siloxane chain S, where S is the above-mentioned references, may be interrupted and substituted with -OH.

In the so-called first embodiment of the polysiloxane compounds, K is preferably -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ -, - (CH ₂ ) ₄ -, - (CH ₂ ) ₆ -, -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ OCH ₂ CH (OH) CH ₂ -, and - CH = CHCH ₂ -.

In the so-called first embodiment of the polysiloxane compounds, R ^{14 is} preferably unsubstituted C ₅ -C ₁₇ -hydrocarbon radicals derived from the corresponding fatty acids or hydroxylated C ₃ -C ₁₇ radicals which can be attributed to hydroxylated carboxylic acids, preferably saccharide carboxylic acids.

In the so-called first embodiment of the polyammonium-polysiloxane compounds which are used in the present invention as active ingredients a) of the active ingredient complex according to the invention, R ¹⁴ furthermore preferably represents hydroxylated radicals from the group consisting

In the so-called first embodiment the polysiloxane compounds is m 2 to 100, preferably 2 to 50.

In the so-called first embodiment the polysiloxane compound is n 0 to 1000, preferably 0 to 100, more preferably 0 to 80 and more preferably 10 to 80.

In the so-called first embodiment of the invention q is 1 to 200, preferably 1 to 50, more preferably 2 to 20 and more preferably 2 to 10.

In the so-called first embodiment of the invention is from 0 to 200, preferably from 0 to 100, more preferably 0 to 50, and more preferably 0 to 20.

to Preparation of the polysiloxane-polyammonium according to the invention Compounds of both this first embodiment and all others preferred embodiments the polysiloxane-polyammonium according to the invention Compounds a) of the active ingredient complex according to the invention explicitly referenced to the publication WO 02/10257.

A particular embodiment of the invention (which is referred to below as the so-called second embodiment of the polysiloxane compounds) is represented by the polysiloxane compounds of the general formula (II), R ² -EAN ² -KSKN ² -AER ² (II) wherein
S, K, -AE-, -EA- and R ^{2 have} the meanings given above, and
N ^{2 is} an organic radical containing at least one quaternary ammonium group of the general formula - (R ⁸ ) N ⁺ (R ⁹ ) - is in which R ^{8 is} a monovalent or divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and substituted by -OH .
R ^{9 is} a monovalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and substituted by -OH, or represents a single bond to a divalent radical R ⁸ or to a trivalent radical K, and the radicals R ⁸ and R ⁹ within the polysilo xanverbindung the general formula (II) may be the same or different from each other.

Preferably, the polysiloxane compounds of the second embodiment are (□, □ -alkylene oxide and polyquaternary modified polysiloxanes of the general formula (II ') R ¹⁶ -EAN ² -KSKN ² -AER ¹⁶ (II ')

What the names stand for,
S -Si (R ¹ ) ₂ -O [-Si (R ¹ ) ₂ -O] _n -Si (R ¹ )
with R ^{1 is} C ₁ -C ₂₂ -alkyl, C ₁ -C ₂₂ -fluoroalkyl or aryl,
n is 0 to 1000,
K is a divalent or trivalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₂ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical which is represented by -O-, -N-, -NH-, -NR ¹ -, -C (O) -, -C (S) - interrupted and substituted with -OH,
N ^{2 is} a quaternary ammonium structure
- (R ⁸ ) N ⁺ (R ⁹ ) -
R ^{8 is} a monovalent or divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O-, -NH-, C (O) -, -C (S) - and substituted by -OH,
R ⁹ R ⁸ or a single bond to K or R ⁸ ,
A is -CH ₂ C (O) O-, -CH ₂ CH ₂ C (O) O- or -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ C (O) O-
E is a polyalkylene oxide unit of the structure
- [CH ₂ CH ₂ O] _q - [CH ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) O] _r -
q 1 to 200
r 0 to 200 and
R ¹⁶ H, straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical interrupted by -O- or -C (O) - and
-OH can be substituted and acetylenic, olefinic or aromatic.

The possibility of a trivalent substructure for K means here that K can be branched and then participates with two bonds in the quaternization of N ² . The possibility of a divalent substructure for R ⁸ means that in these cases it is a cyclic-structure-forming structure, where R ^{9 is} then a single bond to R ² .

bilden.R ⁸ is preferably -CH ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₃ , - (CH ₂ ) ₂ CH ₃ , - (CH ₂ ) ₃ CH ₃ , - (CH ₂ ) ₅ CH ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ OH -CH ₂ CH ₂ NHCO-R ¹⁷ or -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ NHCO-R ¹⁷ ,
wherein R ^{17 is} a straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₁₈ -hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and substituted with -OH , is. As mentioned above, R ⁸ and R ⁹ may also together form a cyclic structure of the formulas

form.

Among the preferred meanings of R ¹ in the so-called second embodiment of the polysiloxane compounds may be to the above. to get expelled.

In the so-called second embodiment of the polysiloxane compounds, K is preferably a divalent or trivalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₃ -C ₁₆ -hydrocarbon radical which is represented by -O-, -NH-, -NR ₁ -, -N-, -C (O ) -, -C (S) - may be interrupted and substituted with -OH, wherein R ^{1 is} as defined above.

Preferred for K are, for example, radicals of the following structures:
-CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ - CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ OCH ₂ CHOHCH ₂ - or

R ⁸ is preferably a monovalent or divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₁₆ -hydrocarbon radical which is interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O), -C (S) - and substituted by -OH can.

R ¹⁶ is preferably a straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₁₈ -hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O- or -C (O) - and substituted by -OH and may be acetylenic or olefinic.

Furthermore, R ^{16 is} preferably C ₅ -C ₁₇ -alkyl, -CH ₂ CH = CH ₂ , -CH ₂ CH (OH) CH ₂ OCH ₂ CH = CH ₂ , -CH ₂ CCH, -C (O) CH ₃ , -C (O) CH ₂ CH ₃ .

R ¹⁷ preferably represents unsubstituted C ₅ -C ₁₇ -hydrocarbon radicals which are derived from the corresponding fatty acids or hydroxylated C ₃ -C ₁₇ radicals which can be attributed to hydroxylated carboxylic acids, preferably to saccharidecarboxylic acids.

ausgewählt.R ¹⁷ is particularly preferably selected from the group

selected.

In the so-called second embodiment Of the polysiloxane compounds, n is preferably 0 to 200, more preferably 0 to 80, more preferably 10 to 80.

In the so-called second embodiment Of the polysiloxane compounds, q is preferably 1 to 50, more preferably 2 to 20, and more preferably 2 to 10.

In the so-called second embodiment Of the polysiloxane compounds, r is preferably 0 to 100 and more preferably 0 to 50.

In the so-called second embodiment of the invention, r is preferably 0 to 20, and more preferably 0 to 10.

to Preparation of the polysiloxane compounds of the invention the so-called second embodiment be on the explanations to the first preferred embodiment directed.

A particular embodiment of the polyammonium-polysiloxane compounds a) as an essential constituent of the active ingredient complex according to the invention (which is referred to below as the so-called third embodiment of the polysiloxanes) is represented by the polysiloxane compounds of the general formula (III): - [KSKN ³ ] m- (III) where S, K and m are as defined above,
N ^{3 is} an organic radical containing at least one quaternary ammonium group of the general formula - (R ¹⁰ ) -N + (R ¹¹ ) wherein R ^{10 is} a monovalent straight chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₃₀ hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and substituted by -OH or represents a single bond to K,
R ¹¹ is -AER ² , wherein -AER ^{2 has} the abovementioned meaning.

The polysiloxane compounds of the third embodiment are preferably alkylene oxide-modified polyparternary polysiloxanes of the general formula (III ') - [KSKN ³ ] m- (III '), where m is 2 to 500,
S is -Si (R ¹ ) ₂ -O- [-Si (R ¹ ) ₂ -O] _n -Si (R ¹ ) ₂ -
with R ^{1 is} C ₁ -C ₂₂ -alkyl, C ₁ -C ₂₂ -fluoroalkyl or aryl,
n = 0 to 1000,
N ^{3 is} a quaternary ammonium structure
- (R ¹⁰ ) N ⁺ (R ¹¹ ) -
wherein R ^{10 is} a monovalent or divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₃₀ -hydrocarbon radical interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and substituted by -OH may or is a single bond to K,
R ³ -AE- is, with
A is -CH ₂ C (O) O-, -CH ₂ CH ₂ C (O) O- or -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ C (O) O- and
E for a polyalkylene oxide unit of the structure
- [CH ₂ CH ₂ O] _q - [CH ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) O] _r -R ¹⁸
q from 1 to 200,
r from 0 to 200,
R ^{18 is} H, straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O- or -C (O) - and substituted by -OH and may be acetylenic, olefinic or aromatic, and
K is a divalent or trivalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₂ -C ₄₀ -hydrocarbon radical which is represented by -O-, -NH-, -NR ¹ -, -N-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - may be interrupted and substituted with -OH or contains a quaternary ammonium structure N ⁵ , with N ⁵ meaning - (R ¹⁹ ) N ⁺ (R ²⁰ ) -
R ^{19 is} a monovalent or divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and substituted by -OH or a single bond to R ¹⁰ , and R ^{20 is} -AE-, as defined above.

to Production of the Preferred Embodiments the so-called third embodiment the polysiloxane compounds should be explicitly as before Publication WO 02/10257 referenced.

R ¹⁰ and R ¹⁹ are independently of one another preferably -CH ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₃ , - (CH ₂ ) ₂ CH ₃ , - (CH ₂ ) ₃ CH ₃ , - (CH ₂ ) ₅ CH ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ OH, -CH ₂ CH ₂ NHCOR ²¹ or -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ NHCOR ²¹ , wherein R ^{21 is} a straight, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₁₈ hydrocarbon radical represented by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - may be interrupted and substituted with -OH.

In one embodiment of the so-called third embodiment of the polysiloxane compounds, a bivalent substructure for R ¹⁰ is a cyclic system-forming structure wherein R ¹⁰ then has a single bond to K, preferably to a tertiary amino structure or to the quaternary structure N ⁵ over R ¹⁹ .

The preferred meanings of R ¹ in the so-called third embodiment of the polysiloxanes can be referred to the above statements.

Preferably R ^{10 is} a monovalent or divalent straight chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₅ hydrocarbon radical which is interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and substituted by -OH can be.

Preferably, R ^{19 is} a monovalent or divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₅ hydrocarbon radical which is interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and substituted by -OH can be.

worin R²⁰ wie oben definiert ist.In the so-called third embodiment of the polysiloxane compounds, K is furthermore preferably a divalent or trivalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₃ -C ₃₀ -hydrocarbon radical which is represented by -O-, -NH-, -NR ¹ -, -N-, -C ( O) -, -C (S) - may be interrupted and substituted with -OH, more preferably is K
-CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ OCH ₂ CHOHCH ₂ -,

wherein R ^{20 is} as defined above.

In the so-called third embodiment of the polysiloxanes, R ² or R ^{18 is} preferably a straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₁₈ -hydrocarbon radical interrupted by -O- or -C (O) - and substituted by -OH and acetylenically or can be olefinic. More preferably R ² or R ^{18 is} C ₁ -C ₆ -alkyl,
-CH ₂ CH = CH ₂ , -CH ₂ CH (OH) CH ₂ OCH ₂ CH = CH ₂ , -CH ₂ CCH, -C (O) CH ₃ or -C (O) CH ₂ CH ₃ .

Preferably, R ^{21 is} an unsubstituted C ₅ -C ₁₇ hydrocarbon radical derived from the corresponding fatty acids or having hydroxylated C ₃ -C ₁₇ radicals derived from the group of hydroxylated carboxylic acids, preferably saccharide carboxylic acids.

For example, R ²¹ is:

In the so-called third embodiment the polysiloxanes m is preferably 2 to 100, and particularly preferred 2 to 50, n is 0 to 100, preferably 0 to 80, and particularly preferred 10 to 80, q is 1 to 50, preferably 2 to 50 particularly preferred 2 to 20, and more preferably q is 2 to 10, r is 0 to 100, preferably 0 to 50, more preferably 0 to 20, and more preferably is r 0 to 10.

to Preparation of the invention to be used Polysiloxane compounds of the so-called third embodiment will be useful again refer to published patent application WO 02/10257.

A particular embodiment of the polysiloxanes (which is referred to below as the so-called fourth embodiment of the polysiloxanes to be used according to the invention) is represented by the polysiloxane compounds of the general formula (IV): - (N ⁴ -KSKN ⁴ -AE-A ') _m - or - [N ⁴ -KSKN ⁴ -A'-EA] _m - (IV) wherein m, K, S, -AE-A 'and -A'-EA- are as defined above, and
N ^{4 is} an organic radical containing at least one quaternary ammonium group of the general formula - (R ¹² ) N ⁺ (R ¹³ ) - wherein R ^{12 is} a monovalent or divalent straight chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and substituted by -OH,
R ^{13 may have} the meanings of R ¹² , or represents a single bond to K or R ¹² , and the radicals R ¹² and R ^{13 may be the} same or different from each other. The polysiloxane compounds of the fourth embodiment are preferably alkylene oxide-modified polyquartemäre polysiloxanes of the general formula (IV '), - (N ⁴ -KSKN ⁴ -AEA] m- (IV ') where m = 2 to 500,
S -Si (R ¹ ) ₂ -O [-Si (R ¹ ) ₂ -O] -Si (R ¹ ) ₂ - wherein
R ¹ is C ₁ -C ₂₂ -alkyl, C ₁ -C ₂₂ -fluoroalkyl or aryl,
n 0 to 1000,
K is a bivalent one. or trivalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₂ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical which is interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -NR ¹ , -N-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and with -OH can be substituted,
N is a quaternary ammonium structure - (R ¹² ) N ⁺ (R ¹³ ) - wherein R ^{12 is} a monovalent or divalent straight chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ hydrocarbon radical represented by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - may be interrupted and substituted by -OH,
R ¹³ is R ¹² or a single bond to K or R ¹² ,
A is -CH ₂ C (O) O-, -CH ₂ CH ₂ C (O) O- or -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ C (O) O-
E is a polyalkylene oxide unit of the structure - [CH ₂ CH ₂ O] _q - [CH ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) O] _r -
with q = 1 to 200 and
r = 0 to 200.

To the manufacturing process is referred to the previously executed.

More preferred embodiments this so-called fourth embodiment Polysiloxanes of the formula (IV) or (IV ') are described below.

The possibility of a trivalent substructure for K means that K can be branched and then be involved with two bonds in the quaternization of N ⁴ .

The possibility of a divalent substructure for R ¹² means that in these cases it is a cyclic-structure-forming structure, where R ^{13 is} then a single bond to R ¹² .

R ¹² is preferably -CH ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₃ , - (CH ₂ ) ₂ CH ₃ , - (CH ₂ ) ₃ CH ₃ , - (CH ₂ ) ₅ CH ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ OH, -CH ₂ CH ₂ NHCOR ²² or -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ NHCOR ²² ,
wherein R ^{22 is} a straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₁₈ -hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and substituted with -OH , is.

As mentioned above, R ¹² and R ¹³ may also together form a cyclic structure of the formulas

For the preferred meanings of R ¹ in the so-called fourth embodiment of the polysiloxanes, reference may be made to the above statements.

Preferably, R ^{12 is} a monovalent or divalent straight chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₁₆ hydrocarbyl radical interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and substituted with -OH can be.

In the so-called fourth embodiment, K is preferably a divalent or trivalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₃ -C ₁₆ -hydrocarbon radical which is represented by -O-, -NH-, -NR ¹ -, -N-, -C ( O) -, -C (S) - may be interrupted and substituted with -OH, more preferably K is -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ -, -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ OCH ₂ CHOHCH ₂ - or

Preferably, R ^{22 is} an unsubstituted C ⁵ -C ¹⁷ hydrocarbon radical derived from the corresponding fatty acids or having hydroxylated C ³ -C ¹⁷ radicals which may be attributed to hydroxylated carboxylic acids, preferably saccharide carboxylic acids.

m ist bevorzugt 2 bis 100, und besonders bevorzugt 2 bis 50. n ist 0 bis 100, bevorzugt 0 bis 80, und besonders bevorzugt 10 bis 80. q ist 1 bis 50, bevorzugt 2 bis 50, und besonders bevorzugt 2 bis 20, noch bevorzugter ist q 2 bis 10. r ist 0 bis 100, bevorzugt 0 bis 50, und besonders bevorzugt 0 bis 20, noch bevorzugter ist r 0 bis 10.More preferred is R ²² :

m is preferably 2 to 100, and particularly preferably 2 to 50. n is 0 to 100, preferably 0 to 80, and particularly preferably 10 to 80. q is 1 to 50, preferably 2 to 50, and particularly preferably 2 to 20, more preferably q is 2 to 10. r is 0 to 100, preferably 0 to 50, and more preferably 0 to 20, more preferably r is 0 to 10.

The term "C ₁ -C ₂₂ -alkyl or C ₁ -C ₃₀ -hydrocarbon radical" as used above means in the context of the present invention aliphatic hydrocarbon compounds having 1 to 22 carbon atoms or 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may be straight-chain or branched can. Examples which may be mentioned are methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, isopropyl, neopentyl, and 1,2,3-trimethylhexyl.

The term "C ₁ -C ₂₂ fluoroalkyl" as used above means in the context of the present invention aliphatic hydrocarbon compounds having 1 to 22 carbon atoms which may be straight-chain or branched and are substituted by at least one fluorine atom. Examples include monofluoromethyl, monofluoroethyl, 1,1,1-trifluoroethyl, perfluoroethyl, 1,1,1-trifluoropropyl, 1,2,2 trifluorobutyl listed.

The term "aryl" as used above means in the context of the present invention unsubstituted or mono- or polysubstituted by OH, F, Cl, CF 3 C ₁ -C ₆ -alkyl, C ₁ -C ₆ -alkoxy, C ₃ - C ₁ -Cycloalkyl, C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl or phenyl substituted phenyl. The term may optionally also mean naphthyl.

A particular embodiment of the polysiloxanes according to the invention as constituent a) of the active ingredient complex according to the invention (which is referred to below as the so-called fifth embodiment of the polysiloxanes) is represented by the polysiloxanes of the general formula (V): [-N ⁵ -F ¹ -N ⁵ -Y-] _m wherein
Y is a group of the formula -KSK- and -AE-A'- and -A'-EA-, respectively,
wherein m, K, S, -AE-A 'and -A'-EA- are as defined above, the groups K, S, -AE-A'- and -A'-EA- within the polysiloxanes of the general formula (V) may be the same or different from each other, and the molar ratio of the group -KSK- and the group -AE-A'- or -A'-EA- in the polysiloxane compound of the general formula (V) of 100: 1 to 1: 100,
N ^{5 is} an ammonium group of the general formula - (R ²³ ) N ⁺ (R ²⁴ ) -, in which
R ^{23 represents} hydrogen, a monovalent or divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and with -OH may be substituted
R ^{24 represents} hydrogen, a monovalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, C (S) - and substituted by -OH , or a simple one bond to a divalent radical R ²³ , and the radicals R ²³ and R ²⁴ within the group -N ⁵ -F ¹ -N ⁵ - as well as in the polysiloxane compound may be the same or different from each other,
F ^{1 represents} a divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -N-, -C (O) - or -C (S) - or by a group -E-, wherein E is as defined above, and wherein a plurality of N ⁵ and F ^{1 may} each be the same or different from each other.

The molar ratio the group -K-S-K- and the group -A-E-A'- or -A'-E-A- in the polysiloxane compound of general formula (V) is between 100: 1 and 1: 100. This molar ratio can as shown in the published patent WO 02/10257, by the Choice of molar ratio the starting compounds, in particular the ratio of the invention preferred used (☐, ☐-Halogencarbonsäurepalkalkyloxide ester compounds and the polysiloxane bis-epoxy compounds to be controlled. The properties of the products depend significantly of the ratio used the starting materials and the length of the polyalkylene oxide or polysiloxane blocks from.

In a preferred embodiment the so-called fifth embodiment the polysiloxanes K is a divalent hydrocarbon radical with at least 4 carbon atoms having a hydroxyl group and which may be interrupted by an oxygen atom.

In a preferred embodiment of the so-called fifth embodiment of the polysiloxanes, F1 is a divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₂ -C ₃₀ -hydrocarbon radical which is represented by -O-, -NH-, -N-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - or may be interrupted by a group -E-, wherein E is as defined above, and wherein the carbon atoms resulting from the radical E are not counted among the 2 to 30 carbon atoms of the C ₂ -C ₃₀ hydrocarbon radical ,

In a further preferred embodiment of the so-called fifth embodiment of the invention -N ⁵ -F ¹ -N ⁵ a group of formula: -N (R ²⁵ R ²⁶ ) + - F ² -N (R ²⁵ R ²⁶ ) ⁺ - wherein
R ^{25 is} a monovalent or divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) - and substituted by -OH , particularly preferably methyl,
R ^{26 is} a monovalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched C ₁ -C ₂₀ -hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -C (O) -, -C (S) and substituted by -OH, particularly preferably Is methyl, or a single bond to a divalent radical R ²⁵ , and the radicals R ²⁵ and R ²⁶ within the group -N ⁵ -F ² -N ⁵ - as well as in the polysiloxane compound may be the same or different from each other, and
F ^{2 is} a divalent straight-chain, cyclic or branched hydrocarbon radical which may be interrupted by -O-, -NH-, -N-, -C (O) -, -C (S) -.

In a more preferred embodiment, F ^{2 is} a branched, preferably straight chain C ₁ -C ₆ alkanediyl group, of which a 1,6-hexanediyl (or hexamethylene) group is preferred.

In a further preferred embodiment. the so-called fifth embodiment of the polysiloxane compounds -N ⁵ -F ¹ -N ⁵ - a group of formula: -N (R ²⁷ R ²⁸ ) ⁺ -F ³ -N (R ²⁷ R ²⁸ ) ⁺ - wherein
R ²⁷ and R ^{28 are} each hydrogen, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl or hydroxy (C ₁ -C ₆ ) alkyl, preferably hydrogen, methyl or -CH ₂ CH ₂ OH, and
F ^{3 is} a divalent straight chain, cyclic or branched hydrocarbon radical represented by a group -E- is interrupted, wherein E is as defined above.

F ³ is particularly preferably a group of the formula -DED- wherein E is as defined above and D is each a single bond or a straight or branched C ¹ -C ⁶ alkanediyl group, provided that D is not a single bond when it binds to a terminal E group oxygen atom.

Preferably, the group -DED- is replaced by a group of the formula -D- (OCH ₂ CH ₂ ) _v (OCH ₂ CH (CH ₃ )) _w -OD- wherein D is a straight or branched C ₁ -C ₆ alkanediyl group and r and q are as defined above. In the group -D- (OCH ₂ CH ₂ ) _q (OCH ₂ CH (CH ₃ )) _r -OD- the ethylene oxide and propylene oxide units can be arranged arbitrarily, for example as a random copolymer unit or as a block copolymer unit.

v is preferably 1 to 100, more preferably 1 to 70, more preferably 1 to 40.

w is preferably 0 to 100, more preferably 0 to 70, even more preferably 0 to 40.

In a further preferred embodiment of the so-called fifth embodiment of the invention, the group -N ⁵ -F ¹ -N ⁵ by a group of the formula: -N ⁺ R ²⁵ R ²⁶ -F ² -N ⁺ R ²⁵ R ²⁶ - and a group of the formula: -N ⁺ R ²⁷ R ²⁸ -F ³ -N ⁺ R ²⁷ R ²⁸ - wherein the substituents each have the above meanings.

This means that the polysiloxane compounds of the general formula (V) are composed of two different types of the group -N ⁵ -F ¹ -N ⁵ -.

In this embodiment, the molar ratio of the group -N ⁺ R ²⁵ R ²⁶ -F ² -N ⁺ R ²⁵ R ²⁶ - to the group -N ⁺ R ²⁷ R ²⁸ -F ² -N ⁺ R ²⁷ R ²⁸ - Suitably 70:30 to 95: 5, preferably 80:20 to 90:10.

The Polysiloxane compounds of general formula (V) may be cyclic or be linear. In the case of linear connections result the terminal ones Groups either from the for the preparation used bifunctional described below Monomers or their functionalized derivatives or monoamines, the while be added to the polymerization as a chain stopper. The from the use of monoamine chainstoppers resulting terminal groups are preferably as ammonium groups, either by quarternization or protonation.

In a further preferred embodiment of the so-called fifth embodiment of the polysiloxanes, K is one of the groups of the formula:

In the so-called fifth embodiment of the polysiloxanes, q is preferably in the range from 1 to 50, in particular 2 to 50, especially 2 to 20 and especially 2 to 10, and r is in the Range from 0 to 100, especially 0 to 50, especially 0 to 20 and especially 0 to 10.

In the so-called fifth embodiment The invention is the organic or inorganic acid radical for the neutralization of the ammonium group (s) resulting from the (n) Charges suitably selected from inorganic radicals, such as chloride, bromide, hydrogen sulfate, sulfate, or organic radicals, such as acetate, propionate, octanoate, decanoate, Dodecanoate, tetradecanoate, hexadecanoate, octadecanoate and oleate, wherein as mentioned above Chloride and bromide are preferred from the reaction of the alkyl halide groups with amine groups result.

Farther the polysiloxanes are the fifth embodiment in protonated form as amine salts or as amines.

The Polysiloxanes of the fifth embodiment the invention are advantageously prepared by one of the methods disclosed in the publication WO 02/10257 are described.

The polyammonium-polysiloxane compounds described above can be obtained for example under the tradename Baysilone ^® from GE Bayer Silicones. The products named Baysilone TP 3911, SME 253 and SFE 839 are preferred. Very particular preference is given to the use of Baysilone TP 3911 as the active component of the compositions according to the invention.

The polyammonium-polysiloxane compounds described above in the compositions of the invention in an amount of 0.01 to 10% by weight, preferably 0.01 to 7.5, particularly preferably from 0.01 to 5.0% by weight, very particularly preferably from 0.05 to 2.5% by weight, based on the total composition used.

The relationship the polyammonium-polysiloxane compounds to a further synergistic Active ingredient component selected from the group of polymers, protein hydrolysates, silicones, the vitamins and the plant extracts is generally 1: 1000 according to the invention to 1: 2, preferably 1: 100 to 1: 2, more preferably 1:50 to 1: 2 and most preferably 1:10 to 1: 2.

If a mixture of at least two silicones is used so is this mixture in the compositions of the invention in amounts from 0.01 to 10% by weight, preferably 0.01 to 8% by weight, especially preferably from 0.1 to 7.5% by weight and in particular from 0.1 to 5% by weight Silicone mixture based on the composition included.

According to the invention, it is also possible that the mixture of silicones form a separate phase in the compositions according to the invention. In this case, it may be appropriate to homogenize the composition shortly before use by shaking it in the short term. In this case can the amount of silicone mixture up to 40 wt.%, Preferably in amounts of up to 25 wt.% Based on the total composition.

Of course it includes the teaching of the invention also that a mixture of several fatty substances (D) from different Classes of fatty substances, at least two different classes of fat in the compositions of the invention can be used. The preferred mixtures of at least two oil and fat components in this case necessarily contain at least another silicone component. The silicone component is preferred selected in this case from the dimethiconols and the amodimethicones.

The Total amount of oil and fat components in the compositions of the invention is usually 0.5-75 wt .-%, based on the total agent. Amounts of 0.5-35 % By weight are preferred according to the invention.

Especially preferred cosmetic according to the invention Compositions are characterized in that the compositions based on their weight 0.5 to 40 wt .-%, preferably 0.5 to 35 wt .-%, especially preferably 1.5 to 30 wt .-% and in particular 2.5 to 25 wt .-% and most preferably from 5.0 to 20% by weight of cosmetic oil and fat components contains.

Another ingredient of the invention is an extract of quartz. Quartz sand consists to a large extent of silica. Silica itself is also included in many other clays and earths as a companion material. For example, quartz is found in bentonite. Quartz in the form of various silicates is also used, for example, in homeopathic remedies, for example sodium aluminum silicate for the reduction of heartburn or also in the medicine of Ayurveda. Sand, which can be contaminated with quartz, finds use in cleansing cosmetic products as exfoliating body. In addition, quartz has a mystical meaning. So the rock crystal is considered something special. The varieties of rock crystal, amethyst, smoky quartz, chrysoprase, citrine, morion or rose quartz are very much in demand as gemstones both as home decoration and as garment jewelery in many cultures. These crystals and minerals are a symbol of beauty, shine and riches. It has often been believed and believed that these crystals have healing properties because they have turned to stone. Other minerals containing amorphous or finely divided silica are the opal and its varieties agate, chalcedony, onyx, carnelian, heliotrope, jasper or flint. In the following, quartz refers exclusively to the mineral, crystallized modifications of the quartz, which satisfy the structural formula SiO ₂ and are free of impurities. Contaminants are not understood to mean the traces of other elements embedded in them, which contribute to the color of the rose quartz, for example. Under no circumstances are the term "quartz" understood silicates, phyllosilicates, talcs, spades, etc. In particular, the term "quartz" understood and can be used according to the invention: quartz, tridymite, cristobalite, keatite, coesite, stishovite, rock crystal, smoky quartz, Amethyst, chrysoprase, citrine, morion, rose quartz, opal and its varieties agate, chalcedony, onyx, carnelian, heliotrope, jasper or flint. Preference is given to quartz, smoky quartz, rock crystal, rose quartz and agate. Very particular preference is given to using smoke quartz, rose quartz and rock crystal. Most preferred is rock crystal.

Surprisingly has now been found that finely ground quartz as well as an extract made of finely milled quartz is quite outstanding in cosmetic products Way, to give the skin and hair a velvety, soft, pleasant feeling to rent. Furthermore, the shine of skin and hair in excellent Manner significantly increased. However, there is no undesirable stress on the skin and Hair. Also on the hair are subsequent treatments such as cold wave or dyeing processes not only not adversely affected but it finds no impairment instead of.

Of the finely ground Quartz, the quartz powder, is comminuted by conventional methods and grinding of rocks. Quartz powder becomes special in particle sizes of 0.5 μm to to 500 μm used. Particularly preferred are particle sizes of 0.5 to 250 microns, very special preferably 10 microns up to 200 μm. In a preferred according to the invention Embodiment of the finely ground quartz with the help of protic solvents extracted and the resulting quartz extract is in the cosmetic Used compositions. Also in this embodiment quartz, tridymite, cristobalite, Keatite, Coesite, Stishovite, Rock Crystal, Smoky Quartz, Amethyst, Chrysoprase, Citrine, Morion, Rose Quartz, Opal and its varieties Agate, Chalcedony, Onyx, carnelian, heliotrope, jasper or flint as starting materials used to produce a flour and the subsequent extraction to the "quartz extract". Preferred quartz, smoky quartz, rock crystal, rose quartz and Agate. Very particular preference is smoky quartz, rose quartz and Rock crystal used. Most preferred is rock crystal.

When Extractants for preparing the said quartz extracts can be water, Alcohols and mixtures thereof are used. Under water are thereby demineralized water, as well as sea water and Under the alcohols are thereby lower Alcohols such as ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, tert-butanol, Pentanols, hexanols or heptanols, but especially polyvalent ones Alcohols such as glycerols and glycols, especially glycol, diglycol, Glycerol, diglycerol, triglycerin, polyglycerol, ethylene glycol, Propylene glycol and butylene glycol both as the sole extractant as well as in mixture with demineralized water, mineral water or seawater, preferred. Extracts based on water and polyhydric alcohols in proportion 1:50 to 50: 1 have proved to be suitable according to the invention. A ratio of 1:25 to 25: 1 is preferred. Particularly preferred is a ratio of 1:10 to 10: 1. Very particularly preferred is a ratio of 1: 5 to 5: 1, with a ratio Water to polyhydric alcohol of 3: 1 to 1: 1 most preferred is. The invention also includes the teaching that of course also several alcohols and / or polyhydric alcohols as extractant can be used in admixture with water. Under mineral water is Understanding water that is natural from mineralized sources comes. For example, count the mineral waters Evian, SpA, Leau de Vichy and so on. All can be used as extraction methods known methods such as hot extraction or other methods be used.

Of the Quartz extract is in the compositions of the invention in a concentration from 0.1 to 30% by weight, preferably in an amount of from 0.5 to 20% by weight and more preferably from 0.5 to 10% by weight.

The inventive agent may further comprise a protein hydrolyzate and / or its derivative (P) contain.

Thereby in particular, an increase in mildness and skin tolerance but also if desired a fine creamy foam in the application of the powders of the invention reached. This in its structure very fine, creamy and extremely pleasant feeling Foam is achieved in all compositions in which especially surface-active Substances are included as further ingredients. The effectiveness the agent according to the invention is characterized by the simultaneous use of polymers and / or Penetration and swelling aids further increased. In these make remains even after the application of the respective composition significantly more protein hydrolyzate or its derivative on the surface of the Hair back, which leads to an improved effect. The hair is thus clear strengthened in its structure and smoothed. This effect is also clear with objective evidence such as measuring the combing forces of wet and dry Haares, measuring the tear forces or the measurement of the torsion angle on the skin detectable. A confirmation of this Results are also found in the results of the consumer tests again.

protein are product mixtures that are acidic, basic or enzymatic catalyzed degradation of proteins (proteins) can be obtained. Under The term protein hydrolyzates according to the invention also Totalhydrolysate as well as individual amino acids and their derivatives as well as mixtures of different amino acids understood. Furthermore, according to the invention from amino acids and amino acid derivatives understood polymers understood by the term protein hydrolysates. The latter include, for example, polyalanine, polyasparagine, polyserine etc. to count. Further examples of usable according to the invention Compounds are L-alanyl-L-proline, polyglycine, glycyl-L-glutamine or D / L-methionine-S-methylsulfonium chloride. Of course, according to the invention also β-amino acids and their derivatives, such as β-alanine, anthranilic or hippuric acid be used. The molecular weight of the present invention can be used Protein hydrolysates is between 75, the molecular weight of glycine, and 200,000, preferably the molecular weight 75 to 50,000 and most preferably 75 to 20000 daltons. Of course The present invention also teaches that in the case of of the amino acids these in the form of derivatives, such as the N-acyl derivatives, N-alkyl or O-esters may be present. In the case of N-acyl derivatives the acyl group is a formyl radical, an acetyl radical, a propionyl radical, a butyryl radical or the radical of a straight-chain, branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated fatty acid with a chain length from 8 to 30 carbon atoms. In the case of an N-alkyl derivative, the alkyl group linear, branched, saturated or unsaturated and has a C-chain length from 1 to 30 carbon atoms. In the case of O-esters are those of esterification underlying alcohols methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, propanol, Butanol, isobutanol, pentanol, neopentanol, isopentanol, hexanols, Heptanols, caprylic or caproic alcohol, octanols, nonanols, decanols, Dodecanols, lauranols, in particular saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched alcohols with a C chain length of 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Of course can the amino acids be derivatized simultaneously at both the N atom and the O atom. Of course can the amino acids also in salt form, used in particular as mixed salts together with edible acids become. This may be preferred according to the invention.

When examples for amino acids and their derivatives as protein hydrolysates according to the invention are named: Alanine, arginine, carnitine, creatine, cystathionine, cysteine, cystine, Cystinsäure, Glycine, histidine, homocysteine, homoserine, isoleucine, lanthionine, Leucine, lysine, methionine, norleucine, norvaline, ornithine, phenylalanine, Proline, hydroxyproline, sarcosine, serine, threonine, tryptophan, thyronine, Tyrosine, valine, aspartic acid, asparagine, glutamic acid and glutamine. Preferred amino acids are alanine, arginine, glycine, histidine, lanthionine, leucine, lysine, Proline, hydroxyproline, serine and asparagine. Very particularly preferred Alanine, glycine, histidine, lysine, serine and arginine are used. Most preferably, glycine, histidine, lysine and serine are used.

According to the invention, protein hydrolysates both herbal and animal or marine or synthetic Origin are used.

Animal protein hydrolysates are, for example, elastin, collagen, keratin, silk and milk protein protein hydrolysates, which may also be present in the form of salts. Such products are, for example, under the trademarks Dehylan ^® (Cognis), Promois® ^® (Interorgana) Collapuron ^® (Cognis), Nutrilan® ^® (Cognis), Gelita-Sol ^® (German Gelatinefabriken Stoess & Co), Lexein ^® (Inolex) and kerasol tm ^® (Croda) sold.

Preferred according to the invention is the use of protein hydrolysates of plant origin, eg. Soybean, almond, pea, potato and wheat protein hydrolysates. Such products are, for example, under the trademarks Gluadin ^® (Cognis), DiaMin ^® (Dia malt), Lexein ^® (Inolex), Hydrosoy ^® (Croda), Hydrolupin ^® (Croda), Hydrosesame ^® (Croda), Hydrotritium ^® (Croda) and Crotein ^® (Croda) available.

Further according to the invention preferred Protein hydrolysates are of maritime origin. These include, for example Collagen hydrolysates of fish or algae as well as protein hydrolysates of mussels or pearl hydrolyzates.

beads of mussels consist essentially of inorganic and organic Calcium salts, trace elements and proteins. Pearls can be Easily gain from cultivated mussels. The cultivation The shells can be fresh in both as well as in seawater. This can affect the ingredients affect the beads. Preferred according to the invention is a pearl extract, which originates from marine or saltwater cultured mussels. The pearls consist to a large extent of aragonite (calcium carbonate), Conchiolin and an albuminoid. The latter components are proteins. Furthermore, in pearls are still magnesium and sodium salts, inorganic Silicon compounds and phosphates included.

to Preparation of the pearl extract, the beads are pulverized. Thereafter, the pulverized beads are extracted by the usual methods. As extraction agent for the production of the pearl extracts, water, Alcohols and mixtures thereof are used. Under water are as well as demineralized water as well as seawater understand. Among the alcohols are lower alcohols such as ethanol and isopropanol, but especially polyhydric alcohols such as glycerol, Diglycerin, triglycerin, polyglycerol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol and butylene glycol, both as the sole extractant as well in admixture with demineralized water or seawater, preferred. Pearl extracts based on water / glycerin mixtures have become proved to be particularly suitable. Depending on the extraction conditions can they Pearl proteins (conchiloin and albuminoid) largely in native Condition or already partially or largely protein hydrolysates available. Preference is given to a pearl extract in which conchiolin and albumin already present partially hydrolyzed. The essential amino acids these proteins are glutamic acid, Serine, alanine, glycine aspartic acid and phenylalanine. In a further particularly preferred embodiment It may be advantageous if the pearl extract additionally with at least one or more of these amino acids enriched these amino acids becomes. In the most preferred embodiment The pearl extract is enriched with glutamic acid, serine and leucine.

Farther is found depending on the extraction conditions, in particular depending from the choice of the extractant a more or less large proportion on minerals and trace elements in the extract again. A preferred one Contains extract organic and / or inorganic calcium salts and magnesium and Sodium salts, inorganic silicon compounds and / or phosphates. A most preferred pearl extract contains at least 75%, preferably 85%, more preferably 90%, and most preferably 95% of all ingredients of course occurring pearls.

Examples of pearl extracts according to the invention are the commercial products Pearl Protein Extract BG ^® or Crodarom ^® Pearl.

In the cosmetic compositions is one of those previously described Pearl extracts in an amount of at least 0.01 up to 20% by weight contain. Preferably, amounts of the extract are from 0.01 up to 10 wt.%, Very particularly preferably amounts of 0.01 to 5 wt.% Related used on the entire cosmetic composition.

One Another very special protein hydrolyzate is extracted from the silk.

silk is a cosmetically very interesting fiber protein silk. Under Silk is the fiber of the cocoon of the mulberry silkworm (Bombyx mori L.). The raw silk fiber consists of a double thread Fibroin. As putty substance holds Sericin this double thread together. Silk consists of 70-80% by weight Fibroin, 19-28% by weight of sericin, 0.5-1% by weight of fat and 0.5-1% by weight from dyes and mineral components.

The Essential components of sericin are with about 46 wt.% Hydroxyamino acids. The Sericin consists of a group of 5 to 6 proteins. The essential amino acids of the sericin are serine (Ser, 37% by weight), aspartate (Asp, 26% by weight), Glycine (Gly, 17% by weight), alanine (Ala), leucine (Leu) and tyrosine (Tyr).

The water Fibroin is a scleroprotein with a long-chain molecular structure to count. The Main components of fibroin are glycine (44% by weight), alanine (26 % By weight), and tyrosine (13% by weight). Another essential structural feature of the fibroin is the hexapeptide sequence Ser-Gly-Ala-Gly-Ala-Gly.

Technically, it is possible in a simple manner to separate the two silk proteins from each other. It is therefore not surprising that both sericin and fibroin are known on their own as raw materials for use in cosmetic products. Furthermore, protein hydrolysates and derivatives based on the respective individual silk proteins are known raw materials in cosmetic products. For example, sericin as such is available from Pentapharm ltd. sold as a commercial product called Sericin Code 303-02. Far more often, fibroin is offered as a protein hydrolyzate with different molecular weights in the market. These hydrolyzates are understood in particular as "silk hydroylates". Thus hydrolyzed fibroin is distributed with average molecular weights from 350 to 1000, for example, under the trade designation Promois ^® Silk. The DE 31 39 438 A1 describes colloidal fibroin solutions as an additive in cosmetic products.

The positive properties of the silk protein derivatives of sericin and fibroin are known per se in the literature. Thus, the sales brochure of the company Pentapharm describes the cosmetic effects of sericin on the skin as soothing, hydrating and film-forming. The properties of a shampoo containing sericin as a caring component are described in "Ärztlichen Kosmetologie 17, 91-110 (1987)" by W. Engel et al. referenced. The effect of a fibroin derivative, for example, in the DE 31 39 438 A1 described as caring and conditioning for the hair. In none of the cited documents, however, is there even the slightest indication of a synergistic increase in the positive effects of the silk proteins and their derivatives in a simultaneous use of sericin and fibroin or their derivatives and / or hydrolyzates in a simultaneous use of polyammonium polysiloxane according to the invention Connection.

• – natives Sericin,
• – hydrolysiertes und/oder weiter derivatisiertes Sericin, wie beispielsweise Handelsprodukte mit den INCI-Bezeichnungen Sericin, Hydrolyzed Sericin, oder Hydrolyzed Silk,
• – eine Mischung aus den Aminosäuren Serin, Aspartat und Glycin und/oder deren Methyl, Propyl, iso-Propyl, Butyl, iso-Butylestern, deren Salze wie beispielsweise Hydrochloride, Sulfate, Acetate, Citrate, Tartrate, wobei in dieser Mischung das Serin und/oder dessen Derivate zu 20 bis 60 Gew.%, das Aspartat und/oder dessen Derivate zu 10-40 Gew.% und das Glycin und/oder dessen Derivate zu 5 bis 30 Gew.% enthalten sind, mit der Maßgabe, daß sich die Mengen dieser Aminosäuren und/oder deren Derivate vorzugsweise zu 100 Gew.% ergänzen,
• – sowie deren Mischungen.

According to the invention, it is possible to use as active ingredients:

• - native sericin,
• Hydrolyzed and / or further derivatized sericin, such as commercial products with the INCI names Sericin, Hydrolyzed Sericin, or Hydrolyzed Silk,
• - A mixture of the amino acids serine, aspartate and glycine and / or their methyl, propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, iso-butyl esters, their salts such as hydrochlorides, sulfates, acetates, citrates, tartrates, wherein in this mixture the serine and % or its derivatives to 20 to 60 wt.%, The aspartate and / or its derivatives to 10-40 wt.% And the glycine and / or its derivatives to 5 to 30 wt.% Are included, with the proviso that the amounts of these amino acids and / or their derivatives are preferably added to 100% by weight,
• - And their mixtures.

• – natives, in eine lösliche Form überführtes Fibroin,
• – hydrolysiertes und/oder weiter derivatisiertes Fibroin, besonders teilhydrolisiertes Fibroin, welches als Hauptbestandteil die Aminosäuresequenz Ser-Gly-Ala-Gly-Ala-Gly enthält,
• – die Aminosäuresequenz Ser-Gly-Ala-Gly-Ala-Gly,
• – eine Mischung der Aminosäuren Glycin, Alanin und Tyrosin und/oder deren Methyl, Propyl, iso-Propyl, Butyl, iso-Butylestern, deren Salze wie beispielsweise Hydrochloride, Sulfate, Acetate, Citrate, Tartrate, wobei in dieser Mischung das Glycin und/oder dessen Derivate in Mengen von 20-60 Gew.%, das Alanin und dessen Derivate in Mengen von 10-40 Gew.% und das Tyrosin und dessen Derivate in Mengen von 0 bis 25 Gew.% enthalten sind, mit der Maßgabe, daß sich die Mengen dieser Aminosäuren und/oder deren Derivate vorzugsweise zu 100 Gew.% ergänzen,
• – sowie deren Mischungen.

According to the invention can be used as active ingredients:

• Native fibroin converted into a soluble form,
• Hydrolyzed and / or further derivatized fibroin, especially partially hydrolyzed fibroin, which is known as Main constituent contains the amino acid sequence Ser-Gly-Ala-Gly-Ala-Gly,
• The amino acid sequence Ser-Gly-Ala-Gly-Ala-Gly,
• A mixture of the amino acids glycine, alanine and tyrosine and / or their methyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl esters, their salts such as, for example, hydrochlorides, sulfates, acetates, citrates, tartrates, in which mixture the glycine and / or or its derivatives in amounts of 20-60% by weight, the alanine and its derivatives in amounts of 10-40% by weight and the tyrosine and its derivatives in amounts of 0-25% by weight, with the proviso that the amounts of these amino acids and / or their derivatives preferably add up to 100% by weight,
• - And their mixtures.

If in the compositions of the invention the agent according to the invention at the same time both silk protein hydrolysates and / or their derivatives can be used, it may be preferred according to the invention that at least one of the two silk components, fibroin or sericin in the native or at most soluble made form is used. According to the invention, it is also possible to have a Mixture of several silk protein hydrolysates and / or their derivatives use.

If a mixture of at least two silk hydrolyzates and / or their Derivatives is used, it may be preferred according to the invention that the two Silk protein hydrolysates in proportion from 10:90 to 70:30, especially 15:85 to 50:50 and especially 20:80 to 40:60 based on their respective levels of active substance in the preparations according to the invention be used.

The derivatives of sericin and fibroin hydrolysates include both anionic and cationized protein hydrolysates. The protein hydrolysates of sericin and fibroin according to the invention and the derivatives prepared therefrom can be obtained from the corresponding proteins by chemical, in particular alkaline or acid hydrolysis, by enzymatic hydrolysis and / or a combination of both types of hydrolysis. The hydrolysis of proteins usually results in a protein hydrolyzate having a molecular weight distribution of about 100 daltons up to several thousand daltons. Preference is given to those protein hydrolysates of sericin and fibroin and / or derivatives thereof, whose underlying protein content has a molecular weight of 100 to 25,000 daltons, preferably 250 to 10,000 daltons. Furthermore, cationic protein hydrolysates of sericin and fibroin also mean quaternized amino acids and mixtures thereof. The quaternization of the protein hydrolyzates or amino acids is often carried out using quaternary ammonium salts such as N, N-dimethyl-N- (n-alkyl) -N- (2-hydroxy-3-chloro-n-propyl) ammonium halides. Furthermore, the cationic protein hydrolysates may also be further derivatized. As typical examples of the cationic protein hydrolyzates and derivatives according to the invention, those listed under the INCI names in the "International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook", (seventh edition 1997, The Cosmetic, Toiletry, and Fragrance Association 1101 17 ^th Street, NW, Suite 300 Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Silk, Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Silk Amino Acids, Hydroxyproypltrimonium Hydrolyzed Silk, Lauryldimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Silk, Steardimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Silk, Quaternium-79 Hydrolyzed Silk. As typical examples of the invention anionic protein hydrolysates and derivatives are under the INCI names in the "International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook" (seventh edition 1997, The Cosmetic, Toiletry, and Fragrance Association had 1101 17 ^th Street, NW, Suite 300 Potassium Cocoyl Hydrolyzed Silk, Sodium Lauroyl Hydrolyzed Silk, or Sodium Stearoyl Hydrolyzed Silk. Finally, typical examples of the derivatives of sericin and fibroin which can be used according to the invention are the products available commercially under the INCI names: Ethyl Ester of Hydrolyzed Silk and Hydrolyzed Silk PG-Propyl Methylsilanediol. Also useful in the present invention, although not necessarily preferred, are the commercially available products having the INCI names Palmitoyl Oligopeptide, Palmitoyl Pentapeptide-3, Palmitoyl Pentapeptide-2, Acetyl Hexapeptide-1, Acetyl Hexapeptide-3, Copper Tripeptide-1, Hexapeptide-1 , Hexapeptide-2, MEA-Hydrolyzed Silk.

In the invention used Agents are the silk protein hydroxysates and / or their derivatives in amounts of 0.001-10 wt .-% based on the total agent. Quantities of 0.005 to 5, in particular 0.01 to 3 wt .-%, are quite particularly preferred.

Although the use of the protein hydrolysates is preferred as such, amino acid mixtures otherwise obtained may be used in their place, if appropriate. Also possible is the use of derivatives of protein hydrolysates, for example in the form of their fatty acid condensation products. Such products are sold, for example, under the names Lamepon® ^® (Cognis), Lexein ^® (Inolex), Crolastin ^® (Croda) or crotein ^® (Croda).

Of course, the teaching of the invention includes all isomeric forms, such as cis-trans isomers, diastereomers and chiral isomers.

It is according to the invention also possible, to use a mixture of several protein hydrolysates (P).

The Protein hydrolysates (P) are present in the compositions in concentrations of 0.001% by weight up to 20% by weight, preferably from 0.05% by weight up to 15 wt.% And most preferably in amounts of 0.05 wt.% To to 5% by weight.

The effect of the compositions according to the invention can be further enhanced by a 2-pyrrolidinone-5-carboxylic acid and its derivatives (J). Another object of the invention is therefore the use of derivatives of 2-pyrrolidinone-5-carboxylic acid. Preference is given to the sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium or ammonium salts in which the ammonium ion carries, in addition to hydrogen, one to three C ₁ - to C ₄ -alkyl groups. The sodium salt is most preferred. The amounts used in the inventive compositions are 0.05 to 10 wt.%, Based on the total agent, particularly preferably 0.1 to 5, and in particular 0.1 to 3 wt.%.

Another preferred group of ingredients of the compositions in containers A to C are vitamins, provitamins or vitamin precursors. These are described below:
The use of vitamins, provitamins and vitamin precursors and their derivatives (K) has also proved to be advantageous. Vitamins, pro-vitamins and vitamin precursors are particularly preferred, which are assigned to the groups A, B, C, E, F and H.

The Skin, whereby under skin understood naturally also the scalp will, leaves behind the treatment with these most preferred components a much nicer, more vital, stronger impression with clear improved gloss and a very good grip both in the wet and also in the dry state. Furthermore, this drug affects the regeneration and restructuring of the affected skin and of strained hair, leads to a regulation of the fat balance, so that the thus treated Smooth the skin and hair more slowly and not for overhydration inclines. additionally This ingredient shows an anti-inflammatory and the skin calming effect. After all is regenerated by these agents the split hair again and repaired. These agents are able to penetrate the hair and to strengthen and repair the hair from within. This "repair effect" can be achieved by means of Objectively detect DSC measurements. These effects may be, for example can also be proven subjectively in the consumer test.

The group of substances called vitamin A includes retinol (vitamin A ₁ ) and 3,4-didehydroretinol (vitamin A ₂ ). The β-carotene is the provitamin of retinol. As vitamin A component according to the invention, for example, vitamin A acid and its esters, vitamin A aldehyde and vitamin A alcohol and its esters such as the palmitate and the acetate into consideration. The agents according to the invention preferably contain the vitamin A component in amounts of 0.05-1% by weight, based on the total preparation.

• – Vitamin B₁ (Thiamin)
• – Vitamin B₂ (Riboflavin)
• – Vitamin B₃. Unter dieser Bezeichnung werden häufig die Verbindungen Nicotinsäure und Nicotinsäureamid (Niacinamid) geführt. Erfindungsgemäß bevorzugt ist das Nicotinsäureamid, das in den erfindungsgemäß verwendeten Mitteln bevorzugt in Mengen von 0,05 bis 1 Gew.-%, bezogen auf das gesamte Mittel, enthalten ist.
• – Vitamin B₅ (Pantothensäure, Panthenol und Pantolacton). Im Rahmen dieser Gruppe wird bevorzugt das Panthenol und/oder Pantolacton eingesetzt. Erfindungsgemäß einsetzbare Derivate des Panthenols sind insbesondere die Ester und Ether des Panthenols sowie kationisch derivatisierte Panthenole. Einzelne Vertreter sind beispielsweise das Panthenoltriacetat, der Panthenolmonoethylether und dessen Monoacetat sowie die in der WO 92/13829 offenbarten kationischen Panthenolderivate. Die genannten Verbindungen des Vitamin B₅-Typs sind in den erfindungsgemäßen Mitteln bevorzugt in Mengen von 0,05-10 Gew.-%, bezogen auf das gesamte Mittel, enthalten. Mengen von 0,1-5 Gew.-% sind besonders bevorzugt.
• – Vitamin B₆ (Pyridoxin sowie Pyridoxamin und Pyridoxal).

The vitamin B group or the vitamin B complex include, among others

• - Vitamin B ₁ (thiamine)
• - Vitamin B ₂ (riboflavin)
• - Vitamin B ₃ . Under this name, the compounds nicotinic acid and nicotinamide (niacinamide) are often performed. Preferred according to the invention is the nicotinic acid amide which is contained in the agents used according to the invention preferably in amounts of from 0.05 to 1% by weight, based on the total agent.
• - Vitamin B ₅ (pantothenic acid, panthenol and pantolactone). Panthenol and / or pantolactone are preferably used in the context of this group. Derivatives of panthenol which can be used according to the invention are, in particular, the esters and ethers of panthenol and also cationically derivatized panthenols. Individual representatives are, for example, the panthenol triacetate, the panthenol monoethyl ether and its monoacetate and also the cationic panthenol derivatives disclosed in WO 92/13829. The said compounds of the vitamin B ₅ type are preferably present in the agents according to the invention in amounts of 0.05-10% by weight, based on the total agent. Amounts of 0.1-5 wt .-% are particularly preferred.
• - Vitamin B ₆ (pyridoxine and pyridoxamine and pyridoxal).

Vitamin C (ascorbic acid). Vitamin C is preferred in amounts in the compositions according to the invention from 0.1 to 3 wt .-%, based on the total agent used. Use in the form of palmitic acid ester, glucosides or phosphates may be preferred. The use in combination with tocopherols may also be preferred.

vitamin E (tocopherols, especially α-tocopherol). Tocopherol and its derivatives, including in particular the esters such as the acetate, the nicotinate, the phosphate and the succinate fall, are in the inventive compositions preferably in amounts of 0.05-1% by weight, based on the total agent, contain.

vitamin F. By the term "vitamin F "are usually essential fatty acids, especially linoleic acid, linolenic and arachidonic acid, Understood.

vitamin H. Vitamin N is the compound (3aS, 4S, 6aR) -2-oxohexahydrothienol [3,4-d] imidazole-4-valeric acid, for the But in the meantime, the trivial name Biotin has prevailed. biotin is in the inventive compositions preferably in amounts of 0.0001 to 1.0 wt .-%, in particular in amounts of 0.001 to 0.01 wt .-%.

Prefers contain the agents of the invention Vitamins, provitamins and vitamin precursors from groups A, B, E and H. Panthenol, pantolactone, pyridoxine and its derivatives as well nicotinamide and biotin are particularly preferred.

The compositions of the kit according to the invention may contain antimicrobial compounds instead of or in addition to vitamins, provitamins and / or vitamin precursors. Suitable antimicrobial compounds are, for. B. cationic surfactants such. Cetyltrimethylammonium bromide, benzethonium chloride, cetylpyridinium chloride, or the N, N, N'-tris (2-hydroxyethyl) -N'-octadecyl-1,3-diaminopropane dihydrofluoride known as the amine fluoride. Good are also the antimicrobial biguanide compounds such. As the polyhexamethylene biguanide (Vantocil IB ^®, ICJ) or 1,1'-hexamethylene-bis- (4-chlorophenyl) -biguanide ( "Chlorhexidine") as a water-soluble acceptable salt, z. In the form of the acetate or gluconate. Preferably, the antimicrobial 5-amino-hexahydropyrimidines, z. For example, 1,3-bis (2-ethylhexyl) -5-methyl-5-amino-hexahydropyrimidine ("hexetidine"). Further preferably suitable antimicrobial agents are the non-cationic, phenolic, antimicrobial substances, in particular the halogenated phenols and diphenyl ethers. Particularly suitable antimicrobial compounds of this type are z. As the 6,6'-methylene-bis (2-bromo-4-chlorophenol) ("bromochlorophene") and the 2,4,4'-trichloro-2'-hydroxy-diphenyl ether ("triclosan").

Further suitable antimicrobial agents are the p-hydroxybenzoic acid esters and sesquiterpene alcohols such as e.g. B. the bisabolol, the farnesol, Santalol or Nerolidol.

Finally surrendered by the use of plant extracts (L) in the compositions according to the invention other synergistic benefits. Therefore, the use of this Substances particularly advantageous.

such Combinations produce a pleasant scent of both the cosmetic Composition, as well as the treated skin and the treated Hair. It may possibly even on the addition of others Perfume oils and Fragrances are dispensed with.

Farther influences this active ingredient according to the invention Also, the moisture balance of the skin and hair favorably. Also shows they are an anti-inflammatory and the skin soothing effect if, for example, chamomile or Valerian can be used. Particularly good effects in relation to the Nettle, hops, birch and burdock root, for example, show hair.

Usually These extracts are produced by extraction of the whole plant. It may, however, in individual cases also be preferred, the extracts exclusively from flowers and / or Scroll to produce the plant.

Regarding the invention usable Plant extracts are particularly pointed to the extracts, in the on page 44 of the 3rd edition of the Guidance on the declaration of ingredients Cosmetic agent, published by the industry association Personal Care and Detergent e.V. (IKW), Frankfurt, starting table are listed.

According to the invention, especially the extracts of green tea, oak bark, stinging nettle, witch hazel, Hops, henna, chamomile, burdock, horsetail, linden, almond, aloe vera, spruce needle, horse chestnut, sandalwood, juniper, coconut, mango, apricot, lime, wheat, kiwi, melon, orange, grapefruit, sage, rosemary, birch , Mallow, valerian, meadowfoam, quenelle, yarrow, thyme, lemon balm, toadstool, coltsfoot, marshmallow, meristem, ginseng, coffee, cocoa, moringa and ginger root are preferred.

Especially preferred are the extracts of green tea, oak bark, stinging nettle, Witch hazel, hops, chamomile, burdock root, horsetail, lime blossom, almond, Aloe vera, coconut, Mango, Apricot, Lime, Wheat, Kiwi, Melon, Orange, Grapefruit, Sage, Rosemary, Birch, Meadowfoam, Quendel, Yarrow, Valerian, coffee, cocoa, moringa, home toe, meristem, ginseng and Ginger root.

All especially for the use according to the invention suitable are the extracts of green tea, almond, aloe vera, Coconut, Mango, apricot, lime, wheat, kiwi and melon.

When Extraction agent for the preparation of said plant extracts can Water, alcohols and mixtures thereof are used. Under the alcohols are lower alcohols such as ethanol and isopropanol, but especially polyhydric alcohols such as ethylene glycol and propylene glycol, both as sole extractant and in mixture with Water, preferably. Plant extracts based on water / propylene glycol in relation to 1:10 to 10: 1 have proven to be particularly suitable.

The Plant extracts can according to the invention both in pure as well as in diluted Form are used. If used in dilute form, they usually contain about 2-80 wt .-% of active substance and as a solvent in their recovery used extraction agent or extractant mixture.

Farther it may be preferred in the inventive compositions of several, especially from two, different plant extracts use.

In addition, can it proves to be advantageous when in the compositions of the invention Penetrants and / or swelling agents (M) are included. These excipients provide for a better penetration of active ingredients into the keratin fiber or help to swell the keratin fiber. These are for example to count Urea and urea derivatives, guanidine and its derivatives, arginine and its derivatives, water glass, imidazole and its derivatives, histidine and its derivatives, benzyl alcohol, glycerol, glycol and glycol ether, Propylene glycol and propylene glycol ether, for example propylene glycol monoethyl ether, Carbonates, bicarbonates, diols and triols, and in particular 1,2-diols and 1,3-diols such as 1,2-propanediol, 1,2-pentanediol, 1,2-hexanediol, 1,2-dodecanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,4-butanediol.

Finally show experimental findings that the compositions of the invention particularly are well suited to perfume oils or To remove fragrances on the skin and hair in an increased amount. simultaneously remain the perfume oils and perfumes much longer stick to the skin or hair. This leads to increased acceptance such compositions in the consumer. These results are particularly relevant to Compositions such as styling and hair fixating and strengthening funds.

A Another group of very particularly preferred ingredients of Compositions of the invention are perfumes. The outstanding and completely surprising positive results of compositions containing the active compounds according to the invention and perfumes, has already been described in detail before.

With the term perfume are perfume oils, perfumes and fragrances meant. As perfume oils are called mixtures of natural and synthetic fragrances.

Natural fragrances are extracts of flowers (Lily, lavender, roses, jasmine, neroli, ylang-ylang), stems and leaves (Geranium, patchouli, petitgrain), fruits (aniseed, coriander, caraway, juniper), fruit peel (Bergamot, lemon, oranges), roots (macis, angelica, celery, Cardamom, Costus, Iris, Calmus), Woods (Pine, Sandal, Guajac, Cedar, rosewood), herbs and grasses (Tarragon, lemongrass, sage, thyme, chamomile), needles and twigs (Spruce, fir, pine, pines), resins and balsams (galbanum, Elemi, Benzoe, Myrrh, Olibanum, Opoponax).

Farther come from animal raw materials, such as civet and Castoreum.

typical synthetic fragrance compounds are products of the ester type, Ethers, aldehydes, ketones, alcohols and hydrocarbons. fragrance compounds the type of esters are e.g. Benzyl acetate, phenoxyethyl isobutyrate, p-tert-butylcyclohexyl acetate, linalyl acetate, dimethylbenzylcarbinyl acetate, Phenylethyl acetate, linalyl benzoate, benzyl formate, ethylmethylphenyl glycinate, Allylcyclohexylpropionate, styrallylpropionate, cyclohexylsalicylate, Floramat, Melusat, Jasmecyclat and Benzylsalicylat. To the Ethern counting for example, benzyl ethyl ether and ambroxane, to the aldehydes e.g. the linear alkanals with 8 to 18 carbon atoms, citral, citronellal, Citronellyloxyacetaldehyde, cyclamenaldehyde, hydroxycitronellal, Lilial and Bourgeonal, to the ketones e.g. the ionone, α-isomethylionone and methyl cedryl ketone, to the alcohols anethole, citronellol, eugenol, Isoeugenol, geraniol, linalool, phenylethyl alcohol and terpineol, belong to the hydrocarbons mainly the terpenes and balms like limonene and pinene.

Prefers However, mixtures of different fragrances are used, the together create an appealing scent. Also essential oils lesser Volatility, which are mostly used as aroma components, are suitable as Perfume oils, e.g. Sage oil, Chamomile oil, Clove oil, Balm oil, Mint oil, Cinnamon leaf oil, lime blossom oil, juniper berry oil, vetiver oil, oliban oil, galbanum oil, labolanum oil and lavandin oil. Preferably be bergamot oil, Dihydromyrcenol, Lilial, Lyral, Citronellol, Phenylethylalcohol, α-Hexylcinnamaldehyde, Geraniol, benzylacetone, cyclamenaldehyde, linalool, Boisambrene Forte, Ambroxan, indole, hedione, sandelice, lemon oil, tangerine oil, orange blossom oil, orange peel oil, sandalwood oil, neroliol allylamylglycolate, Cyclovertal, lavandin oil, Muscat sage oil, β-damascone, geranium Bourbon, cyclohexyl salicylate, Vertofix Coeur, Iso-E-Super, fixolide NP, Evernyl, Iraldeine gamma, Phenylacetic acid, Geranyl acetate, Benzyl acetate, Rose oxide, romilllate, irotyl and floramate alone or in mixtures, used.

Further examples of fragrances which may be present in the compositions according to the invention are found, for example, in US Pat. In S. Arctander, Perfume and Flavor Materials, Vol. I and II, Montclair, NJ, 1969, Selbstverlag or K. Bauer, D. Garbe and H. Surburg, Common Fragrance and Flavor Materials, 3 ^rd . Ed., Wiley-VCH, Weinheim 1997.

Around To be perceptible, one must Perfume volatile being, besides the nature of the functional groups and the structure the molecular weight of the chemical compound also plays an important role plays. So most perfumes have molecular weights up to about 200 Dalton, while Molar masses of 300 daltons and above constitute an exception. Due to the different volatility changed by fragrances the smell of a compound of several fragrances perfumes or perfume during Evaporation, whereby the odor impressions in "top note", "middle note" (middle note or body) and "base note" (end note or dry divided out). Because the smell perception to a large extent too on the smell intensity is based, the top note of a perfume or fragrance is not alone from volatile Connections while the base note for the most part from less volatile, i.e. adherent fragrances.

Tenacious Fragrances, in the context of the present invention advantageously can be used, for example, the essential oils such as angelica root oil, aniseed oil, arnica blossom oil, basil oil, bay oil, bergamot oil, Champacablütenöl, Edeltannöl, Edeltannenzapfenapfen, Elemiöl, eucalyptus oil, fennel oil, spruce alder oil, galbanum, geranium oil, ginger grass, guaiac wood, Gurjunbalsamöl, Helichrysumöl, Ho oil , Ginger oil, iris oil, cajeput oil, calamus oil, chamomile oil, camphor oil, kanaga oil, cardamom oil, cassia oil, pine oil, copaiba balsam, coriander oil, spearmint oil, caraway oil, cumin oil, lavender oil, lemongrass oil, lime oil, tangerine oil, lemon balm oil, musk kernel oil, myrrh oil, clove oil, neroli oil, niaouli oil , Olibanum Oil, Orange Oil, Origanum Oil, Palmarosa Oil, Patchouli Oil, Peru Balsam Oil, Petitgrain Oil, Pepper Oil, Peppermint Oil, Pimento Oil, Pine Oil, Rose Oil, Rosemary Oil, Sandalwood Oil, Celery Oil, Spik Oil, Star Aniseed Oil, Turpentine Oil, Thuja Oil, Thyme Oil, Verbena Oil, Vetiver Oil, Juniper Berry Oil, Vermouth Oil , Wintergreen oil , Ylang-ylang oil, hyssop oil, cinnamon oil, cinnamon leaf oil, citronella oil, lemon oil as well Cypress oil.

But the higher-boiling or solid fragrances of natural or synthetic origin can be used in the context of the present invention advantageously as adherent fragrances or fragrance mixtures, ie fragrances. These compounds include the following compounds and mixtures thereof: ambrettolide, amylcinnamaldehyde, anethole, anisaldehyde, anisalcohol, anisole, methyl anthranilate, acetophenone, benzylacetone, benzaldehyde, ethyl benzoate, benzophenone, benzyl alcohol, benzyl acetate, benzyl benzoate, benzyl formate, benzyl valerate, borneol, Bornyl acetate, bromostyrene, n-decyl aldehyde, n-dodecyl aldehyde, eugenol, eugenol methyl ether, eucalyptol, farnesol, fenchone, fenchyl acetate, geranyl acetate, geranyl formate, heliotropin, heptincarboxylic acid methyl ester, heptalde hyd, hydroquinone dimethyl ether, hydroxycinnamaldehyde, hydroxycinnamyl alcohol, indole, iron, isoeugenol, isoeugenol methyl ether, isosafrole, jasmon, camphor, karvakrol, karvon, p-cresol methyl ether, cu-marine, p-methoxyacetophenone, methyl n-amyl ketone, methyl anthranilate, p-methylacetophenone, methylchavikole, p-methylquinoline, methylnaphthylketone, methyl-n-nonylacetaldehyde, methyl-n-nonylketone, muscon, naphtholethyl ether, naphthol methyl ether, nerol, nitrobenzene, n-nonylaldehyde, nonyl alcohol, n-octylaldehyde , p-oxy-acetophenone, pentadecanolide, phenylethyl alcohol, phenylacetaldehyde dimethyacetal, phenylacetic acid, pulegone, safrole, salicylic acid isoamyl ester, methyl salicylate, salicylic acid hexyl ester, cyclohexyl salicylate, santalol, skatole, terpineol, thymine, thymol, undelactone, vaniline, veratrumaldehyde, cinnamic aldehyde, cimal alcohol , Cinnamic acid, cinnamic acid ethyl ester, cinnamic acid benzyl ester.

To the more volatile Fragrances that are advantageous in the context of the present invention can be used count especially the lower-boiling fragrances natural or synthetic origin, used alone or in mixtures can be. examples for more volatile Fragrances are alkyl isothiocyanates (alkyl mustard oils), butanedione, limonene, linalool, Linayl acetate and propionate, menthol, menthone, methyl-n-heptenone, phellandrene, Phenylacetaldehyde, terpinyl acetate, citral, citronellal.

All The above-mentioned fragrances are alone or in a mixture according to the present invention Invention can be used with the advantages already mentioned.

Lie the boiling points of the individual fragrances substantially below 300 ° C, so is a preferred embodiment the invention, wherein preferably at least 50% of the contained Fragrances have a boiling point below 300 ° C, advantageously at least 60%, in a further advantageous manner at least 70%, in still more preferably at least 80%, in a very advantageous manner at least 90%, in particular even 100%.

boiling below 300 ° C are therefore advantageous because the fragrance in question at higher boiling points too low a volatility would have. But in order to be able to "flow out" of the particle at least partially and to develop fragrance, is a certain volatility the fragrances of advantage.

It was earlier observed that some, unstable perfume ingredients with carrier material sometimes not well compatible and after incorporation into the carrier at least partially decompose, especially if the carrier a porous mineral carrier is, such as clay, or zeolite, especially dehydrated and / or activated zeolite. Unstable fragrances in the sense of this Invention can thereby be identified that one a perfume composition, comprising at least 6 fragrances in activated / dehydrated Zeolite X incorporated and the resulting sample for 24 hours stored at room temperature. Then the perfumes are made with acetone extracted and analyzed by gas chromatography to determine the stability. A fragrance is then considered unstable in the sense of this invention, if at least 50% by weight, preferably at least 65% by weight, advantageously at least 80% by weight, in particular at least 95 wt .-% of this perfume decomposed into degradation products and in the extraction can not be provided again.

are in the agent according to the invention less than 15% by weight, preferably less than 8% by weight, advantageously less than 6% by weight, more preferably less than 3% by weight unstable perfume contained, based on the total amount of perfume, which in / on the particle ad / absorbed, it is a preferred embodiment of the invention, being the unstable perfume in particular the group of allyl alcohol esters, esters of secondary alcohols Esters of tertiary Alcohols, allylic ketones, condensation products of amines and Aldehydes, acetals, ketals and mixtures of the foregoing.

If the perfume, which is adsorbed in / on the particle ad / at least 4, advantageously at least 5, in a further advantageous manner at least 6, in still more advantageously at least 7, in even more advantageous Way at least 8, preferably at least 9, in particular at least Contains 10 different fragrances, so is a preferred embodiment of the invention.

If the logP value of the perfume components, which are ad / absorbed in / on the particle, essentially at least 2, preferably at least 3 or greater, so that at least 40%, advantageously at least 50%, in a further advantageous manner at least 60%, more preferably at least 70%, preferably at least 80%, especially 90% of the perfume components of this log requirement fulfill, such is a preferred embodiment of the invention.

The logP value is a measure of the hydrophobicity of the perfume components. It is the decadal Loga ration of the partition coefficient between n-octanol and water. The octanol / water partition coefficient of a perfume ingredient is the ratio between its equilibrium concentrations in water and octanol. A perfume ingredient with higher partition coefficient P is more hydrophobic. The stated conditions for the logP are advantageous because it is ensured that the fragrances can be better retained in the pores of the support material and also better on objects which are treated with the particles (for example, indirectly by treatment with a Detergent formulation containing the particles of the invention). The logP value of many perfume ingredients is given in the literature; For example, the Pomona 92 database, available from Daylight Chemical Information Systems, Inc. (Daylog CIS) of Irvine, California, contains many such values along with references to the original literature. The logP values can also be calculated, for example, with the "CLOG P" program of the aforementioned company Daylight CIS. For calculated logP values, one usually speaks of ClogP values Clog P values should also be used for hydrophobicity estimation if there are no experimental logP values for certain perfume constituents.

If he wishes, can the perfume also with a perfume fixative be combined. It is assumed that perfume fixative the exhalation of the higher volatile Proportions of perfumes can slow down.

According to one another preferred embodiment includes the perfume, which in / on the carrier material ab / adsorbier is a perfume fixative, preferably in the form of diethyl phthalates, musk (derivatives) and Mixtures of these, wherein the Fixativmenge preferably 1 to 55 Wt .-%, advantageously 2 to 50 wt .-%, more preferably 10 to 45 wt .-%, in particular 20 to 40 wt .-% of the total amount of perfume.

According to one another preferred embodiment the particles contain the viscosity of liquids, in particular of Perfume enhancing Agent, preferably PEG (polyethylene glycol), advantageously having a molecular weight of 400 to 2000, wherein the viscosity-increasing agent preferably in amounts of 0.1 to 20 wt .-%, advantageously from 0.15 to 10% by weight, more preferably from 0.2 to 5 wt .-%, in particular from 0.25 to 3 wt .-% is included on the particles.

It it turned out that the viscosity of liquids, especially of perfume raising funds another contribution to the stabilization of the perfume in the Provide particles if nonionic surfactant is present at the same time is.

The viscosity-increasing agents are preferably polyethylene glycols (PEG for short) which can be described by the general formula I: H- (O-CH 2 -CH 2) n -OH (I), in the degree of polymerization n of about 5 to> 100,000, corresponding to molecular weights of 200 to 5,000,000 gmol-1, may vary. The products with molecular weights below 25,000 g / mol are referred to as actual polyethylene glycols, while higher molecular weight products are often referred to in the literature as polyethylene oxides (PEOX for short). The polyethylene glycols preferably used may have a linear or branched structure, with particular preference being given to linear polyethylene glycols and end-capped.

To the particularly preferred polyethylene glycols include those with relative molecular masses between 400 and 2000. It can In particular, polyethylene glycols are used which an at room temperature and a pressure of 1 bar in the liquid state available; Here is mainly of polyethylene glycol with a relative Molecular mass from 200, 400 and 600 the speech.

The perfumes are generally in an amount of 0.05 to 5 wt .-%, preferably from 0.1 to 2.5% by weight, particularly preferably from 0.2 to 1.5% by weight, based on the total composition, the total composition added.

The perfumes can in liquid Form, undiluted or with a solvent dilute for perfumes be added to the compositions. Suitable solvents therefor are z. Ethanol, isopropanol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, Glycerine, propylene glycol, 1,2-butylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, diethyl phthalate, Triethyl citrate, isopropyl myristate, etc.

Of others can the perfumes for the Compositions of the invention to a carrier be adsorbed for both a fine distribution of the fragrances in the product as well as for a controlled Release during use ensures. Such carriers can be porous inorganic Materials such as light sulphate, silica gels, zeolites, gypsum, clays, Clay granules, aerated concrete etc. or organic materials such as woods and Cellulose-based substances.

The Perfume oils for the compositions according to the invention can also micro-encapsulated, spray-dried, as inclusion complexes or as extrusion products and in this form the one to be perfumed Added compositions become.

Possibly can the properties of such modified perfume oils by so-called "coating" with suitable materials further optimized with a view to a more targeted fragrance release are, preferably waxy plastics such. B. polyvinyl alcohol be used.

Of the Consumers may like to perceive the cosmetic compositions, in particular caused by an aesthetically appealing packaging, optionally in combination with aromatic fragrances, the composition according to the invention with a stimulant such as. Confectionery or drinks get in touch. Through this association, in particular in children, an oral intake or a swallowing of the cosmetic composition in principle can not be excluded. In a preferred embodiment Therefore, the compositions of the invention contain a bitter substance, to prevent swallowing or accidental ingestion. In this case, according to the invention are bitter substances preferably, in water at 20 ° C to at least 5 g / l soluble are.

Regarding an undesirable Interaction with optionally in the cosmetic compositions contained fragrance components, in particular a change the perceived by the consumer fragrance, the ionogenic Bitter substances have proved superior to the nonionic ones. ionogenic Bitter substances, preferably consisting of organic cation (s) and organic anion (s), are therefore for the preparations according to the invention prefers.

Quaternary ammonium compounds which contain an aromatic group both in the cation and in the anion are outstandingly suitable as bitter substances. One such compound is ammonium benzoate which is commercially available for example under the trademarks ^® Bitrex ^® and available Indigestin benzyldiethyl ((2,6-Xylylcarbamoyl) methyl). This compound is also known by the name Denatonium Benzoate.

Of the Bitter is in the moldings of the invention in amounts of 0.0005 to 0.1 wt .-%, based on the molded article. Especially preferred are amounts of 0.001 to 0.05 wt .-%.

Advantageous in the sense of the invention additionally short-chain carboxylic acids (N) supportive Act. Among short-chain carboxylic acids and their derivatives in the For the purposes of the invention are meant carboxylic acids which are saturated or unsaturated and / or straight-chain or branched or cyclic and / or aromatic and / or may be heterocyclic and have a molecular weight less than 750. Preferred in the sense of the invention saturated or unsaturated straight-chain or branched carboxylic acids having a chain length of 1 to 16 carbon atoms in the chain, most preferably are those with a chain length from 1 to 12 C atoms in the chain.

Advantageous in the sense of the invention short-chain carboxylic acids (N) used as an ingredient in the cosmetic compositions become. Under short-chain carboxylic acids and their derivatives in the sense The invention will be carboxylic acids understood, which saturated or unsaturated and / or straight-chain or branched or cyclic and / or aromatic and / or may be heterocyclic and have a molecular weight less than 750. Preferred in the sense of the invention saturated or unsaturated straight-chain or branched carboxylic acids having a chain length of 1 to 16 carbon atoms in the chain, most preferably are those with a chain length from 1 to 12 C atoms in the chain.

A Use of the short chain carboxylic acids is the setting of the pH of the cosmetic according to the invention Compositions. Together with the hyperbranched invention Polymer leads This combination leads to an improved skin smoothness and to an improved Skin texture as well as a smoothed Hair structure.

In addition to the short-chain carboxylic acids according to the invention listed above by way of example themselves also their physiologically acceptable salts can be used according to the invention. Examples of such salts are the alkali metal salts, alkaline earth metal salts, zinc salts and ammonium salts, which in the context of the present application also includes the mono-, di- and trimethyl-, -ethyl- and -hydroxyethyl ammonium salts. In addition, however, neutralized acids can also be used with alkaline amino acids such as arginine, lysine, ornithine and histidine. The sodium, potassium, ammonium and arginine salts are preferred salts. Furthermore, for reasons of formulation it may be preferable to select the carboxylic acid as active ingredient from the water-soluble representatives, in particular the water-soluble salts.

To the invention very particularly preferred active ingredients the hydroxycarboxylic acids and here again in particular the dihydroxy, trihydroxy and polyhydroxycarboxylic acids and the dihydroxy, trihydroxy and polyhydroxy di-, tri- and polycarboxylic acids.

Examples for special suitable hydroxycarboxylic acids are glycolic acid, Glycerin acid, Lactic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid or Citric acid. Of course includes the teaching of the invention also that these acids in the form of mixed salts, for example with amino acids become. This may be preferred according to the invention be.

Of course, the teaching of the invention includes all isomeric forms, such as cis-trans isomers, diastereomers and chiral isomers.

It is according to the invention also possible to use a mixture of several active substances of this group.

The short-chain carboxylic acids in the sense of the invention have one, two, three or more carboxy groups. Preferred in Purpose of the invention are carboxylic acids with several carboxy groups, in particular di- and tricarboxylic acids. The Carboxy groups can in whole or in part as ester, acid anhydride, lactone, Amide, imidic acid, Lactam, lactim, dicarboximide, carbohydrazide, hydrazone, hydroxam, Hydroxime, amidine, amidoxime, nitrile, phosphonic or phosphate ester available. The carboxylic acids according to the invention may of course along be substituted the carbon chain or the ring skeleton. To the substituents of the carboxylic acids according to the invention are, for example, too counting C1-C8-alkyl, C2-C8-alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl and aralkenyl, hydroxymethyl, C2-C8-hydroxyalkyl, C2-C8-hydroxyalkenyl, aminomethyl, C2-C8-aminoalkyl, cyano, Formyl, oxo, thioxo, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxy or Imino groups. Preferred substituents are C 1 -C 8 -alkyl-, hydroxymethyl-, Hydroxy, amino and carboxy groups. Particularly preferred are substituents in α-position. Very particularly preferred substituents are hydroxy, alkoxy and Amino groups, where the amino function is optionally substituted by alkyl, Aryl, aralkyl and / or alkenyl radicals may be further substituted. Furthermore, also preferred carboxylic acid derivatives are the phosphonic and Phosphatester.

in der Z steht für eine lineare oder verzweigte Alkyl- oder Alkenylgruppe mit 4 bis 12 Kohlenstoffatomen, n für eine Zahl von 4 bis 12 sowie eine der beiden Gruppen X und Y für eine COOH-Gruppe und die andere für Wasserstoff oder einen Methyl- oder Ethylrest, Dicarbonsäuren der allgemeinen Formel (N-I), die zusätzlich noch 1 bis 3 Methyl- oder Ethylsubstituenten am Cyclohexenring tragen sowie Dicarbonsäuren, die aus den Dicarbonsäuren gemäß Formel (N-I) formal durch Anlagerung eines Moleküls Wasser an die Doppelbindung im Cyclohexenring entstehen.Examples of carboxylic acids according to the invention include formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, valeric acid, isovaleric acid, pivalic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, glyceric acid, glyoxylic acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, sebacic acid, propiolic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid , Elaidic, maleic, fumaric, muconic, citraconic, mesaconic, camphoric, benzoic, o, m, p-phthalic, naphthoic, toluoic, hydratropic, atropic, cinnamic, isonicotinic, nicotinic, bicarbamic, 4,4'-dicyano-6, 6'-binicotinic acid, 8-carbamoyloctanoic acid, 1,2,4-pentanetricarboxylic acid, 2-pyrrolecarboxylic acid, 1,2,4,6,7-naphthalenepentaacetic acid, malonaldehyde acid, 4-hydroxy-phthalamic acid, 1-pyrazolecarboxylic acid, gallic acid or propane tricarboxylic acid, a Dicarboxylic acid selected from the group formed by compounds d he general formula (NI),

in the Z is a linear or branched alkyl or alkenyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, n is a number from 4 to 12 and one of the two groups X and Y is a COOH group and the other is hydrogen or a methyl or Ethyl radical, dicarboxylic acids of the general formula (NI), which additionally carry 1 to 3 methyl or ethyl substituents on the cyclohexene ring, and dicarboxylic acids which are from the Dicar formally formed by addition of a molecule of water to the double bond in the cyclohexene ring according to formula (NI).

Dicarboxylic acids of Formula (N-I) are known in the literature.

One Manufacturing process is for example the US Patent 3,753,968 refer to. German Patent 22 50 055 discloses the Use of these dicarboxylic acids in liquid Soap masses. From German Patent Application 28 33 291 are deodorants known, the zinc or magnesium salts of these dicarboxylic acids contain. After all are from the German patent application 35 03 618 means for Washing and rinsing hair known in which by addition of these dicarboxylic acids noticeably improved hair cosmetic effect of the medium contained water-soluble ionic polymers is obtained. Finally, from the German Laid-Open 197 54 053 Hair treatment agent known, which have nourishing effects.

The dicarboxylic acids of the formula (N-I) for example, by reaction of polyunsaturated dicarboxylic acids with unsaturated Monocarboxylic acids be prepared in the form of a Diels-Alder cyclization. Usually one is called by a polyunsaturated fatty acid as Dicarboxylic acid go out. Preferably, the natural Fats and oils accessible Linoleic acid. As monocarboxylic acid component are in particular acrylic acid, but also e.g. methacrylic acid and crotonic acid prefers. Usually occur in reactions according to Diels-Alder isomer mixtures, at which is a component in excess. These isomer mixtures can also according to the invention how the pure compounds are used.

Usable according to the invention in addition to the preferred dicarboxylic acids according to formula (N-I) are also dicarboxylic acids, from the compounds of the formula (N-I) by 1 to 3 differentiate methyl or ethyl substituents on the cyclohexyl ring or formally from these compounds by addition of one molecule of water be formed on the double formation of the cyclohexene ring.

The dicarboxylic acid (mixture), which is obtained by reacting linoleic acid with acrylic acid, has proved to be particularly effective according to the invention. It is a mixture of 5- and 6-carboxy-4-hexyl-2-cyclohexene-1-octanoic acid. Such compounds are commercially available under the designations Westvaco Diacid 1550 Westvaco Diacid ^{® ®} 1595 (manufacturer: Westvaco).

Next the example listed above short-chain according to the invention carboxylic acids yourself can also their physiologically compatible Salts used according to the invention become. examples for such salts are the alkali, alkaline earth, zinc salts and ammonium salts, Within the scope of the present application, the mono-, di- and trimethyl, ethyl and hydroxyethyl ammonium salts are. Very particularly preferred in the context of the invention, however, with alkaline-reacting amino acids, such as For example, arginine, lysine, ornithine and histidine, neutralized acids be used. Furthermore, it may be preferred for formulation reasons be the carboxylic acid from the water-soluble Representatives, in particular the water-soluble salts.

Furthermore, it is preferred according to the invention to use hydroxycarboxylic acids and here again in particular the dihydroxy-, trihydroxy- and polyhydroxycarboxylic acids as well as the dihydroxy, trihydroxy and polyhydroxy di-, tri- and polycarboxylic acids together in the compositions. It has been found that in addition to the hydroxycarboxylic acids, the hydroxycarboxylic acid esters and the mixtures of hydroxycarboxylic acids and their esters as well as polymeric hydroxycarboxylic acids and their esters can be very particularly preferred. Preferred hydroxycarboxylic acid esters are, for example, full esters of glycolic acid, lactic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid or citric acid. Further basically suitable hydroxycarboxylic esters are esters of β-hydroxypropionic acid, tartronic acid, D-gluconic acid, sugar acid, mucic acid or glucuronic acid. Suitable alcohol components of these esters are primary, linear or branched aliphatic alcohols having 8-22 C atoms, ie, for example, fatty alcohols or synthetic fatty alcohols. The esters of C12-C15 fatty alcohols are particularly preferred. Esters of this type are commercially available, eg under the trademark Cosmacol® ^® EniChem, Augusta Industriale. Particularly preferred polyhydroxypolycarboxylic acids are polylactic acid and polyuric acid and their esters.

Very particular according to the invention it is preferred as short-chain carboxylic acids in the context of the invention the so-called pleasure acids to use.

These active compounds according to the invention are present in the compositions in concentrations of 0.01% by weight up to 20 % By weight, preferably from 0.05% by weight up to 15% by weight and very particularly preferably in amounts of from 0.1% by weight up to 5% by weight.

A very diverse and interesting cosmetic drug group are polyhydroxy compounds. The use according to the invention of polyhydroxy compounds as active ingredient with the other components of the invention may therefore be particularly preferred. Under polyhydroxy compounds For the purposes of the invention, all substances are understood which the definition in Römpp's Lexikon der Chemie, Edition of 1999, published by Georg Thieme. Accordingly, among polyhydroxy compounds to understand organic compounds having at least two hydroxyl groups.

• – Polyole mit mindestens zwei Hydroxygruppen, wie beispielsweise Trimethylolpropan,
• – Ethoxilate und/oder Propoxylate mit 1 bis 50 Mol Ethylenoxid und oder Propylenoxid der zuvor genannten Polyole,
• – Kohlenhydrate, Zuckeralkohole und Zucker sowie deren Salze,
• – insbesondere Monosaccharide, Disaccharide, Trisaccharide und Oligosaccharide, wobei diese auch in Form von Aldosen, Ketosen und/oder Lactosen, sowie geschützt durch übliche und in der Literatur bekannte -OH- und -NH-Schutzgruppen, wie beispielsweise die Triflatgruppe, die Trimethylsilylgruppe oder Acylgruppen sowie weiterhin in Form der Methylether und als Phosphatester, vorliegen können,
• – Aminodesoxyzucker, Desoxyzucker, Thiozucker, wobei diese auch in Form von Aldosen, Ketosen und/oder Lactosen, sowie geschützt durch übliche und in der Literatur bekannte -OH- und -NH-Schutzgruppen, wie beispielsweise die Triflatgruppe, die Trimethylsilylgruppe oder Acylgruppen sowie weiterhin in Form der Methylether und als Phosphatester, vorliegen können,

Ganz besonders bevorzugt sind hierunter Monosaccharide mit 3 bis 8 C-Atomen, wie beispielsweise Triosen, Tetrosen, Pentosen, Hexosen, Heptosen und Octosen, wobei diese auch in Form von Aldosen, Ketosen und/oder Lactosen sowie geschützt durch übliche und in der Literatur bekannte -OH- und -NH-Schutzgruppen, wie beispielsweise die Triflatgruppe, die Trimethylsilylgruppe oder Acylgruppen sowie weiterhin in Form der Methylether und als Phosphatester, vorliegen können.In particular, for the purposes of the present invention, this is to be understood as meaning:

• Polyols having at least two hydroxyl groups, such as, for example, trimethylolpropane,
• Ethoxylates and / or propoxylates with 1 to 50 moles of ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide of the aforementioned polyols,
• Carbohydrates, sugar alcohols and sugars and their salts,
• - In particular, monosaccharides, disaccharides, trisaccharides and oligosaccharides, these also in the form of aldoses, ketoses and / or lactoses, and protected by conventional and known in the literature -OH and -NH protecting groups, such as the triflate, the trimethylsilyl or Acyl groups and furthermore in the form of the methyl ethers and as phosphate esters, may be present,
• - Aminodeoxyzucker, deoxysugar, thio sugar, which also in the form of aldoses, ketoses and / or lactoses, and protected by conventional and known in the literature -OH and -NH protecting groups, such as the triflate, the trimethylsilyl or acyl groups and further in the form of methyl ethers and as phosphate esters,

Very particularly preferred among these are monosaccharides having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, such as trioses, tetroses, pentoses, hexoses, heptoses and octoses, which also in the form of aldoses, ketoses and / or lactoses and protected by conventional and known in the literature -OH and -NH protecting groups, such as the triflate group, the trimethylsilyl group or acyl groups, and furthermore in the form of the methyl ethers and as phosphate esters.

Farther are preferably oligosaccharides having up to 50 monomer units, wherein these also in the form of aldoses, ketoses and / or lactoses as well protected by usual and in the literature known -OH and -NH protecting groups, such as the triflate group, the trimethylsilyl group or acyl groups as well furthermore in the form of the methyl ethers and as phosphate esters can.

exemplary for the polyols of the invention be mentioned Sorbitol, inositol, mannitol, tetrite, pentite, hexite, threitol, erythritol, Adonite, arabitol, xylitol, dulcitol, erythrose, threose, arabinose, ribose, Xylose, lyxose, glucose, galactose, mannose, allose, altrose, gulose, Idose, talose, fructose, sorbose, psicose, tegatose, deoxyribose, Glucosamine, galactosamine, rhamnose, digitoxose, thioglucose, sucrose, Lactose, trehalose, maltose, cellobiose, melibiose, gestiobiose, Rutinose, raffinose and cellotiose. Furthermore, please refer to the relevant specialist literature such as Beyer-Walter, textbook of organic chemistry, S. Hirzel Verlag Stuttgart, 19th edition, section III, pages 393 and following referenced.

preferred Polyhydroxy compounds are sorbitol, inositol, mannitol, threitol, erythride, Erythrose, threose, arabinose, ribose, xylose, glucose, galactose, Mannose, allose, fructose, sorbose, deoxyribose, glucosamine, galactosamine, Sucrose, lactose, trehalose, maltose and cellobiose. Especially preferred are glucose, galactose, mannose, fructose, deoxyribose, Glucosamine, sucrose, lactose, maltose and cellobiose used. However, very particular preference is the use of glucose, Galactose, mannose, fructose, sucrose, lactose, maltose or cellobiose

In a particularly preferred embodiment is at least one polyhydroxy compound with at least as active ingredient Contain 2 OH groups. Among these compounds are those with 2 to 12 OH groups and especially those with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 10 OH groups are preferred.

Polyhydroxy compounds having 2 OH groups are, for example, glycol (CH ₂ (OH) CH ₂ OH) and other 1,2-diols such as H- (CH ₂ ) _n -CH (OH) CH ₂ OH where n = 1, 2, 3 , 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. Also 1,3-diols such as H- (CH ₂ ) _n - CH (OH) CH ₂ CH ₂ OH with n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 can be used according to the invention. The (n, n + 1) or (n, n + 2) diols with non-terminal OH groups can also be used.

Important Representatives of polyhydroxy compounds having 2 OH groups are also the polyethylene and polypropylene glycols.

Under the polyhydroxy compounds having 3 OH groups, the glycerol has a outstanding importance.

In summary are compositions according to the invention preferred in which the polyhydroxy compound is selected from ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, Glycerol, glucose, fructose, pentaerythritol, sorbitol, mannitol, xylitol and their mixtures.

Independent of Type of polyhydroxy compound having at least 2 OH groups used are agents according to the invention preferably, which, based on the weight of the agent, 0.01 to 5 % By weight, preferably 0.05 to 4 wt.%, Particularly preferably 0.05 to 3.5% by weight and in particular 0.1 to 2.5% by weight of polyhydroxy compound (s) contain.

With particular preference, the agents according to the invention may additionally comprise polyethylene glycol ethers of the formula (IV) H (CH ₂ ) _k (OCH ₂ CH ₂ ) _n OH (IV) in which k is a number between 1 and 18, with particular preference given to the values 0, 10, 12, 16 and 18 and n is a number between 2 and 20 with particular preference given to the values 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 , 10, 12 and 14 means. Preferred among these are the alkyl derivatives of diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, pentahylene glycol, hexaethylene glycol, heptaethylene glycol, octaethylene glycol, nonaethylene glycol, decaethylene glycol, dodecaethylene glycol and tetradecaethylene glycol, and the alkyl derivatives of dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, tetrapropylene glycol, of pentapropylene glycol, hexapropylene glycol, heptapropylene glycol, octapropylene glycol, nonapropylene glycol, decapropylene glycol, dodecapropylene glycol and tetradecapropylene glycol, of which methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n Heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, n-undecyl, n-dodecyl and n-tetradecyl derivatives are preferred.

It It has been found that mixtures of "short chain" polyalkylene glycol ethers with such "long-chain" polyalkylene glycol ethers Have advantages. "Short- or long-chain "refers in this context, the degree of polymerization of the polyalkylene glycol. Particularly preferred are mixtures of polyalkylene glycol ethers with a degree of oligomerization of 5 or less with polyalkylene glycol ethers with a degree of oligomerization of 7 or more. Preferred are Mixtures of alkyl derivatives of diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, pentathylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, of tripropylene glycol, tetrapropylene glycol or pentapropylene glycol with alkyl derivatives of hexaethylene glycol, heptaethylene glycol, of octaethylene glycol, nonaethylene glycol, decaethylene glycol, dodecaethylene glycol, hexapropylene glycol, heptapropylene glycol, octapropylene glycol, nonapropylene glycol, decapropylene glycol, dodecapropylene glycol or tetradecapropyolene glycol, wherein in both cases the n-octyl, n-decyl, n-dodecyl and n-tetradecyl derivatives are preferred are.

Especially preferred agents according to the invention are characterized in that it at least one polyalkylene glycol ether (IVa) of the formula (IV), in the n for the numbers 2, 3, 4 or 5 and at least one polyalkylene glycol ether (IV b) of the formula (IV) contains, in the n for the numbers 10, 12, 14 or 16, wherein the weight ratio (IVb) to (IVa) 10: 1 to 1:10, preferably 7.5: 1 to 1: 5 and in particular 5: 1 to 1: 1.

All Particularly preferred polyols of the present invention are polyols with 2 to 12 carbon atoms in the molecular skeleton. These Polyols can straight-chain, branched, cyclic and / or unsaturated. The hydroxy groups are very particularly preferably terminal adjacent or terminal by the rest of the chain separated. As examples of this Polyols may be mentioned: glycol, polyethylene glycol up to a molecular weight up to 1000 daltons, neopentyl glycol, partial glycerol ethers with one Molecular weight up to 1000 daltons, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, glycerol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,2,3-butanetriol, 1,2,4-butanetriol, Pentanediols, for example 1,2-pentanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, hexanediols, 1,2-hexanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,2,6-hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, Heptanediols, 1,2-heptanediol, 1,7-heptanediol, octanediols, 1,2-octanediol, 1,8-octanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, octadienols, decadienols, dodecanediols, 1,2-dodecanediol, 1,12-dodecanediol, 1,12-dodecanediol with 10 moles of EO, Dodecadienole.

Of course, the teaching of the invention includes all isomeric forms, such as cis-trans isomers, diastereomers, Epimers, anomers and chiral isomers.

It is according to the invention also possible, to use a mixture of several polyhydroxy compounds (C).

The Polyhydroxy compounds according to the invention (C) are in the compositions in concentrations from 0.01% by weight up to 20% by weight, preferably from 0.05% by weight up to 15% by weight and very particularly preferably in amounts of from 0.1% by weight up to 10% by weight.

• – aromatische Alkohole, wie beispielsweise Phenoxyethanol, Benzylalkohol, Phenethylalkohol, Phenoxyisopropanol,
• – Aldehyde wie beispielsweise Formaldehydlösung und Paraformaldehyd, Glutaraldehyd
• – Parabene, beispielsweise Methylparaben, Ethylparaben, Propylparaben, Butylparaben, Isobutylparaben
• – 1,2-Alkandiole mit 5 bis 22 Kohlenstoffatomen in der Kohlenstoffkette, wie beispielsweise 1,2-Pentandiol, 1,2-Hexandiol, 1,2-Heptandiol, 1,2-Dekandiol, 1,2-Dodekandiol, 1,2-Hexadekandiol,
• – Formaldehyd abspaltende Verbindungen, wie beispielsweise DMDM Hydantoin, Diazolidinyl Urea
• – Halogenierte Verbindungen wie beispielsweise Isothiazolinone, wie beispielsweise Methylchloroisothiazolinon/Methylisothiazolinone, Triclosan, Triclocarban, Iodopropynylbutylcarbamat, 5-Bromo-5-Nitro-1,3-Dioxan, Chlorhexidindigluconat und Chlorhexidinacetat, 2-Bromo-2-Nitropropan-1,3-diol, Methyldibromoglutaronitril,
• – Anorganische Verbindungen wie beispielsweise Sulfite, Borsäure und Borate, Bisulfite,
• – Kationische Substanzen wie beispielsweise Quaternium-15, Benzalkoniumchlorid, Benzethoniumchlorid, Polyaminopropylbiguanid,
• – Organische Säuren und deren physiologisch verträgliche Salze wie beispielsweise Citronensäure, Milchsäure, Essigsäure, Benzoesäure, Sorbinsäure, Salicylsäure, Dehydroacetsäure
• – Aktive Wirkstoffe mit zusätzlichen Wirkungen wie beispielsweise Zink-Pyrithion, Piroctonolamin,
• – Antioxidantien wie beispielsweise BHT (butyliertes Hydroxytoluol), BHA (butyliertes Hydroxyanisol), Propylgallat, t-Butylhydrochinon,
• – Komplexbildner wie beispielsweise EDTA und dessen Derivate, HEDTA und dessen Derivate, Etidronic Acid und deren Salze,
• – Sowie Mischungen der zuvor aufgeführten Stoffe.

Other optional ingredients that can be used in cosmetic compositions are preservatives. The preservatives used are the classes of substances listed in Appendix 6, Parts A and B of the Cosmetics Regulation. Particularly preferred is mild preservation, ideally without the addition of typical preservatives. In general, the following substances and their mixtures are used:

• Aromatic alcohols, such as, for example, phenoxyethanol, benzyl alcohol, phenethyl alcohol, phenoxyisopropanol,
• - Aldehydes such as formaldehyde solution and paraformaldehyde, glutaraldehyde
• Parabens, for example methylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben, butylparaben, isobutylparaben
• 1,2-alkanediols having 5 to 22 carbon atoms in the carbon chain, such as 1,2-pentanediol, 1,2-hexanediol, 1,2-heptanediol, 1,2-decanediol, 1,2-dodecanediol, 1,2 -Hexadekandiol,
• Formaldehyde releasing compounds such as DMDM hydantoin, diazolidinyl urea
• - Halogenated compounds such as isothiazolinones such as methylchloroisothiazolinone / methylisothiazolinone, triclosan, triclocarban, iodopropynyl butylcarbamate, 5-bromo-5-nitro-1,3-dioxane, chlorhexidine digluconate and chlorhexidine acetate, 2-bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol , Methyldibromoglutaronitrile,
• Inorganic compounds such as sulfites, boric acid and borates, bisulfites,
• Cationic substances such as quaternium-15, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, polyaminopropyl biguanide,
• - Organic acids and their physiologically acceptable salts such as citric acid, lactic acid, acetic acid, benzoic acid, sorbic acid, salicylic acid, dehydroacetic acid
• Active agents with additional effects such as zinc pyrithione, piroctone olamine,
• Antioxidants such as BHT (butylated hydroxytoluene), BHA (butylated hydroxyanisole), propyl gallate, t-butylhydroquinone,
• Complexing agents such as EDTA and its derivatives, HEDTA and its derivatives, Etidronic Acid and salts thereof,
• - As well as mixtures of the substances listed above.

In Another particularly preferred type of compositions of the invention can also affect the water activity in the compositions of the invention as far as that growth of microorganisms is not reduced more can take place. In particular, glycerol and sorbitol are used for this purpose.

The Compositions of the invention contribute to the conservation in an excellent way and way with the mild preservative additives is possible. But also the complete renunciation on preservatives is possible and preferred according to the invention.

The Amounts of preservative are from 0 to 5 wt.%, Preferably from 0-2% by weight, more preferably from 0-1% by weight, and most especially preferably from 0 to 0.8% by weight, based on the total amount of the composition.

Further optional ingredients of the compositions of the invention are Deodorizers.

The Compositions of the invention increase clearly demonstrably the deposition of deodorant acting substances on the skin and hair. This is done in the panel test among other things also by a clearly extended lasting effect noticeable.

As Deowirkstoffe esterase inhibitors can be added. These are preferably trialkyl such as trimethyl citrate, tripropyl, triisopropyl, tributyl citrate and especially triethyl citrate (Hydagen® ^® CAT, COGNIS). The substances inhibit the enzyme activity and thereby reduce the odor education. The cleavage of the citric acid ester is likely to release the free acid, which lowers the pH on the skin to the extent that it inhibits the enzymes. Further substances which are suitable as esterase inhibitors are dicarboxylic acids and their esters, for example glutaric acid, glutaric acid monoethyl ester, glutaric acid diethyl ester, adipic acid, adipic acid monoethyl ester, diethyl adipate, malonic acid and diethyl malonate, hydroxycarboxylic acids and their esters, for example citric acid, malic acid, tartaric acid or diethyl tartrate. Antibacterial agents that affect the bacterial flora and kill sweat-degrading bacteria or inhibit their growth may also be included in the stick formulations. Examples of these are chitosan, phenoxyethanol and chlorhexidine gluconate. Particularly effective are also 5-chloro-2- (2,4-dichlorophenoxy) phenol has proven that is marketed under the brand name Irgasan ^® by Ciba-Geigy, Basle / CH.

Further most preferred optional ingredients of the compositions are dye precursors. Among dye precursors are oxidation dye precursors of the developer (X1) and coupler type (X2), natural and synthetic substantive Dyes (Y) and precursors of naturally-occurring dyes, such as indole and indoline derivatives, as well as mixtures of representatives of one or several of these groups

When such can Developer (X1) and coupler type oxidation dye precursors (X2), natural and synthetic direct dyes (Y) and precursors of natural analogue Dyes, such as indole and indoline derivatives, and mixtures of Representatives of one or more of these groups.

As developer-type oxidation dye precursors (X1) are usually primary aromatic amines having a further, in the para or ortho position, free or substituted hydroxy or amino group, diaminopyridine derivatives, heterocyclic hydrazones, 4-aminopyrazole derivatives and 2,4,5, 6-tetraaminopyrimidine and its derivatives used. Suitable developer components are, for example, p-phenylenediamine, p-toluenediamine, p-aminophenol, o-aminophenol, 1- (2'-hydroxyethyl) -2,5-diaminobenzene, N, N-bis (2-hydroxyethyl) -p phenylenediamine, 2- (2,5-diaminophenoxy) ethanol, 4-amino-3-methylphenol, 2,4,5,6-tetraaminopyrimidine, 2-hydroxy-4,5,6-triaminopyrimidine, 4-hydroxy-2 , 5,6-triaminopyrimidine, 2,4-dihydroxy-5,6-diaminopyrimidine, 2-dimethylamino-4,5,6-triaminopyrimidine, 2-hydroxymethylamino-4-amino-phenol, bis (4-aminophenyl) amine, 4-amino-3-fluorophenol, 2-aminomethyl-4-aminophenol, 2-hydroxymethyl-4-aminophenol, 4-amino-2 - ((diethylamino) -methyl) -phenol, bis (2-hydroxy-5-aminophenyl ) -methane, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenyl) -diazacycloheptane, 1,3-bis (N (2-hydroxyethyl) -N (4-aminophenylamino)) - 2-propanol, 4-amino-2- ( 2-hydroxyethoxy) phenol, 1,10-bis (2,5-diaminophenyl) -1,4,7,10-tetraoxadecane and 4,5-diaminopyrazole derivatives EP 0 740 741 or WO 94/08970 such. B. 4,5-diamino-1- (2'-hydroxyethyl) pyrazole. Particularly advantageous developer components are p-phenylenediamine, p-toluenediamine, p-aminophenol, 1- (2'-hydroxyethyl) -2,5-diaminobenzene, 4-amino-3-methylphenol, 2-aminomethyl-4-aminophenol, 2,4 , 5,6-tetraaminopyrimidine, 2-hydroxy-4,5,6-triaminopyrimidine, 4-hydroxy-2,5,6-triaminopyrimidine.

As the coupler type (X2) oxidation dye precursors, m-phenylenediamine derivatives, naphthols, resorcin and resorcinol derivatives, pyrazolones and m-aminophenol derivatives are usually used. Examples of such coupler components are m-aminophenol and its derivatives such as 5-amino-2-methylphenol, 5- (3-hydroxypropylamino) -2-methylphenol, 3-amino-2-chloro-6-methylphenol, 2-hydroxy-4 -aminophenoxyethanol, 2,6-dimethyl-3-aminophenol, 3-trifluoroacetylamino-2-chloro-6-methylphenol, 5-amino-4-chloro-2-methylphenol, 5-amino-4-methoxy-2-methylphenol, 5 - (2'-hydroxyethyl) -amino-2-methylphenol, 3- (diethylamino) -phenol, N-cyclopentyl-3-aminophenol, 1,3-dihydroxy-5- (methylamino) -benzene, 3- (ethylamino) - 4-methylphenol and 2,4-dichloro-3-aminophenol, o-aminophenol and its derivatives, m-diaminobenzene and its derivatives such as 2,4-diaminophenoxyethanol, 1,3-bis (2,4-diaminophenoxy) -propane , 1-Methoxy-2-amino-4- (2'-hydroxyethylamino) benzene, 1,3-bis (2,4-diaminophenyl) -propane, 2,6-bis (2-hydroxyethylamino) -1-methylbenzene and 1-amino-3-bis (2'-hydroxyethyl) aminobenzene, o-diaminobenzene and its derivatives such as 3,4-diaminobenzoic acid and 2,3-diamino-1-meth ylbenzene, di- or trihydroxybenzene derivatives such as resorcinol, resorcinol monomethyl ether, 2-methylresorcinol, 5-methylresorcinol, 2,5-dimethylresorcinol, 2-chlororesorcinol, 4-chlororesorcinol, pyrogallol and 1,2,4-trihydroxybenzene, pyridine derivatives such as 2 , 6-Dihydroxypyridine, 2-amino-3-hydroxypyridine, 2-amino-5-chloro-3-hydroxypyridine, 3-amino-2-methylamino-6-methoxypyridine, 2,6-dihydroxy-3,4-dimethylpyridine, 2 , 6-dihydroxy-4-methylpyridine, 2,6-diaminopyridine, 2,3-diamino-6-methoxypyridine and 3,5-diamino-2,6-dimethoxypyridine, naphthalene derivatives such as 1-naphthol, 2-methyl-1 naphthol, 2-hydroxymethyl-1-naphthol, 2-hydroxyethyl-1-naphthol, 1,5-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,6-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,7-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,8-dihydroxynaphthalene, 2,7-dihydroxynaphthalene and 2, 3-dihydroxynaphthalene, morpholine derivatives such as 6-hydroxybenzomorpholine and 6-aminobenzomorpholine, quinoxaline derivatives such as 6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoxaline, Pyr azole derivatives such as 1-phenyl-3-methylpyrazol-5-one, indole derivatives such as 4-hydroxyindole, 6-hydroxyindole and 7-hydroxyindole, methylene dioxybenzene derivatives such as 1-hydroxy-3,4-methylenedioxybenzene, 1-amino-3,4-methylenedioxybenzene and 1- (2'-hydroxyethyl) amino-3,4-methylenedioxybenzene.

Especially suitable coupler components are 1-naphthol, 1,5-, 2,7- and 1,7-dihydroxynaphthalene, 3-aminophenol, 5-amino-2-methylphenol, 2-amino-3-hydroxypyridine, resorcinol, 4-chlororesorcinol, 2-chloro-6-methyl-3-aminophenol, 2-methylresorcinol, 5-methylresorcinol, 2,5-dimethylresorcinol and 2,6-dihydroxy-3,4-dimethylpyridine.

Substantive Dyes are common Nitrophenylenediamines, nitroaminophenols, azo dyes, anthraquinones or indophenols. Particularly suitable substantive dyes are those under the international names or trade names HC Yellow 2, HC Yellow 4, HC Yellow 5, HC Yellow 6, Basic Yellow 57, Disperse Orange 3, HC Red 3, HC Red BN, Basic Red 76, HC Blue 2, HC Blue 12, Disperse Blue 3, Basic Blue 99, HC Violet 1, Disperse Violet 1, Disperse Violet 4, Disperse Black 9, Basic Brown 16 and Basic Brown 17 known compounds and 1,4-bis (β-hydroxyethyl) amino-2-nitrobenzene, 4-amino-2-nitrodiphenylamine-2'-carboxylic acid, 6-nitro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoxaline, Hydroxyethyl 2-nitro-toluidine, picramic acid, 2-amino-6-chloro-4-nitrophenol, 4-ethylamino-3-nitrobenzoic acid and 2-chloro-6-ethylamino-1-hydroxy-4-nitrobenzene.

In the naturally occurring direct dyes are, for example Henna red, henna neutral, chamomile flower, sandalwood, black tea, Buckthorn bark, sage, bluewood, madder root, Catechu, Sedre and Contain alcano root.

It is not required that the Oxidation dye precursors or direct dyes each represent uniform connections. Rather, in the hair dye according to the invention, due to the production process for the individual dyes, be contained in minor amounts still other components as far as these are not the dyeing result adversely affect or for other reasons, eg. B. toxicological, must be excluded.

When Precursors of naturally-analogous dyes are, for example, indoles and indolines and their physiologically acceptable salts. Prefers Such indoles and indolines are used, the at least one Hydroxy or amino group, preferably as a substituent on the six-membered ring, exhibit. These groups can bear further substituents, for. B. in the form of an etherification or Esterification of the hydroxy group or alkylation of the amino group. Particularly advantageous properties have 5,6-dihydroxyindoline, N-methyl-5,6-dihydroxyindoline, N-ethyl-5,6-dihydroxyindoline, N-propyl-5,6-dihydroxyindoline, N-butyl-5,6-dihydroxyindoline, 5,6-dihydroxyindoline-2-carboxylic acid, 6-hydroxyindoline, 6-aminoindoline and 4-aminoindoline and 5,6-dihydroxyindole, N-methyl-5,6-dihydroxyindole, N-ethyl-5,6-dihydroxyindole, N-propyl-5,6-dihydroxyindole, N-butyl-5,6-dihydroxyindole, 5,6-dihydroxyindole-2-carboxylic acid, 6-hydroxyindole, 6-aminoindole and 4-aminoindole.

Especially noteworthy within this group are N-methyl-5,6-dihydroxyindoline, N-ethyl-5,6-dihydroxyindoline, N-propyl-5,6-dihydroxyindoline, N-butyl-5,6-dihydroxyindoline and in particular 5,6-dihydroxyindoline and N-methyl-5,6-dihydroxyindole, N-ethyl-5,6-dihydroxyindole, N-propyl-5,6-dihydroxyindole, N-butyl-5,6-dihydroxyindole and especially the 5,6-dihydroxyindole.

The Indoline and indole derivatives in the context of the inventive method used colorants both as free bases and in the form of their physiologically acceptable Salts with inorganic or organic acids, e.g. The hydrochlorides, the sulfates and hydrobromides used.

at the use of dye precursors of the indoline or indole type For example, it may be preferred to combine them with at least one amino acid and / or to use at least one oligopeptide. Preferred amino acids are amino carboxylic acids, in particular α-aminocarboxylic acids and ω-aminocarboxylic acids. Under the α-aminocarboxylic acids are arginine, lysine, ornithine and histidine are particularly preferred. A most preferred amino acid is arginine, especially in free form, but also as hydrochloride used.

Either the oxidation dye precursors as well as the substantive Dyes and the precursors of naturally occurring dyes are in the agents according to the invention preferably in amounts of 0.01 to 20 wt .-%, preferably 0.1 to 5 wt .-%, each based on the total agent included.

The advantage provided by the composition of the invention in conjunction with the dye obtained precursors, is a significantly improved deposition of dye precursors on the hair. In addition to increased deposition on the hair, the composition of the invention also results in faster penetration into the hair. Furthermore, the desired hair color is formed faster. The application time of the composition can be shortened by at least 10% with the same dyeing result. A shortening of the application time is possible with the combination according to the invention up to 40% with the same dyeing result. All of these effects are achieved with a simultaneously increased wash resistance of the formed hair color. The invention includes the teaching that on the other hand, the concentration of dyes can be significantly reduced due to the effects achieved. On the one hand, this is economically very important, but on the other hand, this also means a considerable improvement in the dermatological compatibility of the entire composition.

A very particularly preferred composition of the invention therefore cosmetic means for coloring of skin and hair, containing the compositions according to the invention and a Dye precursor, as well as the use of this agent and a Method of hair coloring or refreshing the hair coloring with this remedy.

hair dyes, especially if the coloration oxidative, be it with atmospheric oxygen or other oxidizing agents such as hydrogen peroxide, usually become weakly acidic to alkaline, d. H. to pH values in the range of about 5 to 11, set. For this purpose, the colorants contain alkalizing agents, usually Alkali or alkaline earth hydroxides, ammonia or organic amines. Preferred alkalizing agents are monoethanolamine, monoisopropanolamine, 2-amino-2-methylpropanol, 2-amino-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-amino-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-amino-2-methylbutanol and triethanolamine and alkali and alkaline earth metal hydroxides. In particular, monoethanolamine, triethanolamine and 2-amino-2-methyl-propanol and 2-amino-2-methyl-1,3-propane diol are within the scope of this group prefers. Also, the use of ω-amino acids such as ω-aminocaproic acid as Alkalizing agent is possible.

He follows the training of the actual hair colors in the context of an oxidative Process, so common oxidants, in particular hydrogen peroxide or its addition products be used on urea, melamine or sodium borate. The oxidation however, with atmospheric oxygen as the sole oxidant be preferred. Furthermore, it is possible to use the oxidation to carry out enzymes, the enzymes being used both to produce oxidizing per-compounds be used as well as to enhance the effect of a low Amount of existing oxidizing agents, or even enzymes are used the electrons from suitable developer components (reducing agent) transferred to atmospheric oxygen. Oxidases such as tyrosinase, ascorbate oxidase and Laccase but also glucose oxidase, uricase or pyruvate oxidase. Farther be the procedure mentioned, the effect of small amounts (eg 1% and less, based on total agent) of hydrogen peroxide to amplify by peroxidases.

Conveniently, the preparation of the oxidizing agent is then immediately before dyeing the hair mixed with the preparation with the dye precursors. The resulting ready-to-use hair dye preparation should preferably have a pH in the range of 6 to 10 have. Particularly preferred the application of hair dye in a slightly alkaline environment. The application temperatures can be in a range between 15 and 40 ° C, preferably at the temperature of the scalp, lie. After an exposure time from about 5 to 45, especially 15 to 30, minutes is the hair dye by rinsing of which to be colored Hair removed. The washing with a shampoo is eliminated, if a strong surfactant-containing carrier, z. B. a dyeing shampoo, has been used.

Especially in hard-to-dye Hair can prepare with the dye precursors without prior Mixing with the oxidation component applied to the hair become. After an exposure time of 20 to 30 minutes then - if necessary after an intermediate rinse - the oxidation component applied. After another exposure time of 10 to 20 minutes is then rinsed and if desired shampooed. In this embodiment, according to a first variant, in which the previous application of the dye precursors to effect a better penetration into the hair, the corresponding Medium adjusted to a pH of about 4 to 7. According to a second Variant becomes first one Air oxidation, with the applied agent being preferred has a pH of 7 to 10. At the subsequent accelerated Post-oxidation may be the use of acidified peroxydisulfate solutions as Oxidizing agent may be preferred.

Furthermore, the formation of the coloration can be supported and increased by adding certain metal ions to the agent. Such metal ions are, for example, Zn ²⁺ , Cu ²⁺ , Fe ²⁺ , Fe ³⁺ , Mn ²⁺ , Mn ⁴⁺ , Li ⁺ , Mg ²⁺ , Ca ²⁺ and Al ³⁺ . Particularly suitable are Zn ²⁺ , Cu ²⁺ and Mn ²⁺ . The metal ions can in principle be used in the form of any physiologically acceptable salt. Preferred salts are the acetates, sulfates, halides, lactates and tartrates. By using these metal salts, both the formation of the dyeing can be accelerated and the color shade can be specifically influenced.

In addition, can prove to be beneficial and the synergistic effects the compositions of the invention even further increase if penetration aids and / or swelling agents (M) are included. These substances can provide better penetration of active ingredients in the skin to be treated or the treatment to be treated Cause hair. These include, for example, urea and urea derivatives, Guanidine and its derivatives, arginine and its derivatives, water glass, Imidazole and its derivatives, histidine and its derivatives, benzyl alcohol, Glycerol, glycol and glycol ethers, propylene glycol and propylene glycol ethers, for example, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, carbonates, bicarbonates, Diols and triols, and especially 1,2-diols and 1,3-diols such as 1,2-propanediol, 1,2-pentanediol, 1,2-hexanediol, 1,2-dodecanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,4-butanediol.

When Dyes for staining of the compositions the for used for cosmetic purposes suitable and approved substances as described, for example, in the publication "Cosmetic Colorants" of the Dye Commission the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft, Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, 1984, Pp. 81-106. These dyes are commonly in concentrations of 0.001 to 0.1 wt .-%, based on the total Mixture, used.

Of the pH of the preparations according to the invention can in principle be at values of 2-11. The pH will ever for the purpose and use of the composition of the invention selected specifically and set. For dye For example, it is preferably between 5 and 11, where values from 6 to 10 are particularly preferred. For cleansing compositions For example, it is between 4 and 7.5, preferably between 4 and 6.

to Setting this pH can be virtually any for cosmetic Purpose usable acid or Base can be used. Preferred bases are ammonia, alkali hydroxides, Monoethanolamine, triethanolamine and N, N, N ', N'-tetrakis (2-hydroxypropyl) ethylenediamine.

Usually be called acids Consumed acids. Be under enjoyment of acids such acids understood that under the usual Food intake and positive effects to have the human organism. Acetic acids are, for example, acetic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, malic acid, ascorbic acid and Gluconic. In the context of the invention is the use of citric acid and lactic acid particularly preferred.

It was further found that the Effect of the active ingredient according to the invention in the inventive compositions in combination with substances containing primary or secondary amino groups contain, can be further increased. As examples of such Amino compounds may be mentioned ammonia, monoethanolamine, 2-amino-2-methyl-1-propanol, 2-amino-2-methyl-propanediol as well as basic amino acids such as lysine, arginine or histidine. Of course, these can Amines also in the form of the corresponding salts with inorganic and / or organic acids be used, such as ammonium carbonate, ammonium citrate, Ammonium oxalate, ammonium tartrate or lysine hydrochloride. The amines will be with the active ingredient according to the invention together in circumstances from 1:10 to 10: 1, preferably from 3: 1 to 1: 3, and most preferably in stoichiometric Amounts used.

Also protic solvents, such as water, and alcohols can be used in the compositions of the invention be included. As alcohols all find physiologically without hesitation usable alcohols, for example, methanol, ethanol, Isopropanol, propanol, butanol, isobutanol, glycol, glycerol and their mixtures with each other. The proportion of protic solvents added in any case, the composition according to the invention to 100 parts by weight. Preferred are in the cosmetic compositions at least 30% by weight of protic solvents, especially preferably at least 50% by weight and very particularly preferably at least 75% by weight and highest preferably at least 85% by weight of protic solvents.

Furthermore, in a very particularly preferred embodiment of the invention, the UV filters (I) can be used. The UV filters to be used according to the invention are not subject to any general restrictions with regard to their structure and their physical properties. On the contrary, all UV filters which can be used in the cosmetics sector are suitable, whose absorption maximum is in the UVA (315-400 nm), in the UVB (280-315 nm). or in the UVC (<280 nm) range. UV filters with an absorption maximum in the UVB range, in particular in the range from about 280 to about 300 nm, are particularly preferred.

The used according to the invention UV filters can for example, selected are substituted benzophenones, p-aminobenzoic acid esters, diphenylacrylates, cinnamic, salicylates, Benzimidazoles and o-aminobenzoic acid esters.

Examples of UV filters which can be used according to the invention are 4-aminobenzoic acid, N, N, N-trimethyl-4- (2-oxoborn-3-ylidenemethyl) aniline-methylsulfate, 3,3,5-trimethyl-cyclohexylsalicylate (homosalates), 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-benzophenone (benzophenone-3; Uvinul ^® M 40, Uvasorb MET ^{®, ®} Neo Heliopan BB, Eusolex ^® 4360), 2-phenylbenzimidazole-5-sulfonic acid and potassium, sodium and triethanolamine salts ( Phenylbenzimidazole Sulfonic Acid; Parsol ^® HS; Neo Heliopan Hydro ^®), 3,3 '- (1,4-phenylenedimethylene) -bis (7,7-dimethyl-2-oxo-bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-1- yl-methane sulfonic acid) and salts thereof, 1- (4-tert-butylphenyl) -3- (4-methoxyphenyl) Methoxydibenzoylmethane -propane-1,3-dione (butyl; Parsol ^® 1789 Eusolex ^® 9020), α - (2-oxoborn-3-ylidene) toluene-4-sulfonic acid and salts thereof, ethoxylated 4-aminobenzoic acid ethyl ester (PEG-25 PABA; Uvinul ^® P 25), 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid 2-ethylhexyl (octyl dimethyl PABA; Uvasorb ^® DMO, Escalol ^® 507, Eusolex ^® 6007), salicylic acid-2-ethylhexy ester (octyl salicylate; Escalol ^® 587, Neo Heliopan ^® OS, Uvinul ^® O18), 4-methoxycinnamic acid isopentyl (isoamyl p-methoxycinnamate; Neo Heliopan ^® E 1000), 4-methoxycinnamic acid 2-ethylhexyl ester (Octyl Methoxycinnamate; Parsol ^® MCX, Escalol ^® 557, Neo Heliopan AV ^®), 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone-5-sulfonic acid and its sodium salt (Benzophenone-4; Uvinul ^® MS 40; Uvasorb S5 ^®), 3- (4'-methylbenzylidene) -D, L camphor (4-methylbenzylidene camphor; Parsol ^® 5000, Eusolex ^® 6300), 3-benzylidene camphor (3-benzylidene camphor), 4-isopropylbenzyl, 2,4,6-trianilino- (p-carbo-2'-ethylhexyl -1'-oxi) -1,3,5-triazine, 3-imidazol-4-yl-acrylic acid and its ethyl ester, polymers of N - {(2 and 4) - [2-oxoborn-3-ylidenemethyl] benzyl} -acrylamids, 2,4-dihydroxy (benzophenone-1; Uvasorb ^® 20 H, Uvinul ^® 400), 1,1'-Diphenylacrylonitrilsäure-2-ethylhexyl ester (Octocrylene; Eusolex ^® OCR, Neo Heliopan ^® Type 303, Uvinul ^® N 539 SG), o-aminobenzoic acid menthyl ester (menthyl anthranilate; Neo Hel iopan ^® MA), 2,2 ', 4,4'-tetrahydroxy benzophenone (benzophenone-2; Uvinul ^® D-50), 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone (Benzophenone-6), 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone-5-sodium sulfonate, and 2-cyano-3, 3-diphenylacrylate 2'-ethylhexyl acrylate. Preference is given to 4-aminobenzoic acid, N, N, N-trimethyl-4- (2-oxoborn-3-ylidenemethyl) aniline-methyl sulfate, 3,3,5-trimethyl-cyclohexyl salicylate, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-benzophenone, 2 Phenylbenzimidazole-5-sulfonic acid and its potassium, sodium and triethanolamine salts, 3,3 '- (1,4-phenylenedimethylene) -bis (7,7-dimethyl-2-oxo-bicyclo- [2.2.1] hept- 1-yl-methanesulfonic acid) and its salts, 1- (4-tert-butylphenyl) -3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -propane-1,3-dione, α- (2-oxoborn-3-ylidene) toluene-4-sulfonic acid and its salts, ethoxylated 4-aminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, 2-ethylhexyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-ethylhexyl salicylate, isopentyl 4-methoxycinnamate, 2-ethylhexyl 4-methoxycinnamate, 2-hydroxy 4-methoxybenzophenone-5-sulfonic acid and its sodium salt, 3- (4'-methylbenzylidene) -D, L-camphor, 3-benzylidene-camphor, 4-isopropylbenzylsalicylate, 2,4,6-trianilino- (p-carbo-) 2'-ethylhexyl-1'-oxi) -1,3,5-triazine, 3-imidazol-4-yl-acrylic acid and its ethyl ester, polymers of N - {(2 and 4) - [2-o xoborn-3-ylidenemethyl] benzyl} acrylamide. Very particularly preferred according to the invention are 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-phenylbenzimidazole-5-sulfonic acid and its potassium, sodium and triethanolamine salts, 1- (4-tert-butylphenyl) -3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -propane-1,3-dione, 4-methoxycinnamic acid 2-ethylhexyl ester and 3- (4'-methylbenzylidene) -D, L-camphor.

Prefers are those UV filters whose molar extinction coefficient at the absorption maximum above 15,000, especially above 20,000.

Farther was found that at structurally similar UV filters in many cases the water-insoluble Compound in the context of the teaching of the invention, the higher effect across from such water-soluble Compounds that are distinguished from it by one or more additionally distinguish ionic groups. As water-insoluble are within the scope of the invention to understand those UV filters which at 20 ° C to not more than 1 wt .-%, in particular not more than 0.1% by weight, dissolve in water. Farther should these compounds in usual cosmetic oil components at room temperature to at least 0.1, in particular at least 1% by weight soluble be). The use of water-insoluble UV filter may therefore be preferred according to the invention.

According to one another embodiment the invention, those UV filters are preferred which are cationic Group, in particular a quaternary Ammonium group.

These UV filters have the general structure U-Q.

Of the Structural part U stands for a UV-absorbing group. This group can work in principle from the known, usable in the cosmetics sector, mentioned above Derive UV filters in which a group, usually a hydrogen atom, of the UV filter by a cationic group Q, in particular with a quaternary Amino function, is replaced.

• – substituierte Benzophenone,
• – p-Aminobenzoesäureester,
• – Diphenylacrylsäureester,
• – Zimtsäureester,
• – Salicylsäureester,
• – Benzimidazole und
• – o-Aminobenzoesäureester.

Compounds from which the structural part U can derive are, for example

• Substituted benzophenones,
• P-aminobenzoic acid ester,
• - diphenylacrylic acid ester,
• - cinnamic acid ester,
• Salicylic acid ester,
• Benzimidazoles and
• O-aminobenzoic acid ester.

structural parts U, derived from cinnamamide or derive from N, N-dimethylamino-benzoic acid amide are preferred according to the invention.

The Structural parts U can chosen in principle be that Absorption maximum of UV filters in both UVA (315-400 nm) -, as can also be in the UVB (280-315nm) - or in the UVC (<280 nm) range. UV filter with an absorption maximum in the UVB range, in particular in the range from about 280 to about 300 nm, are particularly preferred.

Farther is the structural part U, also in dependence on structural part Q, preferably chosen that the molar extinction coefficient of the UV filter at the absorption maximum above 15,000, especially above 20,000.

Of the Structure part Q contains as a cationic group, a quaternary ammonium group is preferred. This quaternary ammonium group can in principle be connected directly to the structural part U, so that the Structural part U one of the four substituents of the positively charged Represents nitrogen atom. However, one of the four is preferred Substituents on the positively charged nitrogen atom is a group, in particular an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, which as a compound between the structural part U and the positively charged nitrogen atom acts.

Advantageously, the group Q has the general structure - (CH ₂ ) _x -N ⁺ R ¹ R ² R ³ X ^- , in which x is an integer from 1 to 4, R ¹ and R ² independently of one another are C _{1 -4} alkyl groups, R ³ is a C _1-22 alkyl group or a benzyl group and X ^{- is} a physiologically acceptable anion. In the context of this general structure, x preferably represents the number 3, R ¹ and R ² each represent a methyl group and R ^{3 represents} either a methyl group or a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched hydrocarbon chain having 8 to 22, in particular 10 to 18, carbon atoms.

physiological compatible Anions are, for example, inorganic anions such as halides, in particular chloride, bromide and fluoride, sulfate ions and phosphate ions and organic anions such as lactate, citrate, acetate, tartrate, methosulfate and tosylate.

Two preferred UV filters with cationic groups are the commercially available compounds cinnamic acid trimethyl ammonium chloride (Incroquat ^® UV-283) and dodecyl tosylate (Escalol ^® HP 610).

Of course, the teaching of the invention includes also the use of a combination of several UV filters. in the Frame of this embodiment is the combination of at least one water-insoluble UV filter with at least a UV filter with a cationic group is preferred.

The UV filters (I) are customary in the compositions used according to the invention in amounts 0.1-5 wt .-%, based on the total agent included. Levels of 0.4-2.5 wt .-% are preferred.

To use the compositions of the invention as aerosol sprays propellants must be used. The inventively preferred propellant gases are selected from the hydrocarbons having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, such as propane, n-butane, isobutane, n-pentane and iso-pentane, dimethyl ether, carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide, fluorocarbons and chlorofluorocarbons and mixtures of these substances. Very particularly preferred propellants are propane, butane, isobutane, pentane, isopropene Tan, dimethyl ether and the mixtures of these previously mentioned propellant gases each with each other. According to the invention most preferred propellants are the mixtures of dimethyl ether with hydrocarbons. Within the group of hydrocarbons as propellant gases are preferred n-butane and propane.

According to one preferred embodiment contain the preparations according to the invention the said hydrocarbons or mixtures of said hydrocarbons with dimethyl ether as sole blowing agent. However, the invention includes expressly the concomitant use of chlorofluorocarbon blowing agent, but especially the fluorocarbons.

The Propellant gases are in amounts of 5-98 wt.%, Preferably 10-98 wt.% And more preferably 20-98% by weight, most preferably 40% up to 98% by weight, based in each case on the entire aerosol composition, contain.

• – Verdickungsmittel wie Agar-Agar, Guar-Gum, Alginate, Xanthan-Gum, Gummi arabicum, Karaya-Gummi, Johannisbrotkernmehl, Leinsamengummen, Dextrane, Cellulose-Derivate, z. B. Methylcellulose, Hydroxyalkylcellulose und Carboxymethylcellulose, Stärke-Fraktionen und Derivate wie Amylose, Amylopektin und Dextrine, Tone wie z. B. Bentonit oder vollsynthetische Hydrokolloide wie z. B. Polyvinylalkohol,
• – haarkonditionierende Verbindungen wie Phospholipide, beispielsweise Sojalecithin, Ei-Lecitin und Kephaline,
• – Dimethylisosorbid und Cyclodextrine,
• – symmetrische und unsymmetrische, lineare und verzweigte Dialkylether mit insgesamt zwischen 12 bis 36 C-Atomen, insbesondere 12 bis 24 C-Atomen, wie beispielsweise Di-n-octylether, Di-n-decylether, Di-n-nonylether, Di-n-undecylether und Di-n-dodecylether, n-Hexyl-n-octylether, n-Octyl-n-decylether, n-Decyl-n-undecylether, n-Undecyl-n-dodecylether und n-Hexyl-n-Undecylether sowie Di-tert-butylether, Di-iso-pentylether, Di-3-ethyldecylether, tert.-Butyl-n-octylether, iso-Pentyl-n-octylether und 2-Methyl-pentyl-n-octylether,
• – faserstrukturverbessernde Wirkstoffe, insbesondere Mono-, Di- und Oligosaccharide, wie beispielsweise Glucose, Galactose, Fructose, Fruchtzucker und Lactose,
• – Phospholipide, beispielsweise Sojalecithin, Ei-Lecithin und Kephaline,
• – quaternierte Amine wie Methyl-1-alkylamidoethyl-2-alkylimidazolinium-methosulfat,
• – Antischuppenwirkstoffe wie Piroctone Olamine, Zink Omadine und Climbazol,
• – Wirkstoffe wie Allantoin und Bisabolol,
• – Cholesterin,
• – Komplexbildner wie EDTA, NTA, β-Alanindiessigsäure, Iminodibersnsteinsäure und derne Salze, Etidronic acid und deren Salze und Phosphonsäuren,
• – Quell- und Penetrationsstoffe wie primäre, sekundäre und tertiäre Phosphate,
• – Trübungsmittel wie Latex, Styrol/PVP- und Styrol/Acrylamid-Copolymere
• – Perlglanzmittel wie Ethylenglykolmono- und -distearat sowie PEG-3-distearat,
• – Pigmente,
• – Reduktionsmittel wie z. B. Thioglykolsäure und deren Derivate, Thiomilchsäure, Cysteamin, Thioäpfelsäure und α-Mercaptoethansulfonsäure, Antioxidantien.

Other active ingredients, auxiliaries and additives are, for example

• Thickeners such as agar-agar, guar gum, alginates, xanthan gum, gum arabic, karaya gum, locust bean gum, linseed gums, dextrans, cellulose derivatives, e.g. For example, methylcellulose, hydroxyalkylcellulose and carboxymethylcellulose, starch fractions and derivatives such as amylose, amylopectin and dextrins, clays such. As bentonite or fully synthetic hydrocolloids such. For example, polyvinyl alcohol,
• Hair-conditioning compounds such as phospholipids, for example soya lecithin, egg lecithin and cephalins,
• Dimethylisosorbide and cyclodextrins,
• - symmetrical and unsymmetrical, linear and branched dialkyl ethers having a total of from 12 to 36 carbon atoms, in particular 12 to 24 carbon atoms, such as di-n-octyl ether, di-n-decyl ether, di-n-nonyl ether, di-n -undecyl ether and di-n-dodecyl ether, n-hexyl n-octyl ether, n-octyl n-decyl ether, n-decyl n-undecyl ether, n-undecyl n-dodecyl ether and n-hexyl n-undecyl ether and di tert-butyl ether, di-isopentyl ether, di-3-ethyldecyl ether, tert-butyl n-octyl ether, iso-pentyl n-octyl ether and 2-methyl pentyl n-octyl ether,
• Fiber-structure-improving active substances, in particular mono-, di- and oligosaccharides, such as, for example, glucose, galactose, fructose, fructose and lactose,
• Phospholipids, for example soya lecithin, egg lecithin and cephalins,
• Quaternized amines such as methyl-1-alkylamidoethyl-2-alkylimidazolinium methosulfate,
• Anti-dandruff agents such as Piroctone Olamine, Zinc Omadine and Climbazole,
• - active substances such as allantoin and bisabolol,
• - cholesterol,
• Complexing agents such as EDTA, NTA, β-alaninediacetic acid, iminodisuccinic acid and salts thereof, Etidronic acid and its salts and phosphonic acids,
• - swelling and penetrating substances such as primary, secondary and tertiary phosphates,
• Opacifiers such as latex, styrene / PVP and styrene / acrylamide copolymers
• Pearlescing agents such as ethylene glycol mono- and distearate and PEG-3-distearate,
• - pigments,
• - Reducing agents such. As thioglycolic acid and its derivatives, thiolactic acid, cysteamine, thiomalic acid and α-mercaptoethanesulfonic acid, antioxidants.

According to one another preferred embodiment contain the agents of the invention furthermore at least one solid, in particular at least one Fatty substance, in nanoparticulate Shape. Such a solid is, for example, hydrogenated castor oil. The size of the nanoparticles is preferably about 100 nm or below.

In a further embodiment is the in the inventive compositions contained active ingredient complex of at least one apolar ingredient and at least one protein-complexed trace element from the Group Zn, Mg, Cu, Mn, Si, K, Fe in agents for coloring keratinischer Fibers used. In this case, the active substance complex according to the invention in principle the colorant be added directly or the application of the drug-containing Agent takes on the colored keratinic fiber in a separate step either directly in the Connection to the actual dyeing process or in separate treatments, possibly even days or weeks after the dyeing process.

The term dyeing comprises all processes known to the person skilled in the art in which a colorant is applied to the hair, which may have been moistened, and left on the hair either for a period of a few minutes to about 45 minutes and then with water or a surfactant-containing agent is rinsed or left completely on the hair. It will be in this together hang express on the known monographs, z. B. Kh. Schrader, bases and formulations of cosmetics, 2nd edition, Hüthig book Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989, referenced that reflect the corresponding knowledge of the expert.

As mentioned earlier It is possible within the scope of the teaching of the invention, the active ingredient directly into the dyeing or tinting agent incorporate.

The Composition of the dyeing or tinting agent is not subject to any fundamental restrictions.

• – Oxidationsfarbstoffvorprodukte vom Entwickler- und Kuppler-Typ,
• – natürliche und synthetische direktziehende Farbstoffe und
• – Vorstufen naturanaloger Farbstoffe, wie Indol- und Indolin-Derivate, sowie Mischungen von Vertretern einer oder mehrerer dieser Gruppen eingesetzt werden.

As a dye (precursor) e can

• - Developer and coupler type oxidation dye precursors,
• Natural and synthetic direct dyes and
• - Precursors of naturally-analogous dyes, such as indole and indoline derivatives, and mixtures of representatives of one or more of these groups are used.

conventional Hair Dye usually consist of at least one developer and at least one Coupler substance and possibly contain direct dyes (= Hair dyes) as Nuanceure. Coupler and developer components are also referred to as oxidation dye precursors.

When Developer components are usually primary aromatic amines with another, in para or ortho position free or substituted hydroxy or amino group, Diaminopyridine derivatives, heterocyclic hydrazones, 4-aminopyrazolone derivatives and 2,4,5,6-tetraaminopyrimidine and its derivatives used.

Specific Representatives are, for example, p-phenylenediamine, p-toluenediamine, 2,4,5,6-tetraaminopyrimidine, p-aminophenol, N, N-bis (2-hydroxyethyl) -p-phenylenediamine, 2- (2,5-diaminophenyl) ethanol, 2- (2,5-diaminophenoxy) ethanol, 1-phenyl-3-carboxamido-4-aminopyrazol-5-one, 4-amino-3-methylphenol, 2-aminomethyl-4-aminophenol, 2-hydroxymethyl-4-aminophenol, 2-hydroxy-4,5,6-triaminopyrimidine, 2,4-dihydroxy-5,6-diaminopyrimidine and 2,5,6-triamino-4-hydroxypyrimidine.

When Coupler components are usually m-phenylenediamine derivatives, Naphthols, resorcinol and resorcinol derivatives, pyrazolones, m-aminophenols and substituted pyridine derivatives used. As coupler substances Particularly suitable are α-naphthol, 1,5-, 2,7- and 1,7-dihydroxynaphthalene, 5-amino-2-methylphenol, m-aminophenol, resorcinol, resorcinol monomethyl ether, m-phenylenediamine, 2,4-diaminophenoxyethanol, 2-amino-4- (2-hydroxyethylamino) -anisole (Lehmanns Blue), 1-phenyl-3-methyl-pyrazol-5-one, 2,4-dichloro-3-aminophenol, 1,3-bis- (2,4-diaminophenoxy) -propane, 2-chlororesorcinol, 4-chlororesorcinol, 2-chloro-6-methyl-3-aminophenol, 2-methylresorcinol, 5-methylresorcinol, 3-amino-6-methoxy-2-methylaminopyridine and 3,5-diamino-2,6-dimethoxypyridine.

As already mentioned, can the agents according to the invention contain one or more dye precursors. Here are means according to the invention, the at least one oxidation dye precursor of the developer type and / optionally at least one oxidation dye precursor coupler type is preferred.

• – Oxidationsfarbstoffvorprodukte vom Entwickler- und/oder Kuppler-Typ, und
• – Vorstufen naturanaloger Farbstoffe, wie Indol- und Indolin-Derivate,

sowie Mischungen von Vertretern dieser Gruppen enthalten.With regard to the dye precursors which can be used in the compositions according to the invention, the present invention is not subject to any restrictions. The agents according to the invention can be used as further dye precursors

• - Developer and / or coupler type oxidation dye precursors, and
• Precursors of nature-analogous dyes, such as indole and indoline derivatives,

and mixtures of representatives of these groups.

In a first preferred embodiment contain the agents of the invention at least one developer component. As developer components become common primary aromatic amines with another, in para or ortho position free or substituted hydroxy or amino group, Diaminopyridine derivatives, heterocyclic hydrazones, 4-aminopyrazole derivatives and 2,4,5,6-tetraaminopyrimidine and its derivatives used.

wobei

• – G¹ steht für ein Wasserstoffatom, einen C₁- bis C₄-Alkylrest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Monohydroxyalkylrest, einen C₂- bis C₄-Polyhydroxyalkylrest, einen (C₁- bis C₄)-Alkoxy- (C₁- bis C₄)-alkylrest, einen 4'-Aminophenylrest oder einen C₁- bis C₄-Alkylrest, der mit einer stickstoffhaltigen Gruppe, einem Phenyl- oder einem 4'-Aminophenylrest substituiert ist;
• – G² steht für ein Wasserstoffatom, einen C₁- bis C₄-Alkylrest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Monohydroxyalkylrest, einen C₂- bis C₄-Polyhydroxyalkylrest, einen (C₁- bis C₄)-Alkoxy- (C₁- bis C₄)-alkylrest oder einen C₁- bis C₄-Alkylrest, der mit einer stickstoffhaltigen Gruppe substituiert ist;
• – G³ steht für ein Wasserstoffatom, ein Halogenatom, wie ein Chlor-, Brom-, Iod- oder Fluoratom, einen C₁- bis C₄-Alkylrest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Monohydroxyalkylrest, einen C₂- bis C₄-Polyhydroxyalkylrest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Hydroxyalkoxyrest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Acetylaminoalkoxyrest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Mesylaminoalkoxyrest oder einen C₁- bis C₄-Carbamoylaminoalkoxyrest;
• – G⁴ steht für ein Wasserstoffatom, ein Halogenatom oder einen C₁- bis C₄-Alkylrest oder
• – wenn G³ und G⁴ in ortho-Stellung zueinander stehen, können sie gemeinsam eine verbrückende α,ω-Alkylendioxogruppe, wie beispielsweise eine Ethylendioxygruppe bilden.

It may be preferred according to the invention, as a developer component, a p-phenylenediamine derivative or to use one of its physiologically acceptable salts. Particular preference is given to p-phenylenediamine derivatives of the formula (E1)

in which

• G ¹ represents a hydrogen atom, a C ₁ to C ₄ alkyl radical, a C ₁ to C ₄ monohydroxyalkyl radical, a C ₂ to C ₄ polyhydroxyalkyl radical, a C ₁ to C ₄ alkoxy radical (C ₁ - to C ₄ ) -alkyl radical, a 4'-aminophenyl radical or a C ₁ - to C ₄ -alkyl radical which is substituted by a nitrogen-containing group, a phenyl or a 4'-aminophenyl radical;
• G ² represents a hydrogen atom, a C ₁ -C ₄ -alkyl radical, a C ₁ -C ₄ -monohydroxyalkyl radical, a C ₂ -C ₄ -polyhydroxyalkyl radical, a C ₁ -C ₄ -alkoxy radical (C ₁ - to C ₄ ) -alkyl radical or a C ₁ - to C ₄ -alkyl radical which is substituted by a nitrogen-containing group;
• G ³ represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, such as a chlorine, bromine, iodine or fluorine atom, a C ₁ - to C ₄ -alkyl radical, a C ₁ - to C ₄ -monohydroxyalkyl radical, a C ₂ - to C ₄ -polyhydroxyalkyl, C ₁ - to C ₄ -hydroxyalkoxy, C ₁ - to C ₄ -acetylaminoalkoxy, C ₁ - to C ₄ -mesylaminoalkoxy or C ₁ - to C ₄ -carbamoylaminoalkoxy;
• - G ⁴ represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a C ₁ - to C ₄ -alkyl radical or
• When G ³ and G ⁴ are ortho to each other, they may together form a bridging α, ω-alkylenedioxy group, such as, for example, an ethylenedioxy group.

Examples of the C ₁ - to C ₄ -alkyl radicals mentioned as substituents in the compounds according to the invention are the groups methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl and butyl. Ethyl and methyl are preferred alkyl radicals. C ₁ -C ₄ -alkoxy radicals preferred according to the invention are, for example, a methoxy or an ethoxy group. Furthermore, as preferred examples of a C ₁ - to C ₄ -hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxymethyl, a 2-hydroxyethyl, a 3-hydroxypropyl or a 4-hydroxybutyl group may be mentioned. A 2-hydroxyethyl group is particularly preferred. A particularly preferred C ₂ to C ₄ polyhydroxyalkyl group is the 1,2-dihydroxyethyl group. Examples of halogen atoms are according to the invention F, Cl or Br atoms, Cl atoms are very particularly preferred. The other terms used are derived according to the invention from the definitions given here. Examples of nitrogen-containing groups of the formula (E1) are, in particular, the amino groups, C ₁ - to C ₄ -monoalkylamino groups, C ₁ - to C ₄ -dialkylamino groups, C ₁ - to C ₄ -trialkylammonium groups, C ₁ - to C ₄ -monohydroxyalkylamino groups, Imidazolinium and ammonium.

Especially preferred p-phenylenediamines of the formula (E1) are selected from p-phenylenediamine, p-toluenediamine, 2-chloro-p-phenylenediamine, 2,3-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,6-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,6-diethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, N, N-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, N, N-diethyl-p-phenylenediamine, N, N-dipropyl-p-phenylenediamine, 4-amino-3-methyl- (N, N-diethyl) -aniline, N, N-bis (β-hydroxyethyl) -p-phenylenediamine, 4-N, N-bis (β-hydroxyethyl) amino-2-methylaniline, 4-N, N-bis (β-hydroxyethyl) amino-2-chloroaniline, 2- (β-hydroxyethyl) -p-phenylenediamine, 2- (α, β-dihydroxyethyl) -p-phenylenediamine, 2-fluoro-p-phenylenediamine, 2-isopropyl-p-phenylenediamine, N- (β-hydroxypropyl) -p-phenylenediamine, 2-hydroxymethyl-p-phenylenediamine, N, N-dimethyl-3-methyl-p-phenylenediamine, N, N- (ethyl, β-hydroxyethyl) -p-phenylenediamine, N- (β, γ-dihydroxypropyl) -p-phenylenediamine, N- (4'-aminophenyl) -p-phenylenediamine, N-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2- (β-hydroxyethyloxy) -p-phenylenediamine, 2- (β-Acetylaminoethyloxy) -p-phenylenediamine, N- (β-methoxyethyl) -p-phenylenediamine and 5,8-diaminobenzo-1,4-dioxane as well their physiologically compatible Salt.

Very particular according to the invention preferred p-phenylenediamine derivatives of the formula (E1) are p-phenylenediamine, p-toluenediamine, 2- (β-hydroxyethyl) -p-phenylenediamine, 2- (α, β-dihydroxyethyl) -p-phenylenediamine and N, N-bis (β-hydroxyethyl) -p-phenylenediamine.

It can continue according to the invention be preferred to use as a developer component compounds, which contain at least two aromatic nuclei which are reactive with amino and / or hydroxyl groups are substituted.

wobei:

• – Z¹ und Z² stehen unabhängig voneinander für einen Hydroxyl- oder NH₂-Rest, der gegebenenfalls durch einen C₁- bis C₄-Alkylrest, durch einen C₁- bis C₄-Hydroxyalkylrest und/oder durch eine Verbrückung Y substituiert ist oder der gegebenenfalls Teil eines verbrückenden Ringsystems ist,
• – die Verbrückung Y steht für eine Alkylengruppe mit 1 bis 14 Kohlenstoffatomen, wie beispielsweise eine lineare oder verzweigte Alkylenkette oder einen Alkylenring, die von einer oder mehreren stickstoffhaltigen Gruppen und/oder einem oder mehreren Heteroatomen wie Sauerstoff-, Schwefel- oder Stickstoffatomen unterbrochen oder beendet sein kann und eventuell durch einen oder mehrere Hydroxyl- oder C₁- bis C₈-Alkoxyreste substituiert sein kann, oder eine direkte Bindung,
• – G⁵ und G⁶ stehen unabhängig voneinander für ein Wasserstoff- oder Halogenatom, einen C₁- bis C₄-Alkylrest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Monohydroxyalkylrest, einen C₂- bis C₄-Polyhydroxyalkylrest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Aminoalkylrest oder eine direkte Verbindung zur Verbrückung Y,
• – G⁷, G⁸, G⁹, G¹⁰, G¹¹ und G¹² stehen unabhängig voneinander für ein Wasserstoffatom, eine direkte Bindung zur Verbrückung Y oder einen C₁- bis C₄-Alkylrest,

mit den Maßgaben, dass

• – die Verbindungen der Formel (E2) nur eine Verbrückung Y pro Molekül enthalten und
• – die Verbindungen der Formel (E2) mindestens eine Aminogruppe enthalten, die mindestens ein Wasserstoffatom trägt.

Among the binuclear developer components which can be used in the compositions according to the invention, mention may be made in particular of the compounds which correspond to the following formula (E2) and their physiologically tolerated salts:

in which:

• - Z ¹ and Z ² independently of one another are a hydroxyl or NH ₂ radical which is optionally substituted by a C ₁ - to C ₄ -alkyl radical, by a C ₁ - to C ₄ -hydroxyalkyl radical and / or by a bridge Y. or is optionally part of a bridging ring system,
• - The bridge Y is an alkylene group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a linear or branched alkylene chain or an alkylene ring interrupted or terminated by one or more nitrogen-containing groups and / or one or more heteroatoms such as oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atoms may be and may be substituted by one or more hydroxyl or C ₁ - to C ₈ alkoxy, or a direct bond,
• G ⁵ and G ⁶ independently of one another are a hydrogen or halogen atom, a C ₁ - to C ₄ -alkyl radical, a C ₁ - to C ₄ -monohydroxyalkyl radical, a C ₂ - to C ₄ -polyhydroxyalkyl radical, a C ₁ - to C ₄ -aminoalkyl radical or a direct compound for bridging Y,
• G ⁷ , G ⁸ , G ⁹ , G ¹⁰ , G ¹¹ and G ¹² independently of one another represent a hydrogen atom, a direct bond to the bridge Y or a C ₁ - to C ₄ -alkyl radical,

with the stipulations that

• The compounds of the formula (E2) contain only one bridge Y per molecule and
• - The compounds of formula (E2) contain at least one amino group which carries at least one hydrogen atom.

The used in formula (E2) substituents are analogous to the invention to the above statements Are defined.

preferred binuclear developer components of the formula (E2) are in particular: N, N'-bis (β-hydroxyethyl) -N, N'-bis- (4'-aminophenyl) -1,3-diamino-propan-2-ol, N, N'-bis (β-hydroxyethyl) -N, N'-bis- (4'-aminophenyl) ethylenediamine, N, N'-bis (4-aminophenyl) tetramethylenediamine, N, N'-bis (β-hydroxyethyl) -N, N'-bis (4-aminophenyl) tetramethylenediamine, N, N'-bis (4-methylaminophenyl) tetramethylenediamine, N, N'-diethyl-N, N'-bis (4'-amino-3'-methylphenyl) ethylenediamine, Bis (2-hydroxy-5-aminophenyl) methane, 1,3-bis (2,5-diaminophenoxy) -propan-2-ol, N, N'-bis (4'-aminophenyl) -1,4-diazacycloheptane, N, N'-bis (2-hydroxy-5-aminobenzyl) piperazine, N- (4'-aminophenyl) -p-phenylenediamine and 1,10-bis (2 ', 5'-diaminophenyl) -1,4,7,10-tetraoxadecane and their physiologically tolerable Salts.

All particularly preferred binuclear developer components of the formula (E2) are N, N'-bis (β-hydroxyethyl) -N, N'-bis (4'-aminophenyl) -1,3-diamino-propan-2-ol, Bis- (2-hydroxy-5-aminophenyl) methane, 1,3-bis- (2,5-diaminophenoxy) -propan-2-ol, N, N'-bis (4'-aminophenyl) -1,4-diazacycloheptane and 1,10-bis (2 ', 5'-diaminophenyl) -1,4,7,10-tetraoxadecane or one of its physiologically compatible Salts.

wobei:

• – G¹³ steht für ein Wasserstoffatom, ein Halogenatom, einen C₁- bis C₄-Alkylrest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Monohydroxyalkylrest, einen C₂- bis C₄-Polyhydroxyalkylrest, einen (C₁- bis C₄)-Alkoxy-(C₁- bis C₄)-alkylrest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Aminoalkylrest, einen Hydroxy-(C₁- bis C₄)-alkylaminorest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Hydroxyalkoxyrest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Hydroxyalkyl-(C₁-bis C₄)-aminoalkylrest oder einen (Di-C₁- bis C₄-Alkylamino)-(C₁- bis C₄)-alkylrest, und
• – G¹⁴ steht für ein Wasserstoff- oder Halogenatom, einen C₁- bis C₄-Alkylrest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Monohydroxyalkylrest, einen C₂- bis C₄-Polyhydroxyalkylrest, einen (C₁- bis C₄)-Alkoxy-(C₁- bis C₄)-alkylrest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Aminoalkylrest oder einen C₁- bis C₄-Cyanoalkylrest,
• – G¹⁵ steht für Wasserstoff, einen C₁- bis C₄-Alkylrest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Monohydroxyalkylrest, einen C₂- bis C₄-Polyhydroxyalkylrest, einen Phenylrest oder einen Benzylrest, und
• – G¹⁶ steht für Wasserstoff oder ein Halogenatom.

Furthermore, it may be preferred according to the invention to use as the developer component a p-aminophenol derivative or one of its physiologically tolerable salts. Particular preference is given to p-aminophenol derivatives of the formula (E3)

in which:

• - G ¹³ represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a C ₁ - to C ₄ alkyl, C ₁ - to C ₄ monohydroxyalkyl radical, a C ₂ - to C ₄ polyhydroxyalkyl radical, a (C ₁ - to C ₄₎ Alkoxy (C ₁ to C ₄ ) alkyl, C ₁ to C ₄ aminoalkyl, hydroxy (C ₁ to C ₄ ) alkylamino, C ₁ to C ₄ hydroxyalkoxy, C ₁ - to C ₄ -hydroxyalkyl- (C ₁ -C ₄ ) -aminoalkyl or a (di-C ₁ - to C ₄ -alkylamino) - (C ₁ - to C ₄ ) -alkyl, and
• - G ¹⁴ represents a hydrogen or halogen atom, a C ₁ - to C ₄ alkyl, C ₁ - to C ₄ monohydroxyalkyl radical, a C ₂ - to C ₄ polyhydroxyalkyl radical, a (C ₁ - to C ₄₎ Alkoxy (C ₁ to C ₄ ) alkyl, C ₁ to C ₄ aminoalkyl or C ₁ to C ₄ cyanoalkyl,
• G ¹⁵ is hydrogen, a C ₁ - to C ₄ -alkyl radical, a C ₁ - to C ₄ -monohydroxyalkyl radical, a C ₂ - to C ₄ -polyhydroxyalkyl radical, a phenyl radical or a benzyl radical, and
• - G ¹⁶ is hydrogen or a halogen atom.

The used in formula (E3) substituents are analogous to the invention to the above statements Are defined.

preferred p-aminophenols of the formula (E3) are in particular p-aminophenol, N-methyl-p-aminophenol, 4-amino-3-methylphenol, 4-amino-3-fluorophenol, 2-hydroxymethylamino-4-aminophenol, 4-amino-3-hydroxymethylphenol, 4-amino-2- (□ -hydroxyethoxy) -phenol, 4-amino-2-methylphenol, 4-amino-2-hydroxymethylphenol, 4-amino-2-methoxymethylphenol, 4-amino-2-aminomethylphenol, 4-amino-2- (β-hydroxyethyl-aminomethyl) -phenol, 4-amino-2- (α, β-dihydroxyethyl) -phenol, 4-amino-2-fluorophenol, 4-amino-2-chlorophenol, 4-amino-2,6-dichlorophenol, 4-amino-2- (diethylaminomethyl) -phenol as well as their physiologically tolerable Salts.

All particularly preferred compounds of the formula (E3) are p-aminophenol, 4-amino-3-methylphenol, 4-amino-2-aminomethylphenol, 4-amino-2- (α, β-dihydroxyethyl) -phenol and 4-amino-2- (diethylaminomethyl) -phenol.

Further For example, the developer component can be selected from o-aminophenol and its derivatives, such as 2-amino-4-methylphenol, 2-amino-5-methylphenol or 2-amino-4-chlorophenol.

Farther For example, the developer component may be selected from heterocyclic Developer components, such as the pyridine, pyrimidine, Pyrazole, pyrazole pyrimidine derivatives and their physiologically tolerable Salt.

preferred Pyridine derivatives are in particular the compounds 2,5-diamino-pyridine, 2- (4'-Methoxyphenyl) amino-3-amino-pyridine, 2,3-diamino-6-methoxy-pyridine, 2- (β-methoxyethyl) amino-3-amino-6-methoxy-pyridine and 3,4-diamino-pyridine.

preferred Pyrimidine derivatives are in particular 2,4,5,6-tetraaminopyrimidine, 4-Hydroxy-2,5,6-triaminopyrimidine, 2-hydroxy-4,5,6-triaminopyrimidine, 2-dimethylamino-4,5,6-triaminopyrimidine, 2,4-dihydroxy-5,6-diaminopyrimidine and 2,5,6-triaminopyrimidine.

Preferred pyrazole derivatives are in particular 4,5-diamino-1-methylpyrazole, 4,5-diamino-1- (β-hydroxyethyl) pyrazole, 3,4-diaminopyrazole, 4,5-diamino-1- (4'- chlorobenzyl) pyrazole, 4,5-diamino-1,3-dimethylpyrazole, 4,5-diamino-3-methyl-1-phenylpyrazole, 4,5-diamino-1-methyl-3-phenylpyrazole, 4-amino-1 , 3-dimethyl-5-hydrazinopyrazole, 1-benzyl-4,5-diamino-3-methylpyrazole, 4,5-diamino-3-tert-butyl-1-methylpyrazole, 4,5-diamino-1-tert. -butyl-3-methylpyrazole, 4,5-diamino-1- (β-hydroxyethyl) -3-methylpyrazole, 4,5-diamino-1-ethyl-3-methylpyrazole, 4,5-diamino-1-ethyl-3 - (4'-methoxyphenyl) pyrazole, 4,5-diamino-1-ethyl-3-hydroxymethylpyrazole, 4,5-diamino-3-hydroxymethyl-1-methylpyrazole, 4,5-diamino-3-hydroxymethyl-1 isopropyl pyrazole, 4,5-diamino-3-methyl-1-isopropylpyrazole, 4-amino-5- (□ -aminoethyl) amino-1,3-dimethylpyrazole, 3,4,5-triaminopyrazole, 1-methyl-3,4 , 5-triaminopyrazole, 3,5-diamino-1-methyl-4-methylaminopyrazole and 3,5-diamino-4- (β-hydroxyethyl) amino-1-methylpyrazole.

wobei:

• – G¹⁷, G¹⁸, G¹⁹ und G²⁰ unabhängig voneinander stehen für ein Wasserstoffatom, einen C₁- bis C₄-Alkylrest, einen Aryl-Rest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Hydroxyalkylrest, einen C₂- bis C₄-Polyhydroxyalkylrest einen (C₁- bis C₄)-Alkoxy-(C₁- bis C₄)-alkylrest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Aminoalkylrest, der gegebenenfalls durch ein Acetyl-Ureid- oder einen Sulfonyl-Rest geschützt sein kann, einen (C₁- bis C₄)-Alkylamino-(C₁- bis C₄)-alkylrest, einen Di-[(C₁- bis C₄)-alkyl]-(C₁- bis C₄)-aminoalkylrest, wobei die Dialkyl-Reste gegebenenfalls einen Kohlenstoffzyklus oder einen Heterozyklus mit 5 oder 6 Kettengliedern bilden, einen C₁- bis C₄-Hydroxyalkyl- oder einen Di-(C₁- bis C₄)-[Hydroxyalkyl]-(C₁- bis C₄)-aminoalkylrest,
• – die X-Reste stehen unabhängig voneinander für ein Wasserstoffatom, einen C₁- bis C₄-Alkylrest, einen Aryl-Rest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Hydroxyalkylrest, einen C₂- bis C₄-Polyhydroxyalkylrest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Aminoalkylrest, einen (C₁- bis C₄)-Alkylamino-(C₁- bis C₄)-alkylrest, einen Di-[(C₁- bis C₄)alkyl]-(C₁- bis C₄)-aminoalkylrest, wobei die Dialkyl-Reste gegebenenfalls einen Kohlenstoffzyklus oder einen Heterozyklus mit 5 oder 6 Kettengliedern bilden, einen C₁- bis C₄-Hydroxyalkyl- oder einen Di-(C₁- bis C₄-hydroxyalkyl)aminoalkylrest, einen Aminorest, einen C₁- bis C₄-Alkyl- oder Di-(C₁- bis C₄-hydroxyalkyl)aminorest, ein Halogenatom, eine Carboxylsäuregruppe oder eine Sulfonsäuregruppe,
• – i hat den Wert 0, 1, 2 oder 3,
• – p hat den Wert 0 oder 1,
• – q hat den Wert 0 oder 1 und
• – n hat den Wert 0 oder 1,

mit der Maßgabe, dass

• – die Summe aus p + q ungleich 0 ist,
• – wenn p + q gleich 2 ist, n den Wert 0 hat, und die Gruppen NG¹⁷G¹⁸ und NG¹⁹G²⁰ belegen die Positionen (2,3); (5,6); (6,7); (3,5) oder (3,7);
• – wenn p + q gleich 1 ist, n den Wert 1 hat, und die Gruppen NG¹⁷G¹⁸ (oder NG¹⁹G²⁰) und die Gruppe OH belegen die Positionen (2,3); (5,6); (6,7); (3,5) oder (3,7);

Preferred pyrazole-pyrimidine derivatives are, in particular, the derivatives of the pyrazolo [1,5-.alpha] -pyrimidine of the following formula (E4) and their tautomeric forms, if a tautomeric equilibrium exists:

in which:

• - G ¹⁷ , G ¹⁸ , G ¹⁹ and G ²⁰ independently of one another represent a hydrogen atom, a C ₁ - to C ₄ -alkyl radical, an aryl radical, a C ₁ - to C ₄ -hydroxyalkyl radical, a C ₂ - to C ₄ -Polyhydroxyalkylrest a (C ₁ - to C ₄ ) alkoxy- (C ₁ - to C ₄ ) -alkyl radical, a C ₁ - to C ₄ -Aminoalkylrest, optionally protected by an acetyl-ureide or a sulfonyl radical may be a (C ₁ to C ₄ ) alkylamino (C ₁ to C ₄ ) alkyl radical, a di - [(C ₁ to C ₄ ) alkyl] - (C ₁ to C ₄ ) aminoalkyl radical, wherein the dialkyl radicals optionally form a carbon cycle or a heterocycle with 5 or 6 chain members, a C ₁ - to C ₄ -hydroxyalkyl- or a di- (C ₁ - to C ₄ ) - [hydroxyalkyl] - (C ₁ - to C ₄ ) aminoalkyl radical,
• - The X radicals independently of one another represent a hydrogen atom, a C ₁ - to C ₄ -alkyl radical, an aryl radical, a C ₁ - to C ₄ -hydroxyalkyl radical, a C ₂ - to C ₄ -polyhydroxyalkyl radical, a C ₁ - to C ₄ -aminoalkyl, a (C ₁ - to C ₄ ) -alkylamino- (C ₁ - to C ₄ ) -alkyl, a di - [(C ₁ - to C ₄ ) alkyl] - (C ₁ - bis C ₄ ) aminoalkyl radical, where the dialkyl radicals optionally form a carbon cycle or a heterocycle having 5 or 6 chain members, a C ₁ - to C ₄ -hydroxyalkyl or a di- (C ₁ - to C ₄ -hydroxyalkyl) aminoalkyl radical, an amino radical, a C ₁ - to C ₄ -alkyl or di- (C ₁ - to C ₄ -hydroxyalkyl) amino radical, a halogen atom, a carboxylic acid group or a sulfonic acid group,
• - i has the value 0, 1, 2 or 3,
• - p has the value 0 or 1,
• - q has the value 0 or 1 and
• - n has the value 0 or 1,

with the proviso that

• The sum of p + q is not equal to 0,
• If p + q equals 2, n has the value 0, and the groups NG ¹⁷ G ¹⁸ and NG ¹⁹ G ²⁰ occupy the positions (2, 3); (5,6); (6,7); (3,5) or (3,7);
• When p + q is 1, n is 1, and the groups NG ¹⁷ G ¹⁸ (or NG ¹⁹ G ²⁰ ) and the group OH occupy the positions (2, 3); (5,6); (6,7); (3,5) or (3,7);

The used in formula (E4) substituents are analogous to the invention to the above statements Are defined.

When the pyrazole [1,5-α] pyrimidine of the above formula (E4) contains a hydroxy group at one of the 2, 5 or 7 positions of the ring system, there is a tautomeric equilibrium, for example, as shown in the following scheme:

• – Pyrazol-[1,5-α]-pyrimidin-3,7-diamin;
• – 2,5-Dimethyl-pyrazol-[1,5-α]-pyrimidin-3,7-diamin;
• – Pyrazol-[1,5-α]-pyrimidin-3,5-diamin;
• – 2,7-Dimethyl-pyrazol-[1,5-α]-pyrimidin-3,5-diamin;
• – 3-Aminopyrazol-[1,5-α]-pyrimidin-7-ol;
• – 3-Aminopyrazol-[1,5-α]-pyrimidin-5-ol;
• – 2-(3-Aminopyrazol-[1,5-α]-pyrimidin-7-ylamino)-ethanol;
• – 2-(7-Aminopyrazol-[1,5-α]-pyrimidin-3-ylamino)-ethanol;
• – 2-[(3-Aminopyrazol-[1,5-α]-pyrimidin-7-yl)-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)amino]-ethanol;
• – 2-[(7-Aminopyrazol-[1,5-α]-pyrimidin-3-yl)-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)amino]-ethanol;
• – 5,6-Dimethylpyrazol-[1,5-α]-pyrimidin-3,7-diamin;
• – 2,6-Dimethylpyrazol-[1,5-α]-pyrimidin-3,7-diamin;
• – 3-Amino-7-dimethylamino-2,5-dimethylpyrazol-[1,5-α]-pyrimidin;

sowie ihre physiologisch verträglichen Salze und ihre tautomeren Formen, wenn ein tautomers Gleichgewicht vorhanden ist.In particular, among the pyrazolo [1,5-a] -pyrimidines of the above formula (E4):

• - pyrazolo [1,5-α] pyrimidine-3,7-diamine;
• 2,5-dimethyl-pyrazolo [1,5-α] pyrimidine-3,7-diamine;
• - pyrazolo [1,5-α] pyrimidine-3,5-diamine;
• 2,7-dimethylpyrazolo [1,5-a] -pyrimidine-3,5-diamine;
• 3-aminopyrazolo [1,5-a] -pyrimidin-7-ol;
• 3-aminopyrazolo [1,5-a] pyrimidin-5-ol;
• - 2- (3-aminopyrazolo [1,5-a] -pyrimidin-7-ylamino) -ethanol;
• 2- (7-aminopyrazolo [1,5-α] pyrimidin-3-ylamino) ethanol;
• - 2 - [(3-aminopyrazolo [1,5-a] -pyrimidin-7-yl) - (2-hydroxy-ethyl) -amino] -ethanol;
• - 2 - [(7-aminopyrazolo [1,5-a] pyrimidin-3-yl) - (2-hydroxyethyl) amino] ethanol;
• 5,6-dimethylpyrazolo [1,5-α] pyrimidine-3,7-diamine;
• 2,6-dimethylpyrazolo [1,5-α] pyrimidine-3,7-diamine;
• 3-amino-7-dimethylamino-2,5-dimethylpyrazolo [1,5-α] pyrimidine;

and their physiologically acceptable salts and their tautomeric forms when a tautomeric equilibrium is present.

The Pyrazole [1,5-α] pyrimidines of the above formula (E4) as described in the literature by cyclization starting from an aminopyrazole or hydrazine.

In a further preferred embodiment contain the agents of the invention at least one coupler component.

When Coupler components are usually m-phenylenediamine derivatives, Naphthols, resorcinol and resorcinol derivatives, pyrazolones and m-aminophenol derivatives used. Particularly suitable coupling agents are 1-naphthol, 1,5-, 2,7- and 1,7-dihydroxynaphthalene, 5-amino-2-methylphenol, m-aminophenol, resorcinol, resorcinol monomethyl ether, m-phenylenediamine, 1-phenyl-3-methyl-pyrazolone-5, 2,4-dichloro-3-aminophenol, 1,3-bis (2 ', 4'-diaminophenoxy) -propane, 2-chloro-resorcinol, 4-chloro-resorcinol, 2-chloro-6-methyl-3-aminophenol, 2-amino-3-hydroxypyridine, 2-methylresorcinol, 5-methylresorcinol and 2-methyl-4-chloro-5-aminophenol.

• – m-Aminophenol und dessen Derivate wie beispielsweise 5-Amino-2-methylphenol, N-Cyclopentyl-3-aminophenol, 3-Amino-2-chlor-6-methylphenol, 2-Hydroxy-4-aminophenoxyethanol, 2,6-Dimethyl-3-aminophenol, 3-Trifluoroacetylamino-2-chlor-6-methylphenol, 5-Amino-4-chlor-2-methylphenol, 5-Amino-4-methoxy-2-methylphenol, 5-(2'-Hydroxyethyl)amino-2-methylphenol, 3-(Diethylamino)-phenol, N-Cyclopentyl-3-aminophenol, 1,3-Dihydroxy-5-(methylamino)-benzol, 3-Ethylamino-4-methylphenol und 2,4-Dichlor-3-aminophenol,
• – o-Aminophenol und dessen Derivate,
• – m-Diaminobenzol und dessen Derivate wie beispielsweise 2,4-Diaminophenoxyethanol, 1,3-Bis-(2',4'-diaminophenoxy)-propan, 1-Methoxy-2-amino-4-(2'-hydroxyethylamino)benzol, 1,3-Bis-(2',4'-diaminophenyl)-propan, 2,6-Bis-(2'-hydroxyethylamino)-1-methylbenzol und 1-Amino-3-bis-(2'-hydroxyethyl)aminobenzol,
• – o-Diaminobenzol und dessen Derivate wie beispielsweise 3,4-Diaminobenzoesäure und 2,3-Diamino-1-methylbenzol,
• – Di- beziehungsweise Trihydroxybenzolderivate wie beispielsweise Resorcin, Resorcinmonomethylether, 2-Methylresorcin, 5-Methylresorcin, 2,5-Dimethylresorcin, 2-Chlorresorcin, 4-Chlorresorcin, Pyrogallol und 1,2,4-Trihydroxybenzol,
• – Pyridinderivate wie beispielsweise 2,6-Dihydroxypyridin, 2-Amino-3-hydroxypyridin, 2-Amino-5-chlor-3-hydroxypyridin, 3-Amino-2-methylamino-6-methoxypyridin, 2,6-Dihydroxy-3,4-dimethylpyridin, 2,6-Dihydroxy-4-methylpyridin, 2,6-Diaminopyridin, 2,3-Diamino-6-methoxypyridin und 3,5-Diamino-2,6-dimethoxypyridin,
• – Naphthalinderivate wie beispielsweise 1-Naphthol, 2-Methyl-1-naphthol, 2-Hydroxymethyl-1-naphthol, 2-Hydroxyethyl-1-naphthol, 1,5-Dihydroxynaphthalin, 1,6-Dihydroxynaphthalin, 1,7-Dihydroxynaphthalin, 1,8-Dihydroxynaphthalin, 2,7-Dihydroxynaphthalin und 2,3-Dihydroxynaphthalin,
• – Morpholinderivate wie beispielsweise 6-Hydroxybenzomorpholin und 6-Aminobenzomorpholin,
• – Chinoxalinderivate wie beispielsweise 6-Methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydrochinoxalin,
• – Pyrazolderivate wie beispielsweise 1-Phenyl-3-methylpyrazol-5-on,
• – Indolderivate wie beispielsweise 4-Hydroxyindol, 6-Hydroxyindol und 7-Hydroxyindol,
• – Pyrimidinderivate, wie beispielsweise 4,6-Diaminopyrimidin, 4-Amino-2,6-dihydroxypyrimidin, 2,4-Diamino-6-hydroxypyrimidin, 2,4,6-Trihydroxypyrimidin, 2-Amino-4-methylpyrimidin, 2-Amino-4-hydroxy-6-methylpyrimidin und 4,6-Dihydroxy-2-methylpyrimidin, oder
• – Methylendioxybenzolderivate wie beispielsweise 1-Hydroxy-3,4-methylendioxybenzol, 1-Amino-3,4-methylendioxybenzol und 1-(2'-Hydroxyethyl)amino-3,4-methylendioxybenzol.

According to preferred coupler components are

• - M-aminophenol and its derivatives such as 5-amino-2-methylphenol, N-cyclopentyl-3-aminophenol, 3-amino-2-chloro-6-methylphenol, 2-hydroxy-4-aminophenoxyethanol, 2,6-dimethyl 3-aminophenol, 3-trifluoroacetylamino-2-chloro-6-methylphenol, 5-amino-4-chloro-2-methylphenol, 5-amino-4-methoxy-2-methylphenol, 5- (2'-hydroxyethyl) amino 2-methylphenol, 3- (diethylamino) -phenol, N-cyclopentyl-3-aminophenol, 1,3-dihydroxy-5- (methylamino) -benzene, 3-ethylamino-4-methylphenol and 2,4-dichloro-3 aminophenol,
• O-aminophenol and its derivatives,
• - M-Diaminobenzene and its derivatives such as 2,4-diaminophenoxyethanol, 1,3-bis (2 ', 4'-diaminophenoxy) propane, 1-methoxy-2-amino-4- (2'-hydroxyethylamino) benzene , 1,3-bis (2 ', 4'-diaminophenyl) -propane, 2,6-bis (2'-hydroxyethylamino) -1-methylbenzene and 1-amino-3-bis (2'-hydroxyethyl) aminobenzene,
• O-diaminobenzene and its derivatives such as 3,4-diaminobenzoic acid and 2,3-diamino-1-methylbenzene,
• Di- or trihydroxybenzene derivatives such as resorcinol, resorcinol monomethyl ether, 2-methylresorcinol, 5-methylresorcinol, 2,5-dimethylresorcinol, 2-chlororesorcinol, 4-chlororesorcinol, pyrogallol and 1,2,4-trihydroxybenzene,
• Pyridine derivatives such as 2,6-dihydroxypyridine, 2-amino-3-hydroxypyridine, 2-amino-5-chloro-3-hydroxypyridine, 3-amino-2-methylamino-6-methoxypyridine, 2,6-dihydroxy-3, 4-dimethylpyridine, 2,6-dihydroxy-4-methylpyridine, 2,6-diaminopyridine, 2,3-diamino-6-methoxypyridine and 3,5-diamino-2,6-dimethoxypyridine,
• Naphthalene derivatives such as, for example, 1-naphthol, 2-methyl-1-naphthol, 2-hydroxymethyl-1-naphthol, 2-hydroxyethyl-1-naphthol, 1,5-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,6-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,7-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,8-dihydroxynaphthalene, 2,7-dihydroxynaphthalene and 2,3-dihydroxynaphthalene,
• Morpholine derivatives such as 6-hydroxybenzomorpholine and 6-aminobenzomorpholine,
• Quinoxaline derivatives such as 6-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoxaline,
• Pyrazole derivatives such as 1-phenyl-3-methylpyrazol-5-one,
• Indole derivatives such as 4-hydroxyindole, 6-hydroxyindole and 7-hydroxyindole,
• Pyrimidine derivatives such as 4,6-diaminopyrimidine, 4-amino-2,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2,4-diamino-6-hydroxypyrimidine, 2,4,6-trihydroxypyrimidine, 2-amino-4-methylpyrimidine, 2-amino -4-hydroxy-6-me thylpyrimidine and 4,6-dihydroxy-2-methylpyrimidine, or
• - Methylenedioxybenzene derivatives such as 1-hydroxy-3,4-methylenedioxybenzene, 1-amino-3,4-methylenedioxybenzene and 1- (2'-hydroxyethyl) amino-3,4-methylenedioxybenzene.

Particularly according to the invention preferred coupler components are 1-naphthol, 1,5-, 2,7- and 1,7-dihydroxynaphthalene, 3-aminophenol, 5-amino-2-methylphenol, 2-amino-3-hydroxypyridine, resorcinol, 4-chlororesorcinol, 2-chloro-6-methyl-3-aminophenol, 2-methylresorcinol, 5-methylresorcinol, 2,5-dimethylresorcinol and 2,6-dihydroxy-3,4-dimethylpyridine.

When Precursors of naturally-analogous dyes are preferably those indoles and indolines containing at least one hydroxy or amino group, preferably as a substituent on the six-membered ring. These groups can bear further substituents, for. B. in the form of an etherification or Esterification of the hydroxy group or alkylation of the amino group. In a second preferred embodiment, the means include at least one indole and / or indoline derivative.

in der unabhängig voneinander

• – R¹ steht für Wasserstoff, eine C₁-C₄-Alkylgruppe oder eine C₁-C₄-Hydroxy-alkylgruppe,
• – R² steht für Wasserstoff oder eine -COOH-Gruppe, wobei die -COOH-Gruppe auch als Salz mit einem physiologisch verträglichen Kation vorliegen kann,
• – R³ steht für Wasserstoff oder eine C₁-C₄-Alkylgruppe,
• – R⁴ steht für Wasserstoff, eine C₁-C₄-Alkylgruppe oder eine Gruppe -CO-R⁶, in der R⁶ steht für eine C₁-C₄-Alkylgruppe, und
• – R⁵ steht für eine der unter R⁴ genannten Gruppen,

sowie physiologisch verträgliche Salze dieser Verbindungen mit einer organischen oder anorganischen Säure.Particularly suitable precursors of naturally-analogous hair dyes are derivatives of 5,6-dihydroxyindoline of the formula (IIIa),

in the independently of each other

• R ¹ is hydrogen, a C ₁ -C ₄ -alkyl group or a C ₁ -C ₄ -hydroxy-alkyl group,
• R ² is hydrogen or a -COOH group, where the -COOH group may also be present as a salt with a physiologically compatible cation,
• R ³ is hydrogen or a C ₁ -C ₄ -alkyl group,
• R ⁴ is hydrogen, a C ₁ -C ₄ -alkyl group or a group -CO-R ⁶ , in which R ⁶ is a C ₁ -C ₄ -alkyl group, and
• R ⁵ is one of the groups mentioned under R ⁴ ,

and physiologically acceptable salts of these compounds with an organic or inorganic acid.

Especially preferred derivatives of indoline are the 5,6-dihydroxyindoline, N-methyl-5,6-dihydroxyindoline, N-ethyl-5,6-dihydroxyindoline, N-propyl-5,6-dihydroxyindoline, N-butyl-5,6-dihydroxyindoline, 5,6-dihydroxyindoline-2-carboxylic acid and 6-hydroxyindoline, 6-aminoindoline and 4-aminoindoline.

Especially noteworthy within this group are N-methyl-5,6-dihydroxyindoline, N-ethyl-5,6-dihydroxyindoline, N-propyl-5,6-dihydroxyindoline, N-butyl-5,6-dihydroxyindoline and in particular the 5,6-dihydroxyindoline.

in der unabhängig voneinander

• – R¹ steht für Wasserstoff, eine C₁-C₄-Alkylgruppe oder eine C₁-C₄-Hydroxyalkylgruppe,
• – R² steht für Wasserstoff oder eine -COOH-Gruppe, wobei die -COOH-Gruppe auch als Salz mit einem physiologisch verträglichen Kation vorliegen kann,
• – R³ steht für Wasserstoff oder eine C₁-C₄-Alkylgruppe,
• – R⁴ steht für Wasserstoff, eine C₁-C₄-Alkylgruppe oder eine Gruppe -CO-R⁶, in der R⁶ steht für eine C₁-C₄-Alkylgruppe, und
• – R⁵ steht für eine der unter R⁴ genannten Gruppen,
• – sowie physiologisch verträgliche Salze dieser Verbindungen mit einer organischen oder anorganischen Säure.

Also suitable as precursors of naturally-analogous hair dyes are derivatives of the 5,6-dihydroxyindole of the formula (IIIb),

in the independently of each other

• R ¹ is hydrogen, a C ₁ -C ₄ -alkyl group or a C ₁ -C ₄ -hydroxyalkyl group,
• R ² is hydrogen or a -COOH group, where the -COOH group may also be present as a salt with a physiologically compatible cation,
• R ³ is hydrogen or a C ₁ -C ₄ -alkyl group,
• R ⁴ is hydrogen, a C ₁ -C ₄ -alkyl group or a group -CO-R ⁶ , in which R ⁶ is a C ₁ -C ₄ -alkyl group, and
• R ⁵ is one of the groups mentioned under R ⁴ ,
• - As well as physiologically acceptable salts of these compounds with an organic or inorganic acid.

Especially preferred derivatives of indole are 5,6-dihydroxyindole, N-methyl-5,6-dihydroxyindole, N-ethyl-5,6-dihydroxyindole, N-propyl-5,6-dihydroxyindole, N-butyl-5,6-dihydroxyindole, 5,6-dihydroxyindole-2-carboxylic acid, 6-hydroxyindole, 6-aminoindole and 4-aminoindole.

Within of this group are N-methyl-5,6-dihydroxyindole, N-ethyl-5,6-dihydroxyindole, N-propyl-5,6-dihydroxyindole, N-butyl-5,6-dihydroxyindole and in particular the 5,6-dihydroxyindole.

The Indoline and indole derivatives can in the used in the context of the method according to the invention Means both as free bases and in the form of their physiological acceptable Salts with inorganic or organic acids, e.g. The hydrochlorides, the sulfates and hydrobromides used. The indole or Indoline derivatives are common in these in amounts of 0.05-10 wt .-%, preferably 0.2-5 wt .-%.

In a further embodiment it may be preferred according to the invention be the indoline or Indole derivative in hair dyes in combination with at least one amino acid or an oligopeptide use. The amino acid is advantageously an α-amino acid; all particularly preferred α-amino acids Arginine, ornithine, lysine, serine and histidine, especially arginine.

preferred inventive agent are characterized in that they at least one dye precursor from the groups of aromatic and heteroaromatic diamines, Aminophenols, naphthols, polyphenols CH-acidic coupler components and their derivatives in amounts of from 0.01 to 25% by weight, preferably from 0.5 to 10 wt.%, In particular from 1 to 5 wt .-%, each based on the entire remedy, included.

In addition to the oxidation dye precursor (s), the preparation (A) for shading one or more substantive dyes. Direct dyes are common Nitrophenylenediamines, nitroaminophenols, azo dyes, anthraquinones or indophenols. Preferred substantive dyes are the under the international names or trade names HC Yellow 2, HC Yellow 4, HC Yellow 5, HC Yellow 6, HC Yellow 12, Acid Yellow 1, Acid Yellow 10, Acid Yellow 23, Acid Yellow 36, HC Orange 1, Disperse Orange 3, Acid Orange 7, HC Red 1, HC Red 3, HC Red 10, HC Red 11, HC Red 13, Acid Red 33, Acid Red 52, HC Red BN, Pigment Red 57: 1, HC Blue 2, HC Blue 12, Disperse Blue 3, Acid Blue 7, Acid Green 50, HC Violet 1, Disperse Violet 1, Disperse Violet 4, Acid Violet 43, Disperse Black 9, Acid Black 1, and Acid Black 52 Compounds and 1,4-diamino-2-nitrobenzene, 2-amino-4-nitrophenol, 1,4-bis (β-hydroxyethyl) amino-2-nitrobenzene, 3-nitro-4- (β-hydroxyethyl) aminophenol, 2- (2'-hydroxyethyl) amino-4,6-dinitrophenol, 1- (2'-hydroxyethyl) amino-4-methyl-2-nitrobenzene, 1-amino-4- (2'-hydroxyethyl) amino-5-chloro-2-nitrobenzene, 4-amino-3-nitrophenol, 1- (2'-ureidoethyl) amino-4-nitrobenzene, 4-amino-2-nitrodiphenylamine-2'-carboxylic acid, 6-nitro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoxaline, 2-hydroxy-1,4-naphthoquinone, picramic acid and its salts, 2-amino-6-chloro-4-nitrophenol, 4-ethylamino-3-nitrobenzoic acid and 2-chloro-6-ethylamino-1-hydroxy-4-nitrobenzene.

Corresponding agents according to the invention, which are characterized in that they contain at least one substantive dye from the group of cationic (basic) dyes, preferably Basic Blue 6, CI-No. 51,175; Basic Blue 7, CI-No. 42.595; Basic Blue 9, CI-No. 52.015; Basic Blue 26, CI-No. 44.045; Basic Blue 41, CI-No. 11.154; Basic Blue 99, CI-No. 56.059; Basic Brown 4, CI-No. 21.010; Basic Brown 16, CI-No. 12.250; Basic Brown 17, CI-No. 12.251; Basic Green 1, CI-No. 42.040; Basic Orange 31; Basic Red 2, CI-No. 50.240; Basic Red 22, CI-No. 11.055; Basic Red 46; Basic Red 51; Basic Red 76, CI-No. 12.245; Basic Violet 1, CI-No. 42.535; Basic Violet 2; Basic Violet 3, CI-No. 42.555; Basic Violet 10, CI-No. 45.170; Basic Violet 14, CI-No. 42.510; Basic Yellow 57, CI-No. 12.719; Basic Yellow 87 and / or the anionic (acidic) dyes, and / or the nonionic dyes, preferably Acid Black 1, CI-No. 20.470; Acid Black 52; Acid Blue 7; Acid Blue 9, CI-No. 42.090; Acid Blue 74, CI-No. 73.015, Acid Red 18, CI-No. 16.255; Acid Red 23; Acid Red 27, CI-No. 16.185; Acid Red 33; Acid Red 52; Acid Red 87, CI-No. 45,380; Acid Red 92, CI-No. 45,410; Acid Orange 3; Acid Orange 7; Acid Violet 43, CI-No. 60.730; Acid Yellow 1, CI-No. 10.316; Acid Yellow 10; Acid Yellow 23, CI-No. 19,140; Acid Yellow 3, CI-No. 47.005; acid Yellow 36; D & C Brown no. 1, CI-No. 20.170 (Acid Orange 24); D & C Green no. 5, CI-No. 61,570 (Acid Green G); D & C Orange No. 4, CI-No. 15.510 (Acid Orange II); D & C Orange No. 10, CI-No. 45.425: 1 (Solvent Red 73); D & C Orange No. 11, CI-No. 45.425 (Acid Red 95); D & C Red No. 21, CI-No. 45.380: 2 (Solvent Red 43); D & C Red No. 27, CI-No. 45.410: 1 (Solvent Red 48); D & C Red No. 33, CI-No. 17,200 (Acid Red 2A, Acid Red B); D & C Yellow No. 7, CI-No. 45.350: 1 (Solvent Yellow 94); D & C Yellow No. 8, CI-No. 45,350 (Acid Yellow 73); FD & C Red No. 4, CI-No. 14,700 (Food Red 4); FD & C Yellow No. 6, CI-No. 15,985 (Food Yellow 3); Food Green 3; Pigment Red 57-1; Disperse Black 9; Disperse Blue 1; Disperse Blue 3; Disperse Violet 1; Disperse Violet 4; HC Orange 1; HC Red 1; HC Red 3; HC Red 13; HC Yellow 2; HC Yellow 4; Sodium Pikramat; 1,4-bis (2'-hydroxyethyl) amino-2-nitro-p-phenylenediamine; HC Yellow 5; HC Blue 2; HC Blue 12; 4-amino-3-nitrophenol; HC Yellow 6; HC Yellow 12; 2-nitro-1- (2'-hydroxyethyl) amino-4-methyl benzene; 2-nitro-4-amino-diphenylamine-2'-carboxylic acid; 2-amino-6-chloro-4-nitrophenol; HC Red BN; 6-nitro-1,2,3,4-tetranitrochinoxalin; o-nitro-p-phenylenediamine; p-nitro-m-phenylenediamine; HC Red B 54; HC Red 10; HC Red 11; HC Red 13; 2- (2'-hydroxyethyl) amino-1-hydroxy-4,6-dinitrobenzene; 4-ethylamino-3-nitrobenzoic acid; 2-chloro-6-ethylamino-4-nitrophenol; 2-hydroxy-1,4-naphthoquinone; amine-1-propene (4-amino-2-nitrophenyl); isatin; N-methylylisatin; HC Violet 1; HC Violet 2; 4-Nitrophenylaminoethylharnstoff in amounts of 0.01 to 25 wt.%, Preferably from 0.5 to 10 wt.%, In particular from 1 to 5 wt .-%, each based on the total agent included, are preferred embodiments of the present Invention.

Under Some of the dyes mentioned above are particular preferred, which is why further preferred agents according to the invention, which are characterized in that they have at least one direct puller, selected Basic Blue 7, Basic Blue 99, Basic Violet 14, Basic Brown 16, Basic Brown 17, Basic Orange 31, Basic Red 46, Basic Red 51, Basic Red 76, Basic Yellow 57, Basic Yellow 87, Acid Black 1, Acid Blue 7, Acid Red 23, Acid Red 52, Acid Orange 7, Acid Yellow 1, Acid Yellow 10, Acid Yellow 36, Food Green 3, Pigment Red 57-1, Disperse Black 9, Disperse Blue 1, Disperse Blue 3, Disperse Violet 1, Disperse Violet 4, HC Orange 1, HC Red 1, HC Red 3, HC Red 13, HC Yellow 2, HC Yellow 4, Na picakrate, 1,4-bis (2'-hydroxyethyl) amino-2-nitro-p-phenylenediamine, HC Yellow 5, HC Blue 2, HC Blue 12, 4-amino-3-nitrophenol, HC Yellow 6, HC Yellow 12, 2-nitro-1- (2'-hydroxyethyl) amino-4-methylbenzene, 2-nitro-4-aminodiphenylamine-2'-carboxylic acid, 2-amino-6-chloro-4-nitrophenol, HC Red BN; 6-nitro-1,2,3,4-tetranitroquinoxaline, o-nitro-p-phenylenediamine, p-nitro-m-phenylenediamine, HC Red B 54, HC Red 10, HC Red 11, HC Red 13,2- (2'-hydroxyethyl) amino-1-hydroxy-4,6-dinitrobenzene, 4-ethylamino-3-nitrobenzoic acid, 2-chloro-6-ethylamino-4-nitrophenol, 2-hydroxy-1,4-naphthoquinone, 1-propene- (4-amino-2-nitrophenyl) amine, Isatin, N-Methylylisatin, HC Violet 1, HC Violet 2, 4-Nitrophenyl-aminoethyl urea in amounts of from 0.01 to 25% by weight, preferably from 0.5 to 10% by weight, in particular from 1 to 5 wt .-%, each based on the total Means, contained, are preferred.

• (a) kationische Triphenylmethanfarbstoffe, wie beispielsweise Basic Blue 7, Basic Blue 26, Basic Violet 2 und Basic Violet 14,
• (b) aromatischen Systeme, die mit einer quaternären Stickstoffgruppe substituiert sind, wie beispielsweise Basic Yellow 57, Basic Red 76, Basic Blue 99, Basic Brown 16 und Basic Brown 17, sowie
• (c) direktziehende Farbstoffe, die einen Heterozyklus enthalten, der mindestens ein quaternäres Stickstoffatom aufweist, wie sie beispielsweise in der EP-A2-998 908, auf die an dieser Stelle explizit Bezug genommen wird, in den Ansprüchen 6 bis 11 genannt werden.

Furthermore, the agents according to the invention may contain a cationic substantive dye. Particularly preferred are

• (a) cationic triphenylmethane dyes such as Basic Blue 7, Basic Blue 26, Basic Violet 2 and Basic Violet 14,
• (b) aromatic systems substituted with a quaternary nitrogen group, such as Basic Yellow 57, Basic Red 76, Basic Blue 99, Basic Brown 16 and Basic Brown 17, as well as
• (c) substantive dyes containing a heterocycle having at least one quaternary nitrogen atom, as mentioned, for example, in EP-A2-998 908, which is incorporated herein by reference, in claims 6 to 11.

Preferred cationic substantive dyes of group (c) are in particular the following compounds:

The Compounds of the formulas (DZ1), (DZ3) and (DZ5), which are also available under the terms Basic Yellow 87, Basic Orange 31 and Basic Red 51 are very particularly preferred cationic substantive Dyes of group (c).

The cationic direct dyes, which are sold under the trademark Arianor ^®, according to the invention are also very particularly preferred cationic direct dyes.

The agents according to the invention according to this embodiment contain the substantive dyes preferably in an amount from 0.01 to 20 wt .-%, based on the total agent.

Farther can the preparations according to the invention also occurring in nature dyes such as, for example in henna red, henna neutral, henna black, chamomile flower, sandalwood, black tea, buckthorn bark, sage, bluewood, madder root, catechu, Sedre and alkano root are included.

It it is not necessary that the oxidation dye precursors or the direct dyes in each case uniform compounds represent. Rather, you can in the agents according to the invention, due to the production process for the individual dyes, be contained in minor amounts still other components as far as these are not the dyeing result adversely affect or for other reasons, e.g. toxicological, must be excluded.

Regarding the in accordance with the invention as a hair dye and -tönungsmittel formuilierten usable dyes is still explicitly on the monograph Ch. Zviak, The Science of Hair Care, chapter 7 (pages 248-250; direct dyes) and chapter 8, pages 264-267; Oxidation dye precursors) appeared as volume 7 of the series "Dermatology" (ed. Ch., Culnan and H. Maibach), Marcel Dekker Inc., New York, Basel, 1986, as well as the "European Inventory of cosmetic raw materials ", issued by the European Community, available in disk form by the Federal Association of German Industrial and Trading Companies for medicines, Health food and personal care products e.V., Mannheim.

However, according to the invention the oxidation colorant also be applied to the hair together with a catalyst, the oxidation of the dye precursors, e.g. by atmospheric oxygen, activated. Such catalysts are e.g. Metal ions, iodides, quinones or certain enzymes.

Suitable metal ions are, for example, Zn ²⁺ , Cu ²⁺ , Fe ²⁺ , Fe ³⁺ , Mn ²⁺ , Mn ⁴⁺ , Li ⁺ , Mg ²⁺ , Ca ²⁺ and Al ³⁺ . Particularly suitable are Zn ²⁺ , Cu ²⁺ and Mn ²⁺ . The metal ions can in principle be used in the form of any physiologically acceptable salt or in the form of a complex compound. Preferred salts are the acetates, sulfates, halides, lactates and tartrates. By using these metal salts, both the formation of the dyeing can be accelerated and the color shade can be specifically influenced.

• – Pyranose-Oxidase und z.B. D-Glucose oder Galactose,
• – Glucose-Oxidase und D-Glucose,
• – Glycerin-Oxidase und Glycerin,
• – Pyruvat-Oxidase und Benztraubensäure oder deren Salze,
• – Alkohol-Oxidase und Alkohol (MeOH, EtOH),
• – Lactat-Oxidase und Milchsäure und deren Salze,
• – Tyrosinase-Oxidase und Tyrosin,
• – Uricase und Harnsäure oder deren Salze,
• – Cholinoxidase und Cholin,
• – Aminosäure-Oxidase und Aminosäuren.

Suitable enzymes include peroxidases, which can significantly enhance the effect of small amounts of hydrogen peroxide. Furthermore, such enzymes are suitable according to the invention which directly oxidize the oxidation dye precursors with the aid of atmospheric oxygen, such as, for example, the laccases, or generate small amounts of hydrogen peroxide in situ and thus biocatalytically activate the oxidation of the dye precursors. Particularly suitable catalysts for the oxidation of the dye precursors are the so-called 2-electron oxidoreductases in combination with the specific substrates, eg

• Pyranose oxidase and eg D-glucose or galactose,
• Glucose oxidase and D-glucose,
• - glycerol oxidase and glycerin,
• Pyruvate oxidase and pyruvic acid or its salts,
• Alcohol oxidase and alcohol (MeOH, EtOH),
• Lactate oxidase and lactic acid and their salts,
• Tyrosinase oxidase and tyrosine,
• Uricase and uric acid or their salts,
• - choline oxidase and choline,
• - amino acid oxidase and amino acids.

Usually become colorants offered as a combination pack containing a dye cream and a separately packaged oxidation solution include. Just before the application, both components become one with each other mixed, and the prepared mixture is applied to the hair to be dyed applied. The mixing ratio the two components can be chosen freely. Conveniently, the preparation of the oxidizing agent is then immediately before dyeing the hair mixed with the preparation with the dye precursors. The resulting ready-to-use hair dye preparation should preferably have a pH in the range of 6 to 10 have. Particularly preferred the application of hair dye in a weak alkaline environment. The application temperatures can be in a range between 15 and 40 ° C, preferably at the temperature of the scalp, lie. After an exposure time from about 5 to 45, especially 15 to 30, minutes is the hair dye by rinsing of which to be colored Hair removed. The washing with a shampoo is eliminated, if a strong surfactant-containing carrier, z. B. a dyeing shampoo, has been used.

Especially in hard-to-dye Hair can prepare with the dye precursors without prior Mixing with the oxidation component applied to the hair become. After an exposure time of 20 to 30 minutes then - if necessary after an intermediate rinse - the oxidation component applied. After another exposure time of 10 to 20 minutes is then rinsed and if desired shampooed. In this embodiment, according to a first variant, in which the previous application of the dye precursors to effect a better penetration into the hair, the corresponding Medium adjusted to a pH of about 4 to 7. According to one second variant is first a Air oxidation, with the applied agent being preferred has a pH of 7 to 10. At the subsequent accelerated Post-oxidation may be the use of acidified peroxydisulfate solutions as Oxidizing agent may be preferred.

Regarding the type according to the invention used Active substance or the active compound combinations according to the invention Applied to the hair and / or on the skin, there are none principal restrictions. As a preparation of these preparations, for example, creams, lotions, Solutions, waters, Emulsions such as W / O, O / W, PIT emulsions (emulsions according to the teaching phase inversion, called PIT), microemulsions and multiple Emulsions, nanoemulsions, coarse, unstable, single or multi-phase shaking mixtures, Gels, sprays, aerosols and foam aerosols. These are in usually on watery or aqueous-alcoholic Basis formulated. The alcoholic component is lower Alkanols and polyols such as propylene glycol and glycerol are used. Ethanol and isopropanol are preferred alcohols. Water and alcohol can in the watery alcoholic base in a weight ratio of 1:10 to 10: 1 available. Water as well as watery-alcoholic Mixtures containing up to 50% by weight, in particular up to 25% by weight, Alcohol, based on the mixture alcohol / water, may contain, according to the invention preferred Be fundamentals. The pH of these preparations can in principle at values of 2-11. It is preferably between 2 and 7, Values of 3 to 6 are particularly preferred. To adjustment This pH can be virtually any suitable for cosmetic purposes Acid or base be used. Usually be called acids Food acids used. Be under consumption acids such acids understood that under the usual Food intake and positive effects to have the human organism. Exotic acids are, for example, acetic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, malic acid, ascorbic acid and Gluconic. In the context of the invention is the use of citric acid and lactic acid particularly preferred. Preferred bases are ammonia, alkali hydroxides, Monoethanolamine, triethanolamine and N, N, N ', N'-tetrakis (2-hydroxypropyl) ethylenediamine.

One Another object of the present invention is the use hyperbranched polymers containing cationic groups, preferably 0.1 to 20 mol%, preferably 0.1 to 15 mol%, and especially 0.5 to 10 mol.% Cationic groups, contained in cosmetic Means.

Next an improved care effect, which inter alia in clear improved dry and wet combabilities As well as a fuller grip in dry and wet hair, the use according to the invention also that the treated according to the invention Hair less vulnerable against re-pollution.

One Another object of the present invention is therefore the use hyperbranched polymers containing cationic groups, preferably 0.1 to 20 mol%, preferably 0.1 to 15 mol% and in particular 0.5 to 10 mol% cationic groups, to protect hair from re-soiling.

The use according to the invention is preferably effected by means of the invention. Another The subject of the present invention is therefore the use of a inventive preparation for cleansing the skin and hair.

Compositions according to the invention can also be formulated as a permanent wave or styling agent. Another The subject of the present invention is therefore the use of a inventive preparation for Restructuring of keratinic fibers, especially human Hair.

The agents according to the invention can as hair shampoos, hair conditioners, conditioning shampoos, as hairsprays, hair conditioners, Hair treatments, hair wraps, hair tonics, perming solutions, Haarfärbeshampoos, hair dyes, Hair fixatives, hair dressings, hair styling preparations, e.g. Fönwell lotions, Mousse, hair gels, hair waxes and other hair cleansers and hair treatment products. You can as formulated on the hair leave-on or rinse-off products the former being preferred for longer-lasting effect.

One Another object of the present invention is a method for the treatment of skin or hair, in which a preparation according to the invention is applied to the skin and / or hair, the preparation is rinsed again after a contact time of 0 to 45 minutes.

As already mentioned, can the products of the invention also be formulated as "leave-on" products The subject of the present invention is a method of treatment of skin or hair, in which a composition according to the invention is applied to the skin and / or the hair is applied and left there until the next wash.

In a second particular embodiment According to the invention, the cosmetic agents are present as solid or pulverulent shaped bodies. In this embodiment contains the molding according to the invention further at least one dissolution accelerator. The term dissolution accelerator comprises thereby gas-evolving components, preformed and enclosed Gases, disintegrants and mixtures thereof.

Under the term dissolution accelerator, Moldings explosives, Explosives or disintegrants are substances that are understood Tablets are added to their disintegration when contacting with water or other solvents to accelerate. overviews this can be found, for example, in J. Pharm. Sci. 61 (1972), Rompp Chemilexikon, 9th edition, volume 6, p. 4440 as well as and Voigt "textbook of the pharmaceutical technology" (6th edition, 1987, Pp. 182-184). These substances increase at Access of the solvent, For example, water, their volume, on the one hand, the intrinsic volume enlarged (swelling), on the other hand also over the release of gases can be generated a pressure that the Tablet disintegrates into smaller particles. In pharmacy will be for this purpose cellulose derivatives or polymers used.

In a particular embodiment of the present invention as a shaped body gas-developing components are used as dissolution accelerator. Upon contact with water, these components react with each other to form gases in-situ, which create a pressure in the tablet which disintegrates the tablet into smaller particles. An example of such a system are specific combinations of suitable acids with bases. Preference is given to mono-, di- or trihydric acids having a pK _a value of 1.0 to 6.9. Preferred acids are citric, malic, maleic, malonic, itaconic, tartaric, oxalic, glutaric, glutamic, lactic, fumaric, glycolic and mixtures thereof. Particularly preferred is citric acid. It may be very particularly preferable to use the citric acid in particulate form, the particles having a diameter below 1000 μm, in particular smaller than 700 μm, very particularly preferably smaller than 400 μm. Other alternative suitable acids are the homopolymers or copolymers of acrylic acid, maleic acid, methacrylic acid or itaconic acid having a molecular weight of 2,000 to 200,000. Particularly preferred are homopolymers of acrylic acid and copolymers of acrylic acid and maleic acid. According to the invention, preferred bases are alkali metal silicates, carbonates, bicarbonates and mixtures thereof. Metasilicates, bicarbonates and carbonates are particularly preferred, bicarbonates are most preferred. Particular preference is given to particulate hydrogencarbonates having a particle diameter of less than 1000 μm, in particular less than 700 μm, very particularly preferably less than 400 μm. Sodium or potassium salts of the above bases are particularly preferred. These gas-evolving components are contained in the inventive dyeing composition preferably in an amount of at least 10 wt .-%, in particular of at least 20 wt .-%.

Of course it includes the present invention also recognizes that the hyperbranched invention Polymers used in cosmetic preparations in the form of solid or powdered moldings can be.

In another particular embodiment According to the invention, the cosmetic agents are present as solid or pulverulent shaped bodies. In this embodiment contains the molding according to the invention further at least one dissolution accelerator. The term dissolution accelerator comprises thereby gas-evolving components, preformed and enclosed Gases, disintegrants and mixtures thereof.

Under the term dissolution accelerator, Moldings explosives, Explosives or disintegrants are substances that are understood Tablets are added to their disintegration when contacting with water or other solvents to accelerate. overviews this can be found, for example, in J. Pharm. Sci. 61 (1972), Rompp Chemilexikon, 9th edition, volume 6, p. 4440 as well as and Voigt "textbook of the pharmaceutical technology" (6th edition, 1987, Pp. 182-184). These substances increase at Access of the solvent, For example, water, their volume, on the one hand, the intrinsic volume enlarged (swelling), on the other hand also over the release of gases can be generated a pressure that the Tablet disintegrates into smaller particles. In pharmacy will be for this purpose cellulose derivatives or polymers used.

In a further embodiment of the present invention as a shaped body, the gas is preformed or trapped, so that upon onset of the dissolution of the shaped body, gas evolution begins and further dissolution is accelerated. Examples of suitable gases are air, carbon dioxide, N ₂ O, oxygen and / or other non-toxic, non-combustible gases.

In a third, particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention Invention as a shaped body as a dissolution accelerator Disintegration aids, so-called shaped body disintegrating agents, incorporated into the moldings, to shorten the disintegration times.

These Substances that are also referred to as "explosives" due to their effect increase when water enters their volume (swelling). Swelling disintegration aids are for example, synthetic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) or natural polymers or modified natural substances such as cellulose and starch and their derivatives, alginates or casein derivatives.

Preferred disintegrating agents used in the present invention disintegrating agents based on cellulose, so that preferred molded body such disintegrating agent based on cellulose in amounts of 0.5 to 50 wt .-%, preferably 3 to 30 wt .-%, based on the total molding contain. Pure cellulose has the formal gross composition (C ₆ H ₁₀ O ₅ ) _n and is formally a β-1,4-polyacetal of cellobiose, which in turn is composed of two molecules of glucose. Suitable celluloses consist of about 500 to 5000 glucose units and therefore have average molecular weights of 50,000 to 500,000. Cellulose-based disintegrating agents which can be used in the context of the present invention are also cellulose derivatives obtainable by polymer-analogous reactions of cellulose. Such chemically modified celluloses include, for example, products of esterifications or etherifications in which hydroxy hydrogen atoms have been substituted. Celluloses in which the hydroxy groups have been replaced by functional groups which are not bonded via an oxygen atom can also be used as cellulose derivatives. The group of cellulose derivatives includes, for example, alkali metal celluloses, carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), cellulose esters and ethers, and aminocelluloses. The cellulose derivatives mentioned are preferably not used as the sole cellulosic disintegrating agent but are used in admixture with cellulose. The content of these mixtures of cellulose derivatives is preferably below 50% by weight, particularly preferably below 20% by weight, based on the cellulose-based disintegrating agent. It is particularly preferred to use cellulose-based disintegrating agent which is free of cellulose derivatives.

The cellulose used as disintegration aid can not be used in finely divided form, but converted into a coarser form, for example, granulated or compacted, before admixing with the premixes to be tabletted. The particle sizes of such disintegrating agents are usually above 200 .mu.m, preferably at least 90 wt .-% between 300 and 1600 .mu.m and in particular at least 90 wt .-% between 400 and 1200 microns. The disintegration auxiliaries according to the invention are available commercially for example under the name of Arbocel ^® from Rettenmaier. A preferred disintegration assistants, for example, Arbocel ^® TF-30-HG.

As a cellulose-based disintegrant or as a component of this component, microcrystalline cellulose is preferably used. This microcrystalline cellulose is obtained by partial hydrolysis of celluloses under conditions which attack and completely dissolve only the amorphous regions (about 30% of the total cellulose mass) of the celluloses, leaving the crystalline regions (about 70%) intact. Subsequent deaggregation of the microfine celluloses produced by the hydrolysis yields the microcrystalline celluloses which have primary particle sizes of about 5 μm and can be compacted, for example, into granules having an average particle size of 200 μm. Suitable microcrystalline cellulose is available commercially for example under the trade name Avicel ^®.

Other disintegrants which may be present in the context of the invention, such as Kollidon, alginic acid and their alkali salts, amorphous or partially crystalline layered silicates (bentonites), polyacrylates, polyethylene glycols are, for example, the publications WO 98/40462 (Rettenmaier), WO 98/55583 and WO 98/55590 (Unilever) and WO 98/40463, DE 197 09 991 and DE 197 10 254 (Henkel). The teaching of these documents is expressly incorporated by reference. The disintegrants obtainable by the process according to the invention can be present homogeneously distributed macroscopically viewed in the molded body, but microscopically they form zones of increased concentration due to production.

The accelerated resolution the molded body can also be achieved by Pre-granulation of the other constituents of the molding achieved become.

In a preferred embodiment contain the shaped body according to the invention this in addition to Ausflösungsbeschleuniger a mixture of starch and at least one saccharide. The use of disaccharides according to this embodiment is preferred. Said mixture is preferably in a weight ratio of Strength and the saccharides used from 10: 1 to 1:10, especially preferably from 1: 1 to 1:10, most preferably from 1: 4 to 1: 7 in the molding in front.

The used disaccharides are preferably selected from lactose, maltose, sucrose, Trehalose, Turanose, Gentiobiose, Melibiose and Cellobiose. Especially preferred are lactose, maltose and sucrose and more particularly Lactose is preferably used in the moldings according to the invention.

The Strength-disaccharide mixture is in the molding in an amount of from 5 to 60% by weight, preferably from 20 to 40% by weight based on the mass of the entire molding.

Another essential constituent of the shaped bodies according to the invention may be builders. Typical examples of builders which are useful as optional components are zeolites, water glasses, layered silicates, phosphates and polycarboxylates. The finely crystalline, synthetic and bound water-containing zeolite frequently used as detergent builder is preferably zeolite A and / or P. As zeolite P, for example, zeolite MAP ^(R) (commercial product from Crosfield) is particularly preferred. Also suitable however are zeolite X and mixtures of A, X and / or P as well as Y. Of particular interest is a co-crystallized sodium / potassium aluminum silicate of zeolite A and zeolite X, which (as VEGOBOND AX ^® commercial product of Condea Augusta SpA) is commercially available. The zeolite can be used as a spray-dried powder or else as undried, still moist, stabilized suspension of its preparation. In the event that the zeolite is used as a suspension, it may contain minor additions of nonionic surfactants as stabilizers, for example 1 to 3 wt .-%, based on zeolite, of ethoxylated C ₁₂ -C ₁₈ fatty alcohols having 2 to 5 ethylene oxide groups , C ₁₂ -C ₁₄ fatty alcohols having 4 to 5 ethylene oxide groups or ethoxylated isotridecanols. Suitable zeolites have an average particle size of less than 10 μm (volume distribution, measuring method: Coulter Counter) and preferably contain 18 to 22% by weight, in particular 20 to 22% by weight, of bound water.

Suitable substitutes or sub-substituents for phosphates and zeolites are crystalline, layered sodium silicates of the general formula NaMSi _X O _{2x + 1} · yH ₂ O, where M is sodium or hydrogen, x is a number from 1.9 to 4 and y is a number from 0 is up to 20 and preferred values for x are 2, 3 or 4. Such kris For example, talline layered silicates are disclosed in the European patent application EP 0164514 A1 described. Preferred crystalline layered silicates of the formula given are those in which M is sodium and x assumes the values 2 or 3. In particular, both β- and δ-sodium disilicates Na ₂ Si ₂ O ₅ .yH ₂ O are preferred, whereby β-sodium disilicate can be obtained, for example, by the process described in international patent application WO 91/08171. Further suitable phyllosilicates are, for example, from the patent applications DE 23 34 899 A1 . EP 0026529 A1 and DE 35 26 405 A1 known. Its usability is not limited to any particular composition or structural formula. However, smectites, in particular bentonites, are preferred here. Suitable layered silicates which belong to the group of water-swellable smectites are, for example, those of the general formulas (OH) ₄ Si _8-y Al _y (Mg _x Al _4-x ) O ₂₀ montmorillonite (OH) ₄ Si _8-y Al _y (Mg _6-z Li _z ) O ₂₀ hectorite (OH) ₄ Si _8-y Al _y (Mg _6-z Al _z ) O ₂₀ Saponite with x = 0 to 4, y = 0 to 2, z = 0 to 6. In addition, small amounts of iron may be incorporated in the crystal lattice of the layered silicates according to the above formulas. Furthermore, the phyllosilicates may contain hydrogen, alkali, alkaline earth metal ions, in particular Na ⁺ and Ca ²⁺ , due to their ion-exchanging properties. The amount of water of hydration is usually in the range of 8 to 20 wt .-% and is dependent on the swelling state or on the type of processing. Useful phyllosilicates are for example US 3,966,629 . U.S. 4,062,647 . EP 0026529 A1 and EP 0028432 A1 known. Preferably, phyllosilicates are used, which are largely free of calcium ions and strong coloring iron ions due to an alkali treatment.

The preferred builder substances also include amorphous sodium silicates with a Na ₂ O: SiO ₂ modulus of from 1: 2 to 1: 3.3, preferably from 1: 2 to 1: 2.8 and in particular from 1: 2 to 1: 2, 6, which are delay-delayed. The dissolution delay compared to conventional amorphous sodium silicates may have been caused in various ways, for example by surface treatment, compounding, compaction / densification or by overdrying. In the context of this invention, the term "amorphous" is also understood to mean "X-ray amorphous". This means that in X-ray diffraction experiments, the silicates do not give sharp X-ray reflections typical of crystalline substances but at most one or more maxima of the scattered X-rays having a width of several degrees of diffraction angle. However, it may well even lead to particularly good builder properties if the silicate particles provide blurred or even sharp diffraction maxima in electron diffraction experiments. This is to be interpreted as meaning that the products have microcrystalline regions of size 10 to a few hundred nm, values of up to max. 50 nm and in particular up to max. 20 nm are preferred. Such so-called X-ray-amorphous silicates, which likewise have a dissolution delay compared with the conventional water glasses, are described, for example, in the German patent application DE 44 00 024 A1 described. Especially preferred are densified / compacted amorphous silicates, compounded amorphous silicates and overdried X-ray amorphous silicates.

Of course it is also a use of the well-known phosphates as builders possible, if such use is not avoided for environmental reasons should be. Particularly suitable are the sodium salts of orthophosphates, the pyrophosphates and in particular the tripolyphosphates. Your salary is generally not more than 25% by weight, preferably not more as 20 wt .-%, each based on the finished agent. In some make it has been shown that in particular Tripolyphosphate even in small amounts up to 10 wt .-%, based on the finished agent, in combination with other builders lead to a synergistic improvement of the secondary washing ability.

useful organic builders, which come as a co-builder in question are, for example, in the form polycarboxylic acids which can be used for their sodium salts, such as citric acid, adipic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, tartaric acid, sugar acids, aminocarboxylic acids, nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA), if such an application for ecological reasons not is objectionable, as well as mixtures of these. Preferred salts are the salts of polycarboxylic acids like citric acid, adipic acid, Succinic acid, Glutaric, tartaric, and sugar acids Mixtures of these. The acids themselves can also be used become. The acids In addition to their builder effect, they also typically have the property an acidifying component and thus serve to set a lower and milder one pH value of detergents or cleaning agents. In particular, here are citric acid, Succinic acid, glutaric, adipic acid, gluconic and to name any mixtures of these.

Further suitable organic builder substances are dextrins, for example oligomers or polymers of carbohydrates, which can be obtained by partial hydrolysis of starches. The hydrolysis can be carried out by customary, for example acid or enzyme catalyzed processes. Preference is given to hydrolysis products having average molecular weights in the range from 400 to 500,000. A polysaccharide with a dextrose equivalent (DE) in the range from 0.5 to 40, in particular from 2 to 30 is preferred, DE being a customary measure for the reducing effect of a polysaccharide compared to dextrose, which has a DE of 100. Useful are both maltodextrins with a DE of between 3 and 20 and dry glucose syrups with a DE of between 20 and 37 and also so-called yellow dextrins and white dextrins with higher molecular weights in the range from 2,000 to 30,000. A preferred dextrin is disclosed in the British patent application GB 9419091 A1 described. The oxidized derivatives of such dextrins are their reaction products with oxidizing agents which are capable of oxidizing at least one alcohol function of the saccharide ring to the carboxylic acid function. Such oxidized dextrins and methods of their preparation are, for example, from the European patent applications EP 0232202 A1 . EP 0427349 A1 . EP 0472042 A1 and EP 0542496 A1 and International Patent Applications WO 92/18542, WO 93/08251, WO 93/16110, WO 94/28030, WO 95/07303, WO 95/12619 and WO 95/20608. Also suitable is an oxidized oligosaccharide according to the German patent application DE 196 00 018 A1 , A product oxidized to C _{6 of} the saccharide ring may be particularly advantageous.

Other suitable co-builders are oxydisuccinates and other derivatives of disuccinates, preferably ethylenediamine disuccinate. Glycerol disuccinates and glycerol trisuccinates are particularly preferred in this context, as described, for example, in US Pat US 4,524,009 . US 4,639,325 in the European patent application EP 0150930 A1 and Japanese Patent Application JP 93/339896. Suitable amounts are in zeolithhaltigen and / or silicate-containing formulations at 3 to 15 wt .-%. Other useful organic cobuilders are, for example, acetylated hydroxycarboxylic acids or their salts, which may optionally also be present in lactone form and which contain at least 4 carbon atoms and at least one hydroxyl group and a maximum of two acid groups. Such co-builders are described, for example, in International Patent Application WO 95/20029.

Suitable polymeric polycarboxylates are, for example, the sodium salts of polyacrylic acid or polymethacrylic acid, for example those having a relative molecular weight of 800 to 150,000 (based on acid and measured in each case against polystyrenesulfonic acid). Suitable copolymeric polycarboxylates are, in particular, those of acrylic acid with methacrylic acid and of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid with maleic acid. Copolymers of acrylic acid with maleic acid which contain 50 to 90% by weight of acrylic acid and 50 to 10% by weight of maleic acid have proven to be particularly suitable. Their molecular weight relative to free acids is generally from 5,000 to 200,000, preferably from 10,000 to 120,000 and in particular from 50,000 to 100,000 (in each case measured against polystyrene sulfonic acid). The (co) polymeric polycarboxylates can be used either as a powder or as an aqueous solution, with 20 to 55% by weight aqueous solutions being preferred. Granular polymers are usually added later to one or more basic granules. Also particularly preferred are biodegradable polymers of more than two different monomer units, for example those according to DE 43 00 772 A1 as monomers, salts of acrylic acid and maleic acid and vinyl alcohol or vinyl alcohol derivatives or according to the DE 42 21 381 C2 as monomers, salts of acrylic acid and 2-alkylallylsulfonic acid and sugar derivatives. Further preferred copolymers are those described in the German patent applications DE 43 03 320 A1 and DE 44 17 734 A1 be described and as monomers preferably acrolein and acrylic acid / acrylic acid salts or acrolein and vinyl acetate. Also to be mentioned as further preferred builders polymeric aminodicarboxylic acids, their salts or their precursors. Particular preference is given to polyaspartic acids or their salts and derivatives.

Further suitable builder substances are polyacetals which are prepared by reacting dialdehydes with polyolcarboxylic acids which have 5 to 7 C atoms and at least 3 hydroxyl groups, for example as in the European patent application EP 0280223 A1 described, can be obtained. Preferred polyacetals are obtained from dialdehydes such as glyoxal, glutaraldehyde, terephthalaldehyde and mixtures thereof and from polyol carboxylic acids such as gluconic acid and / or glucoheptonic acid.

If required can the final preparations of the moldings still inorganic salts as filling or Adjusting agents, such as sodium sulfate, which preferably in amounts of 0 to 10, in particular 1 to 5 wt .-% - based on medium - included is.

To use the compositions of the invention as aerosol sprays propellants must be used. The inventively preferred propellant gases are selected from the hydrocarbons having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, such as propane, n-butane, isobutane, n-pentane and iso-pentane, dimethyl ether, carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide, fluorocarbons and chlorofluorocarbons and mixtures of these substances. Very particularly preferred propellants are propane, butane, isobutane, pentane, isopentane, dimethyl ether and the mixtures of these previously mentioned propellant gases with each other. According to the invention most preferred propellants are the mixtures of dimethyl ether with hydrocarbons. Within the group of hydrocarbons as propellant gases are preferred n-butane and propane.

According to one preferred embodiment contain the preparations according to the invention the said hydrocarbons or mixtures of said hydrocarbons with dimethyl ether as sole blowing agent. However, the invention includes expressly the concomitant use of chlorofluorocarbon blowing agent, but especially the fluorocarbons.

The Propellant gases are in amounts of 5-98 wt.%, Preferably 10-98 wt.% And more preferably 20-98% by weight, most preferably 40% up to 98% by weight, based in each case on the entire aerosol composition, contain.

A Embodiment consists in the compositions of the invention as a block body to formulate. In the following, therefore, this embodiment will be detailed described. The geometric spatial Dimensions of this embodiment are to be adapted to the geometry of the reservoir. Preferably have these block body Dimensions and dimensions such as syndet or soap bars.

The Moldings according to the invention may be any geometric shape, such as concave, convex, biconcave, biconvex, cubic, tetragonal, orthorhombic, cylindrical, spherical, Cylinder segment-like, disk-shaped, tetrahedral, dodecahedral, octahedral, conical, pyramidal, ellipsoid, five-, seven- and octagonal-prismatic as well as rhombohedral forms. Also completely irregular bases like Arrows or animal shapes, trees, Clouds etc. can will be realized. The training as a blackboard, the bar or bar form, Cube, Cuboid and corresponding room elements with flat side surfaces as well in particular cylindrical Embodiments with circular or oval cross-section and spherical body Geometry are preferred according to the invention. Particular preference is given to moldings in the shape of more spherical Geometry.

The cylindrical Embodiment detected thereby the presentation form of the tablet up to compact cylinder pieces with a relationship of height to larger diameter 1. Indicates the basic shaped body corners and edges, so these are preferably rounded. As additional Optical differentiation is a rounded embodiment Corners and bevelled ("Chamfered") edges preferred.

In a preferred embodiment can the portioned compacts each formed as separate individual elements be that of the predetermined dosage of the cosmetic agents equivalent. But it is also possible compacts form a plurality of such mass units in one compact connect, in particular by predetermined breaking points the easy separability of portioned smaller units provided is. The formation of the portioned compacts as tablets in cylindrical or cuboidal shape may be appropriate being a diameter / height ratio in the Range of about 0.1: 10 to 10: 0.1 is preferred. Commercial hydraulic presses, Eccentric presses or rotary presses are suitable devices, in particular for the production of such Compacts.

The preferred spatial form of the shaped body according to the invention has a rectangular Footprint, being the height the molded body smaller than the smaller rectangle side of the base. Rounded edges are preferred in this form of offer.

One another preferred shaped body, which can be produced, has a plate-like or tabular structure with alternately thick long and thin short segments, so that individual Segments of this "bar" at the predetermined breaking points, the short ones thin Display segments, broken off and used in portions in this way can come. This principle of the "bar-shaped" shaped body can also in other geometrical forms, for example vertical Triangles that are joined together on one side only are to be realized.

If the shaped bodies according to the invention contain at least two cosmetic active ingredients, it may be advantageous in a further embodiment not to combine the various components exclusively to one to press uniform tablet. During tableting, in this embodiment moldings are obtained which have a plurality of layers, ie at least two layers. It is also possible that these different layers have different dissolution rates. This can result in advantageous performance properties of the molded body. For example, if components are included in the moldings that interact negatively, it is possible to incorporate one component in the faster soluble layer and incorporate the other component into a slower soluble layer so that the components do not already during the dissolution process react with each other.

Of the Layer structure of the moldings can be done both stacked, wherein a solution process of inner layers) already takes place at the edges of the shaped body, when the outer layers not yet complete solved are. In the stacked Arrangement, the stacking axis arranged arbitrarily to the tablet axis be. The stacking axis can thus, for example, in the case of a cylindrical tablet parallel or perpendicular to the height of the cylinder.

It but also according to one another embodiment be preferred if a complete enclosure of the inner layers) through the further outer layers is achieved, resulting in a prevention of the early release of components of the inner layers) leads. Preference is given to moldings, in which the layers with the different active ingredients wrap themselves. For example Let one layer (A) be complete from the layer (B) and this in turn completely enveloped by the layer (C). As well can moldings preferred in which e.g. the layer (C) completely from the layer (B) and this in turn is completely enveloped by the layer (A).

Similar Effects can also be achieved by coating ("coating") individual components of the material to be pressed Achieve composition or the entire molding. For this purpose, the to be coated body for example with aqueous solutions or Emulsions be, or over the process of melt coating obtained a coating.

The produced according to the invention (Troughs) shaped bodies can be wholly or partially provided with a coating. Method, in which a post-treatment in the application of a coating layer on the shaped body surface (s), in which the filled (s) Mulde (s) are located, or in the application of a coating layer on the entire molded body is, are preferred according to the invention.

After pressing, the moldings have a high stability. The breaking strength of cylindrical shaped bodies can be detected by the measurand of the diametric breaking load. This is determinable σ = 2P / πDt

Here in σ stands for the diametrical one Diametral fracture stress (DFS) in Pa, P is the force in N, which leads to the pressure exerted on the molded body, the the breakage of the molding D is the shape diameter in meters and t is the height the molded body.

The shaped articles of the present invention preferably have a density of from 0.3 g / cm ³ to 2.0 g / cm ³ , in particular from 0.5 g / cm ³ to 1.1 g / cm ³ .

Furthermore can the shaped bodies according to the invention a, with the term "base molding" described on consist of moldings produced by known Tablettiervorgänge which has a trough. Preferably, the base molding is first made and the further compressed part in another Step on or in this base molding on or introduced. The resulting product is hereinafter referred to by the generic term "tray molding" or "depression tablet".

Of the Basic tablet can according to the invention in principle assume all realizable spatial forms. Particularly preferred the spatial forms already mentioned above. The shape of the trough can be free to get voted, wherein according to the invention moldings are preferred in which at least one trough is a concave, convex, cubic, tetragonal, orthorhombic, cylindrical, spherical, cylinder segment, disc-shaped, tetrahedral, dodecahedral, octahedral, conical, pyramidal, ellipsoid, five-, seven- and octagonal-prismatic and rhombohedral form. Also completely irregular trough forms like arrow or animal shapes, trees, Clouds etc. can will be realized. As with the basic moldings are wells with rounded Corners and edges or with rounded corners and chamfered edges prefers.

The Size of the trough in comparison to the entire molded body depends on the desired Intended use of the moldings. Depending on whether in the second compressed part a lower or bigger amount may be included in the active substance, the size of the trough vary. Independently The purpose of use are shaped bodies preferred in which the weight ratio of base molding to depression filling in the range of 1: 1 to 100: 1, preferably from 2: 1 to 80: 1, especially preferably from 3: 1 to 50: 1 and in particular from 4: 1 to 30: 1.

Similar Statements can be made to the surface proportions that the Basic tablet or the trough filling at the total surface of the molding turn off. Here are moldings preferred in which the surface the pressed in depression filling 1 to 25%, preferably 2 to 20%, particularly preferably 3 to 15% and in particular 4 to 10% of the total surface area of the filled base molding.

If, for example, the overall shaped body has dimensions of 20 × 20 × 40 mm and thus a total surface area of 40 cm ² , well fillings are preferred which have a surface area of 0.4 to 10 cm ² , preferably 0.8 to 8 cm ² , more preferably of 1.2 to 6 cm ² and in particular from 1.6 to 4 cm ² .

The depression filling and the base molding are preferably dyed optically distinguishable. In addition to optical differentiation Muldentabletten have application advantages on the one hand by different solubilities but also by the separate areas Storage of the active ingredients in the various molded body areas on.

Shaped body, at which the pressed in depression filling releases more slowly as the base molding, may be preferred according to the invention be. By incorporation of certain components, on the one hand the solubility the trough filling can be selectively varied, on the other hand, the release of certain Ingredients from the trough filling lead to benefits in the application process. By the differently fast release can incompatibilities of individual Ingredients in solving be prevented.

It may be preferred according to the invention be, individual active ingredients before their incorporation into the molding separately to encapsulate; so it is conceivable, for example, particularly reactive Components or the fragrances to use in encapsulated form.

The Production of the shaped body according to the invention takes place first by the dry mixing of the ingredients, in whole or in part can be pre-granulated, and subsequent Information, in particular compression to tablets, wherein known Method used can be. For the preparation of the shaped body according to the invention, the premix is in a so-called matrix between two stamps to a solid Compacted compressed. This process, hereinafter referred to briefly as Tableting is divided into four sections: Dosing, compaction (elastic deformation), plastic deformation and Ejecting.

First, will introduced the premix in the die, wherein the filling amount and thus the weight and the shape of the resulting molded body the position of the lower punch and the shape of the pressing tool be determined. The constant dosage even at high molding throughputs is preferably over reached a volumetric dosage of the premix. In the further Touched the course of tableting the upper stamp the pre-mix and lower in the direction of of the lower punch. In this compression, the particles become closer to the premix pressed together wherein the void volume within the filling between the punches decreases continuously. From a certain position of the upper punch (and thus from a certain pressure on the premix) begins the plastic deformation, in which the particles flow together and it for the formation of the molding comes. Depending on the physical properties of the premix Also, some of the premix particles are crushed, and even higher pressures occur a sintering of the premix. With increasing pressing speed, So high throughput, the phase of elastic deformation ever shorter, So that the resulting moldings more or less big cavities can have. In the last step of tabletting the finished molding is through pushed out the lower punch from the die and by subsequent transport facilities carried away. At this time, only the weight of the molded article is finally determined, there the compacts due to physical processes (re-expansion, crystallographic Effects, cooling etc.) can change their shape and size.

The tabletting is carried out in commercial tablet presses, which can be equipped in principle with single or double punches. In the latter case, not only the upper punch for pressure build ver The lower punch also moves toward the upper punch during the pressing process, while the upper punch presses down. For small production quantities, eccentric tablet presses are preferably used in which the die or punches are attached to an eccentric disc, which in turn is mounted on an axis at a certain rotational speed. The movement of these punches is comparable to the operation of a conventional four-stroke engine. The compression can be done with a respective upper and lower punch, but it can also be attached more stamp on an eccentric disc, the number of Matrizenbohrungen is extended accordingly. The throughputs of eccentric presses vary depending on the type of a few hundred to a maximum of 3000 tablets per hour.

For larger throughputs, choose Rotary tablet presses in which on a so-called die table A larger number of matrices circular is arranged. The number of matrices varies depending on the model 6 and 55, although larger matrices available in the stores are. Each die on the die table is a top and bottom stamp assigned, in turn, the pressing pressure active only by the Upper or lower stamp, but also constructed by both stamps can be. The die table and the stamps move around one common vertical axis, with the stamps with the help rail-like curved tracks during of circulation in the positions for filling, Compression, plastic deformation and ejection are brought. In the places where a particularly serious increase or decrease in the Stamp is required (filling, Compacting, ejecting), These curves are through additional low pressure pieces, Niederzugschienen and lifting tracks supported. The filling the matrix is over a rigidly arranged supply device, the so-called filling shoe, the one with a reservoir for the Premix is connected. The pressing pressure on the premix is about the compression paths for upper and Lower punch individually adjustable, whereby the pressure build-up by the rolling of the punch shaft heads on adjustable pressure rollers happens.

Rotary presses can to increase the throughput with two filling shoes be provided, wherein for the preparation of a tablet only one Semicircle must be traversed. To produce two-layered and multi-layered shaped bodies, several filling shoes are used arranged one behind the other without the slightly pressed first Layer before further filling pushed out becomes. By suitable process control are on coat and point tablets produced this way, the one have onion-like structure, in the case of the point tablets not covering the top of the core or core layers and thus remains visible. Also rotary tablet presses are Equipped with single or multiple tools, so that, for example an outer circle with 50 and an inner circle with 35 holes at the same time for pressing to be used. The throughputs modern rotary tablet presses amount to over one million moldings per Hour.

• – Verwendung von Kunststoffeinlagen mit geringen Dickentoleranzen
• – Geringe Umdrehungszahl des Rotors
• – Große Füllschuhe
• – Abstimmung des Füllschuhflügeldrehzahl auf die Drehzahl des Rotors
• – Füllschuh mit konstanter Pulverhöhe
• – Entkopplung von Füllschuh und Pulvervorlage

When tableting with rotary presses, it has proven to be advantageous to carry out the tableting with the lowest possible weight fluctuations of the tablet. In this way, the hardness fluctuations of the tablet can be reduced. Small variations in weight can be achieved in the following ways:

• - Use of plastic inserts with small thickness tolerances
• - Low number of revolutions of the rotor
• - Big filling shoes
• - Matching of the Füllschuhflügeldrehzahl on the speed of the rotor
• - filling shoe with constant powder height
• - Decoupling of filling shoe and powder template

to Reduction of Stempelanbackungen offer all Non-stick coatings known in the art. Especially advantageous are plastic coatings, plastic inserts or plastic stamps. Rotary stamps have proved to be advantageous, wherein if possible Upper and lower punch should be rotatable. When turning Stamping can usually be dispensed with a plastic insert become. Here, the stamp surfaces should be electropolished.

It showed that long pressing times are advantageous. these can with pressure rails, multiple pressure rollers or low rotor speeds be set. Because the hardness fluctuations The tablet should be caused by the fluctuations of the pressing forces Systems are applied, which limit the pressing force. Here can be elastic Punches, pneumatic compensators or resilient elements in the force path be used. Also, the pressure roller can be made resilient.

Tableting machines suitable for the purposes of the present invention are available, for example, from Apparatebau Holzwarth GbR, Asperg, Wilhelm Fette GmbH, Schwarzenbek, Fann Instruments Company, Houston, Texas (USA), Hofer GmbH, Weil, Horn & Noack Pharmatechnik GmbH, Worms, IMA Packaging Systems GmbH Viersen, KILIAN, Cologne, KOMAGE, Kell am See, KORSCH Presses AG, Berlin, and Romaco GmbH, Worms. Other providers include Dr. med. Herbert Pete, Vienna (AT), Mapag Maschinenbau AG, Berne (CH), BWI Manesty, Liverpool (GB), I. Holand Ltd., Nottingham (GB), Courtoy NV, Halle (BE / LU) and Mediopharm Kamnik (SI ). Particularly suitable is, for example, the hydraulic double pressure press HPF 630 LAEIS, D. Tablettierwerkzeuge are for example from the company Adams tabletting tools, Dresden, Wilhelm Fett GmbH, Schwarzenbek, Klaus Hammer, Solingen, Herber% Sons GmbH, Hamburg, Hofer GmbH, Weil, Horn & Noack, Pharmatechnik GmbH, Worms, Ritter Pharamatechnik GmbH, Hamburg, Romaco, GmbH, Worms and Notter Werkzeugbau, Tamm available. Other providers include the Senss AG, Reinach (CH) and the Medicopharm, Kamnik (SI).

The However, a method for producing the shaped body is not on it limited, that only a particulate Premix to a molding pressed becomes. Rather, it can be extend the process to the extent that in known per se Way multilayer moldings by preparing two or more premixes, the pressed together become. Here, the first filled pre-mix is slightly pre-pressed to a smooth and parallel to the mold bottom to get running top, and after filling the second premix to the finished molded body final compression. In the case of three-layered or multi-layered shaped bodies, another one takes place after each premix addition Pre-compression, before the molding is end-pressed after the addition of the last premix.

The Compression of the particulate Composition in the trough can be analogous to the preparation of the basic shaped body Tablet presses take place. Preferred is a procedure, in the first the basic moldings made with hollow, then filled and subsequently pressed again become. This can be done by ejecting the Basic tablet from a first tablet press, filling and transport in one second tablet press done in the final compression takes place. Alternatively, the Endverpressung also by pressure rollers, over the roll on a conveyor belt located shaped body done. It is but also possible a rotary tablet press with different stamp sets to provide, so that a first set of stamp depressions pressed into the moldings and the second stamp set after filling by re-compression for provides a flat shaped body surface.

The Moldings according to the invention can after are packed in the production, whereby the use of certain Packaging systems especially proven has, because these packaging systems on the one hand, the storage stability of the ingredients increase, on the other hand, if necessary, but also the long-term adhesion of the trough filling clearly improve. The term "packaging system" characterizes this in the context of the present invention always the primary packaging the shaped body, i.e. the packaging in contact with the mold surface directly on its inside is. To an optional secondary packaging No requirements are made, so that all the usual Materials and systems can be used.

berechnen, wobei A die Fläche des zu testenden Materials in cm², x die Gewichtszunahme des Calciumchlorids in g und y die Expositionszeit in h bedeutet.Preferred according to the invention are packaging systems which have only a low moisture permeability. In this way, the molding according to the invention over a longer period can be obtained, even if, for example, hygroscopic components are used in the moldings. Especially preferred are packaging systems which has a moisture vapor transmission rate of 0.1 g / m ² / day to less than 20 g / m ² / day when the packaging system at 23 ° C and a relative equilibrium humidity is supported by 85%. The temperature and humidity conditions mentioned are the test conditions specified in DIN standard 53122, with minimum deviations permissible according to DIN 53122 (23 ± 1 ° C, 85 ± 2% relative humidity). The moisture vapor transmission rate of a given packaging system or material can be determined by other standard methods and is also, for example, in the ASTM standard E-96-53T (test for measuring water vapor transmission of material in sheet form) and TAPPI standard T464 m-45 ("Water Vapor Permeability of Sheet Materials at High Temperature Humidity"). The measuring principle of common methods is based on the water absorption of anhydrous calcium chloride, which is stored in a container in the appropriate atmosphere, the container is sealed at the top with the material to be tested. From the surface of the container, which is closed with the material to be tested (permeation surface), the increase in weight of the calcium chloride and the exposure time, the moisture vapor transmission rate decreases

where A is the area of the material to be tested in cm ² , x is the weight gain of calcium chloride in g and y is the exposure time in h.

The relative equilibrium moisture, often referred to as "relative humidity", in the measurement of the moisture vapor transmission rate in the context of the present invention is 85% at 23 ° C. The absorption capacity of air for water vapor rises with the temperature up to a respective maximum content, the so-called saturation content, and is given in g / m ^3. For example, 1 m ³ of 17 ° air is saturated with 14.4 g of water vapor, at a temperature of 11 °, saturation is already present with 10 g of water vapor Percent expressed ratio of the actually existing water vapor content to the saturation content corresponding to the prevailing temperature If, for example, air contains 17 ° 12 g / m ³ water vapor, then the relative humidity is (12 / 14.4) × 100 = 83% If this air is cooled off, the saturation (100% RH) is reached at the so-called dew point (14 ° in the example), ie at w later cooling a precipitate forms in the form of fog (dew). Hygrometers and psychrometers are used to quantify moisture.

The relative equilibrium humidity of 85% at 23 ° C can be for example, in laboratory chambers with moisture control depending on device type to +/- 2% RH set exactly. Also over saturated Solutions of certain Salts form in closed systems at a given temperature constant and well-defined relative humidities, which on the phase equilibrium between partial pressure of the water, more saturated solution and bottombody based.

The Combinations of molded bodies and packaging system Of course in turn in secondary packaging, For example, cardboard boxes or trays are packed, with the secondary packaging no further requirements have to be made. The secondary packaging is therefore possible but not necessary.

The Packaging system of the combination according to the invention can from the consist of different materials and any external shapes accept. For economic reasons establish and for the sake of However, packaging systems are preferred for ease of processability. where the packaging material has a low weight, light to process and cost-effective as well as ecological compatible is.

The solid pieces and the granules can continue builders contain. As builders become water-soluble Structurants, such as starch, preferably wheat or corn starch used.

Especially preferred is the use of wheat and / or corn starch, the untreated or in open-minded, i. partially hydrolyzed or acid-degraded Form can be used. Untreated starch has the advantage that she in solid pieces in the form of small solid grains is present. Hydrolyzed starch leads to Products with better ductility and homogeneity.

Especially preferred is the use of wheat and / or corn starch, the untreated or preferably in a more open, i. partial hydrolyzed form can be used.

When Builder can furthermore finely divided, water-insoluble Containing alkali aluminum silicates, the use of synthetic, bound water-containing crystalline sodium aluminosilicates and in particular of zeolite A is particularly preferred; Zeolite NaX as well as its mixtures with zeolite NaA can also be used. Suitable zeolites have a calcium binding capacity in the range of 100 to 200 mg CaO / g. As liquid Builder can also NTA and / or EDTA are used.

Talc is a hydrated magnesium silicate with the theoretical composition 3MgO 4SiO ₂ · H ₂ O and Mg ₃ (Si ₄ O ₁₀₎ · (OH) _2, but which may contain fractions of hydrated magnesium aluminum silicate in an amount that an Al ₂ O ₃ - Content of up to 12 wt .-% can make up.

Of the Particle diameter (equivalent spherical diameter) of the talc should be in the range of 0.5 to 50 μm lie. In general, such Talc qualities have proven to be not more than 5% by weight of particles of less than 1 μm and not more than 5% by weight on particles over 50 μm size included. Preferably, the proportion of particles larger than 40 microns in diameter (sieve residue), at the most 2 wt .-%, the average particle diameter is preferably 5 up to 15 μm.

The content of impurities should not be more than 1.6% by weight of Fe ₂ O ₃ , 1% by weight of CaO and 1% by weight of unbound water (dry loss at 105 ° C.). The content of hydrated magnesia Aluminum silicate can account for up to 60% by weight (calculated as Al ₂ O ₃ up to 12% by weight).

Suitable finely divided, water-insoluble alkali metal aluminum silicates are synthetic, bound water-containing, crystalline sodium aluminosilicates, preferably zeolite NaA. Also useful is the zeolite NaX and its mixtures with zeolite NaA. Suitable zeolites have a calcium binding capacity, which according to the information in DE 24 12 837 is determined and that is in the range of 100 to 200 mg CaO / g. Preferably, the zeolite NaA available with the trade name Wessalith P (Degussa) with a content of about 20% by weight of bound water in an amount of 8-15% by weight is used.

When Plasticizers include fatty alcohols, fatty acid partial glycerides or wax esters each having 12 to 22 carbon atoms in the fat residues in question. To this is also on the comments on the fatty substances (D).

For example the preferred pH is between 2 and 11, with values of 2 to 8 are particularly preferred.

• • Glycerin;
• • Alkylenglycole, wie beispielsweise Ethylenglycol, Diethylenglycol, Propylenglycol, Butylenglycol, Hexylenglycol sowie Polyethylenglycole mit einem durchschnittlichen Molekulargewicht von 100 bis 1.000 Dalton;
• • technische Oligoglyceringemische mit einem Eigenkondensationsgrad von 1,5 bis 10 wie etwa technische Diglyceringemische mit einem Diglyceringehalt von 40 bis 50 Gew.-%;
• • Methyolverbindungen, wie insbesondere Trimethylolethan, Trimethylolpropan, Trimethylolbutan, Pentaerythrit und Dipentaerythrit;
• • Niedrigalkylglucoside, insbesondere solche mit 1 bis 8 Kohlenstoffen im Alkylrest, wie beispielsweise Methyl- und Butylglucosid;
• • Zuckeralkohole mit 5 bis 12 Kohlenstoffatomen, wie beispielsweise Sorbit oder Mannit,
• • Zucker mit 5 bis 12 Kohlenstoffatomen, wie beispielsweise Glucose oder Saccharose; Aminozucker, wie beispielsweise Glucamin.

To improve processability, hydrotropes such as, for example, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, or polyols may also be used. Polyols contemplated herein preferably have from 2 to 15 carbon atoms and at least two hydroxyl groups. Of course, many of the compounds described below among the polyhydroxy compounds may be used as the hydrotrope. Typical examples are

• • glycerin;
• Alkylene glycols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, hexylene glycol, and polyethylene glycols having an average molecular weight of 100 to 1,000 daltons;
• Technical Oligoglyceringemische with an intrinsic degree of condensation of 1.5 to 10 such as technical Diglyceringemische with a diglycerol content of 40 to 50 wt .-%;
• Methyolverbindungen, in particular trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolbutane, pentaerythritol and dipentaerythritol;
• Lower alkyl glucosides, especially those having 1 to 8 carbons in the alkyl radical, such as, for example, methyl and butyl glucoside;
• Sugar alcohols having 5 to 12 carbon atoms, such as sorbitol or mannitol,
• • sugars having 5 to 12 carbon atoms, such as glucose or sucrose; Amino sugars, such as glucamine.

Either for the inventive method as well as for the uses according to the invention mutatis mutandis apply the preferred embodiments that already continue above to the agents according to the invention were described in detail.

The The following examples are intended to explain the invention in more detail.

Examples and Proofs of Action:

All Information is, if not explicit otherwise noted in% by weight.

Proof of efficacy:

Example 1: Anti-splitting

Gesplisste strands of hair were for 2 min in 1% aqueous solutions Hybrane P / S60 or Hybrane SAc dipped, afterwards with little dist. Rinsed off water, expressed and dried in the air. The ends of the dried strands of hair were examined under a scanning electron microscope. In comparison with a non-treated blank was markedly anti-splitting observed: The untreated control sample showed 33.3% damaged hair ends on, while in a 1% aqueous solution hair sample dipped by Hybrane SAc only 26.7% hair breakage or Split ends. The hair sample treated with Hybrane P / S60 showed only 7.5% hair ends damaged by hair breakage or split ends.

In a second experiment, the hyperbranched polymers Hybrane PA 1690 or Hybrane DE0750 8500 were investigated analogously to the above specification. The blank was treated analogously with water pH 4 for comparison. The blind sample had 50% split or broken hair, the sample treated with Hybrane PA 1690 had only 33.3% damaged hair and Hybrane DE0750 8500 treated hair sample only a share of 13.3%.

Example 2: Lubricating properties

It were 1% aqueous solutions hyperbranched polymers Hybrane PA 1690, Hybrane HLEO350 3855 and Hybrane DE0750 8500 and to pH 2, pH 4 and pH 9 set. These solutions were against a solution of the polymer JR400 (concentration 1% in water) and against the Brillance Conditioner on avivagestrestructs tested. Already the watery solutions Hybrane PA 1690 showed comparable performance at all pH levels the ready-made Brillance Conditioner. The solution from Hybrane HLEO350 3855 also showed a better finish at pH 4 than Polymer JR 400. DEO 750850 was comparable to Polymer JR 400.

2. Application examples

1. Haarspülung Eumulgin^® B2¹ 0,3 Cetyl/Stearylalkohol 3,3 Sericin 0,3 Promois^® Silk-1000 0,7 Isopropylmyristat 0,5 Lamesoft^® PO 65⁴ 0,5 Dehyquart^® A-CA² 2,0 Salcare^® SC 96⁵ 1,0 Citronensäure 0,4 Gluadin^®6 W40 2,0 Pyridoxin 1,0 Weinsäure 0,7 Phenonip^®3 0,8 Wasser ad 100

• 1. Cetylstearylalkohol + 20 EO (INCI-Bezeichnung: Ceteareth-20) (COGNIS)
• 2. Trimethylhexadecylammoniumchlorid ca. 25% Aktivsubstanz (INCI-Bezeichnung: Cetrimonium Chloride) (COGNIS)
• 3. Hydroxybenzoesäuremethylester-Hydroxybenzoesäureethylester-Hydroxybenzoesäurepropylester-Hydroxybenzoesäurebutylester-Phenoxyethanol-Gemisch (ca. 28% Aktivsubstanz; INCI-Bezeichnung: Phenoxyethanol, Methylparaben, Ethylparaben, Propylparaben, Butylparaben) (NIPA)
• 4. Gemisch aus Alkylpolyglycosid und Fettsäuremonoglycerid (INCI-Bezeichnung: Coco-Glucoside (and) Glyceryl Oleate)
• 5. N,N,N-Trimethyl-2[(methyl-1-oxo-2-propenyl)oxy]-Ethanaminiumchlorid-Homopolymer (50% Aktivsubstanz; INCI-Bezeichnung: Polyquaternium-37 (and) Propylenglycol Dicaprilate Dicaprate (and) PPG-1 Trideceth-6) (ALLIED COLLOIDS)
• 6. Weizenproteinhydrolysat ca. 40% Aktivsubstanz (INCI-Bezeichnung: Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein) (COGNIS)

7. Haarspülung Eumulgin^® B2 0,3 Cetyl/Stearylalkohol 3,3 Isopropylmyristat 0,5 Paraffinöl perliquidum 15 cSt. DAB 9 0,3 Dehyquart^® L 80⁷ 0,4 Lamesoft^® PO 65 1,5 Cosmedia Guar^® C 261⁸ 1,5 Promois^® Milk-CAQ⁹ 3,0 Citronensäure 0,4 Potassium Cocoyl Hydrolyzed Silk 2,0 Hexapeptide-2 0,3 Poly-L-serin 0,5 Phenonip^® 0,8 Wasser ad 100

• 8. Bis(cocoylethyl)-hydroxyethyl-methyl-ammonium-methosulfat (ca. 76% Aktivsubstanz in Propylenglykol; INCI-Bezeichnung: Dicocoylethyl Hydroxyethylmonium Methosulfat, Propylene Glycol) (COGNIS)
• 9. Guarhydroxypropyltrimethylammonium Chlorid; INCI-Bezeichnung: Guar Hydroxypropyl Trimonium Chloride (COGNIS)
• 10. INCI-Bezeichnung: Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Casein (SEIWA KASEI)

11. Haarkur Dehyquart^® F75¹⁰ 4,0 Cetyl/Stearylalkohol 4,0 Paraffinöl perliquidum 15 cSt DAB 9 1,5 Dehyquart^® A-CA 4,0 Lamesoft^® PO 65 1,0 Salcare^® SC 96 1,5 Sericin 0,1 Promois^® Silk 1000 0,4 D/L-Isoleucin 2,5 Glyoxylsäure 0,5 Amisafe-LMA-60^®11 1, 0 Gluadin^® W 20¹² 3,0 Germall^® 115¹³ 1,0 Citronensäure 0,15 Phenonip^® 0,8 Wasser ad 100

• 12. Fettalkohole-Methyltriethanolammoniummethylsulfatdialkylester-Gemisch (INCI-Bezeichnung: Distearoylethyl Hydroxyethylmonium Methosulfate, Ceteatryl Alcohol) (COGNIS)
• 13. INCI-Bezeichnung Hydroxypropyl Arginine Lauryl/Myristyl Ether HCI (Ajinomoto)
• 14. Weizenproteinhydrolysat (20% Aktivsubstanz in Wasser; INCI-Bezeichnung: Aqua (and) Hydrolized Wheat Protein (and) Sodium Benzoate (and) Phenoxyethanol (and) Methylparaben (and) Propylparaben) (COGNIS)
• 15. INCI-Bezeichnung: Imidazolidinyl Urea (Sutton Laboratories)

16. Haarkur Dehyquart^® L80 2,0 Cetyl/Stearylalkohol 6,0 Paraffinöl perliquidum 15 cSt DAB 9 2,0 Rewoquat^® W 75¹⁴ 2,0 Cosmedia Guar^® C261 0,5 Lamesoft^® PO 65 0,5 Sepigel^® 305¹⁵ 3,5 Honeyquat^® 50¹⁶ 1,0 Gluadin^® WQ 2,5 Gluadin^® W 20 3,0 Hydrolyzed Sericin 0,8 L-Glycin 0,4 L-Alanyl-L-prolin 1,0 L-Tyrosin 0,2 Citronensäure 0,15 Phenonip^® 0,8 Wasser ad 100

• 17. 1-Methyl-2-nortalgalkyl-3-talgfettsäureamidoethylimidazolinium-methosulfat (ca. 75% Aktivsubstanz in Propylenglykol; INCI-Bezeichnung: Quaternium-27, Propylene Glycol) (WITCO)
• 18. Copolymer aus Acrylamid und 2-Acrylamido-2-methylpropansulfonsäure (INCI-Bezeichnung: Polyacrylamide (and) C₁₃-C₁₄ Isoparaffin (and) Laureth-7) (SEPPIC)
• 19. INCI-Bezeichnung: Hydroxypropyltrimonium Honey (BROOKS)

20. Haarkur Dehyquart^® F75 0,3 Salcare^® SC 96 5,0 Gluadin^® WQ 1,5 Lamesoft^® PO 65 0,5 Dow Corning^® 200 Fluid, 5 cSt.¹⁷ 1,5 Gafquat^® 755N¹⁸ 1,5 Poly-D/L-alanin 1,5 Serin 0,1 Glycinmethylester 0,5 Tyrosinmethylester 0,2 Sericin 0,2 Biodocarb^®19 0,02 Parfümöl 0,25 Wasser ad 100

• 21. Polydimethylsiloxan (INCI-Bezeichnung: Dimethicone) (DOW CORNING)
• 22. Dimethylaminoethylmethacrylat-Vinylpyrrolidon-Copolymer, mit Diethylsulfat quaterniert (19% Aktivsubstanz in Wasser; INCI-Bezeichnung: Polyquaternium-11) (GAF)
• 23. 3-Iod-2-propinyl-n-butylcarbamat (INCI-Bezeichnung: Iodopropynyl Butylcarbamate) (MILKER & GRÜNING)

24. Haarkur Sepigel^® 305 5,0 Dow Corning^® Q2-5220²⁰ 1,5 Promois^® Milk Q²¹ 3,0 Lamesoft^® PO 65 0,5 Polymer P1 entsprechend DE 39 29 173 0,6 Genamin^® DSAC²² 0,3 D/L-Methionin-S-Methylsulfoniumchlorid 1,8 Hydrolyzed Sericin 0,5 Promois^® Silk 1000 1,0 Phenonip^® 0,8 Parfümöl 0,25 Wasser ad 100

• 25. Silicon-Glykol-Copolymer (INCI-Bezeichnung: Dimethicone Copolyol) (DOW CORNING)
• 26. INCI-Bezeichnung Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Casein ca. 30% Aktivsubstanz (SEIWA KASEI)
• 27. Dimethyldistearylammoniumchlorid (INCI-Bezeichnung: Distearyldimonium Chloride) (CLARIANT)

28. Shampoo Texapon^® NSO²³ 40,0 Dehyton^® G²⁴ 6,0 Polymer JR 400^®25 0,5 Cetiol^® HE²⁶ 0,5 Ajidew^® NL 50²⁷ 1,0 Lamesoft^® PO 65 3,0 Sericin 0,8 Promois^® Silk 1000 2,0 Gluadin® WQT²⁸ 2,5 Gluadin^® W 20 0,5 Panthenol (50%) 0,3 Casein 2,0 Vitamin E 0,1 Vitamin H 0,1 Glutaminsäure 0,2 Citronensäure 0,5 Natriumbenzoat 0,5 Parfüm 0,4 NaCl 0,5 Wasser ad 100

• 29. Natriumlaurylethersulfat ca. 28% Aktivsubstanz (INCI-Bezeichnung: Sodium Laureth Sulfate) (COGNIS)
• 30. INCI-Bezeichnung: Sodium Cocoamphoacetate, ca. 30% Aktivsubstanz in Wasser) (COGNIS)
• 31. quaternierte Hydroxyethylcellulose (INCI-Bezeichnung: Polyquaternium-10) (UNION CARBIDE)
• 32. Polyol-Fettsäure-Ester (INCI-Bezeichnung: PEG-7 Glyceryl Cocoate) (COGNIS)
• 33. Natrium-Salz der 2-Pyrrolidinon-5-carbonsäure (50% Aktivsubstanz: INCI-Bezeichnung: Sodium PCA) (AJINOMOTO)
• 34. INCI-Bezeichnung: Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein (COGNIS)

35. Shampoo Texapon^® NSO 43,0 Dehyton^® K²⁹ 10,0 Plantacare^® 1200 UP³⁰ 4,0 Lamesoft^® PO 65 2,5 Euperlan^® PK 3000³¹ 1,6 Arquad^® 316³² 0,8 Polymer JR^® 400 0,3 Gluadin^® WQ 4,0 Lauryldimopnium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Silk 3,0 Sodium Lauroyl Hydrolyzed Silk 3,0 Sericin 10,0 Milchsäure 0,5 Hydrolupin^® AA³³ 0,5 Äpfelsäure 0,5 Glucamate^® DOE 120³³ 0,5 Natriumchlorid 0,2 Wasser ad 100

• 36. INCI-Bezeichnung: Cocamidopropyl Betaine ca. 30% Aktivsubstanz (COGNIS)
• 37. C12-C16 Fettalkoholglycosid ca. 50% Aktivsubstanz (INCI-Bezeichnung: Lauryl Glucoside) (COGNIS)
• 38. Flüssige Dispersion von perlglanzgebenden Substanzen und Amphotensid (ca. 62% Aktivsubstanz; CTFA-Bezeichnung: Glycol Distearate (and) Glycerin (and) Laureth-4 (and) Cocoamidopropyl Betaine) (COGNIS)
• 39. Tri-C₁₆-alkylmethylammoniumchlorid (AKZO)
• 40. Aminosäuremischung erhalten durch Totalhydrolyse von Lupinenprotein, (INCI-Bezeichnung Lupine Amino Acids) (CRODA)
• 41. ethoxyliertes Methylglucosid-dioleat (CTFA-Bezeichnung: PEG-120 Methyl Glucose Dioleate) (AMERCHOL)

42. Shampoo Texapon^® N 70³⁵ 21,0 Plantacare^® 1200 UP 8,0 Lamesoft^® PO 65 3,0 Gluadin^® WQ 1,5 Promois^® Silk 1000 15,0 Sericin 10,0 Cutina^® EGMS³⁶ 0,6 Honeyquat^® 50 2,0 Ajidew^® NL 50 2,8 Antil^® 141³⁷ 1,3 Crolastin^®38 1,0 Natriumchlorid 0,2 Magnesiumhydroxid ad pH 4,5 Wasser ad 100

• 43. Natriumlaurylethersulfat mit 2 Mol EO ca. 70% Aktivsubstanz (INCI-Bezeichnung: Sodium Laureth Sulfate) (COGNIS)
• 44. Ethylenglykolmonostearat (ca. 25-35% Monoester, 60-70% Diester; INCI:Bezeichnung: Glycol Stearate) (COGNIS)
• 45. Polyoxyethylen-propylenglykoldioleat (40% Aktivsubstanz; INCI-Bezeichnung: Propylene Glycol (and) PEG-55 Propylene Glycol Oleate) (GOLDSCHMIDT)
• 46. Elastinhydrolysat (INCI-Bezeichnung: Hydrolyzed Elastin) (CRODA)

47. Shampoo Texapon^® K 14 S³⁹ 50,0 Dehyton^® K 10,0 Plantacare^® 818 UP⁴⁰ 4,5 Lamesoft^® PO 65 2,0 Potassium Cocoyl Hydrolyzed Silk 5,0 Palmitoyl Pentapeptide-2 2,5 Polymer P1, entsprechend DE 39 29 973 0,6 Cutina^® AGS⁴¹ 2,0 D-Panthenol 0,5 Glucose 1,0 Hydrosesame^® AA⁴² 0,8 Salicylsäure 0,4 Natriumchlorid 0,5 Gluadin^® WQ 2,0 Wasser ad 100

• 48. Natriumlaurylmyristylethersulfat ca 28% Aktivsubstanz (INCI-Bezeichnung: Sodium Myreth Sulfate) (COGNIS)
• 49. C8-C16 Fettalkoholglycosid ca. 50% Aktivsubstanz (INCI-Bezeichnung: Coco Glucoside) (COGNIS)
• 50. Ethylenglykolstearat (ca. 5-15% Monoester, 85-95% Diester; INCI-Bezeichnung: Glycol Distearate) (COGNIS)
• 51. INCI-Bezeichnung: Water (and) Sesame Amino Acids (CRODA)

52. Haarkur Celquat^® L 200⁴³ 0,6 Luviskol^® K30⁴⁴ 0,2 D-Panthenol 0,5 Polymer P1, entsprechend DE 39 29 973 0,6 Dehyquart^® A-CA 1,0 Lamesoft^® PO 65 0,5 Hydrosoy^® 2000⁴⁵ 1,0 Asparaginsäure 0,3 Acetyl Hexapeptide-3 2,0 Promois^® Silk 1000 5,0 Gluadin^® W 40 1,0 Natrosol^® 250 HR⁴⁶ 1,1 Gluadin^® WQ 2,0 Wasser ad 100

• 53. quaterniertes Cellulose-Derivat (95% Aktivsubstanz; CTFA-Bezeichnung: Polyquaternium-4) (DELFT NATIONAL)
• 54. Polyvinylpyrrolidon (95% Aktivsubstanz; CTFA-Bezeichnung: PVP) (BASF)
• 55. Proteinhydrolysat aus Soja (INCI-Bezeichnung: Hydrolyzed Soy Protein) (CRODA)
• 56. Hydroxyethylcellulose (AQUALON)

57. Färbecreme C_12-18-Fettalkohol 1,2 Lanette^® O⁴⁷ 4,0 Eumulgin^® B2 0,8 Cutina® KD 16⁴⁸ 2,0 Lamesoft^® PO 65 4,0 Natriumsulfit 0,5 L(+)-Ascorbinsäure 0,5 Ammoniumsulfat 0,5 1,2-Propylenglykol 1,2 Polymer JR^® 400 0,3 p-Aminophenol 0,35 p-Toluylendiamin 0,85 2-Methylresorcin 0,14 6-Methyl-m-aminophenol 0,42 Cetiol^® OE⁴⁹ 0,5 Honeyquat^® 50 1,0 Ajidew^® NL 50 1,2 Gluadin^® WQ 1,0 Crosilk Liquid^®50 0,5 Promois^® Silk 1000 0,5 Sericin 0,3 Ammoniak 1,5 Wasser ad 100

• 58. Cetylstearylalkohol (INCI-Bezeichnung: Cetearyl Alcohol) (COGNIS)
• 59. Selbstemulgierendes Gemisch aus Mono-/Diglyceriden höherer gesättigter Fettsäuren mit Kaliumstearat (INCI-Bezeichnung: Glyceryl Stearate SE) (COGNIS)
• 60. Di-n-octylether (INCI-Bezeichnung: Dicaprylyl Ether) (COGNIS)
• 61. Mischung aus Aminosäuren gewonnen durch Totalhydrolyse von Seidenprotein (INCI-Bezeichnung: Silk Amino Acids) (CRODA)

62. Entwicklerdispersion für Färbecreme 12. Texapon^® NSO 2,1 Wasserstoffperoxid (50%ig) 12,0 Turpinal^® SL⁵¹ 1,7 Latekoll^® D⁵² 12,0 Lamesoft^® PO 65 2,0 Gluadin^® WQ 0,3 Salcare^® SC 96 1,0 Asparaginsäure 0,1 Sericin 0,2 Promois^® Silk 1000 0,4 Crolastin^® 0,8 Wasser ad 100

• 63.1-Hydroxyethan-1,1-diphosphonsäure (60% Aktivsubstanz; INCI-Bezeichnung: Etidronic Acid) (COGNIS)
• 64. Acrylester-Methacrylsäure-Copolymer (25% Aktivsubstanz) (BASF)

65. Tönungsshampoo Texapon^® N 70 14,0 Dehyton^® K 10,0 Akypo^® RLM 45 NV⁵³ 14,7 Plantacare^® 1200 UP 4,0 Lamesoft^® PO 65 3,0 Polymer P1, entsprechend DE 39 29 973 0,3 Cremophor^® RH 40⁵⁴ 0,8 Poly-L-Serin 0,3 Hydrolyzed Sericin 0,3 Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Silk 3,0 Benzoesäure 0,3 Poly-L-Prolin 0,3 Farbstoff C.I. 12 719 0,02 Farbstoff C.I. 12 251 0,02 Farbstoff C.I. 12 250 0,04 Farbstoff C.I. 56 059 0,03 Konservierung 0,25 Parfümöl q.s. Eutanol^® G⁵⁵ 0,3 Gluadin^® WQ 1,0 Honeyquat^® 50 1,0 Salcare^® SC 96 0,5 Wasser ad 100

• 66. Laurylalkohol+4,5 Ethylenoxid-essigsäure-Natriumsalz (20,4% Aktivsubstanz) (CHEMY)
• 67. Rizinus-Öl, hydriert + 45 Ethylenoxid (INCI-Bezeichnung: PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor Oil) (BASF)
• 68. 2-Octyldodecanol (Guerbet-Alkohol) (INCI-Bezeichnung: Octyldodecanol) (COGNIS)
• 69. Cremedauerwelle

Wellcreme Plantacare^® 810 UP⁵⁶ 5,0 Thioglykolsäure 8,0 Turpinal^® SL 0,5 Ammoniak (25%ig) 7,3 Ammoniumcarbonat 3,0 Cetyl/Stearyl-Alkohol 5,0 Lamesoft^® PO 65 0,5 Guerbet-Alkohol 4,0 Salcare^® SC 96 3,0 Gluadin^® WQ 2,0 Hydrolyzed Sericin 0,3 Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Silk 1,0 Glutarsäure 0,2 Hydrotriticum^® 2000⁵⁷ 0,5 Parfümöl q.s. Wasser ad 100

• 70. C₈-C₁₀-Alkylglucosid mit Oligomerisationsgrad 1,6 (ca. 60% Aktivsubstanz) (COGNIS)
• 71. Weizenproteinhydrolysat (INCI-Bezeichnung: Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein) (CRODA)

Fixierlösung Plantacare^® 810 UP 5,0 gehärtetes Rizinusöl 2,0 Lamesoft^® PO 65 1,0 Kaliumbromat 3,5 Nitrilotriessigsäure 0,3 Zitronensäure 0,2 Merquat^® 550⁵⁸ 0,5 Hydagen^® HCMF⁵⁹ 0,5 Weinsäure 0,5 Gluadin^® WQ 0,5 Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Silk Amino Acids 0,3 Hydrolyzed Sericin 0,1 D/L-Methionin-S-Methylsulfoniumchlorid 0,3 Parfümöl q.s. Wasser ad 100

• 72. Dimethyldiallylammoniumchlorid-Acrylamid-Copolymer (8% Aktivsubstanz; INCI-Bezeichnung: Polyquarternium 7) (MOBIL OIL)
• 73. Chitosan Pulver (INCI-Bezeichnung: Chitosan) (COGNIS)

The hyperbranched polymers according to the invention listed in the table below are used in the formulations listed below, each alone or in mixtures of at least two of these hyperbranched polymers in amounts between 0.1 g and 2.5 g of active ingredient optionally pre-dissolved in water or ethanol. Any hyperbranched polymer of this table may be used in any of the examples listed below. All products can by DSM followed under the trade names Hybrane ^® be obtained from the respective product name. Table of the hyperbranched polymers particularly preferred according to the invention:

1. hair conditioner Eumulgin ^® B2 ¹ 0.3 Cetyl / stearyl 3.3 sericin 0.3 Promois® ^® Silk-1000 0.7 isopropyl 0.5 Lamesoft ^® PO 65 ⁴ 0.5 Dehyquart® ^® A-CA ² 2.0 Salcare ^® SC 96 ⁵ 1.0 citric acid 0.4 ^Gluadin®6 W40 2.0 pyridoxine 1.0 tartaric acid 0.7 ^Phenonip®3 0.8 water ad 100

• 1. Cetylstearyl alcohol + 20 EO (INCI name: Ceteareth-20) (COGNIS)
• 2. Trimethylhexadecylammonium chloride approx. 25% active ingredient (INCI name: Cetrimonium Chloride) (COGNIS)
• Methyl hydroxybenzoate hydroxybenzoate hydroxypropionate hydroxypropionate hydroxybenzoate phenoxyethanol mixture (about 28% active ingredient INCI name: phenoxyethanol, methylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben, butylparaben) (NIPA)
• 4. Mixture of Alkylpolyglycoside and Fatty Acid Monoglyceride (INCI name: Coco-Glucoside (and) Glyceryl Oleate)
• 5. N, N, N-Trimethyl-2 [(methyl-1-oxo-2-propenyl) oxy] ethanaminium chloride homopolymer (50% active ingredient; INCI name: Polyquaternium-37 (and) Propylene Glycol Dicaprilate Dicaprate (and) PPG-1 Trideceth-6) (ALLIED COLLOIDS)
• 6. Wheat protein hydrolyzate approx. 40% active ingredient (INCI name: Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein) (COGNIS)

7. Hair conditioner Eumulgin ^® B2 0.3 Cetyl / stearyl 3.3 isopropyl 0.5 Paraffin oil perliquidum 15 cSt. DAB 9 0.3 Dehyquart ^® L 80 ⁷ 0.4 Lamesoft ^® PO 65 1.5 Cosmedia Guar ^® C 261 ⁸ 1.5 Promois® ^® Milk-CAQ ⁹ 3.0 citric acid 0.4 Potassium Cocoyl Hydrolyzed Silk 2.0 Hexapeptide-2 0.3 Poly-L-serine 0.5 Phenonip ^® 0.8 water ad 100

• 8. Bis (cocoylethyl) -hydroxyethyl-methyl-ammonium methosulfate (about 76% active ingredient in propylene glycol, INCI name: dicocoylethyl hydroxyethylmonium methosulfate, propylene glycol) (COGNIS)
• 9. guar hydroxypropyltrimethylammonium chloride; INCI name: Guar Hydroxypropyl Trimonium Chloride (COGNIS)
• 10. INCI name: Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Casein (SEIWA KASEI)

11. Hair cure Dehyquart ^® F75 ¹⁰ 4.0 Cetyl / stearyl 4.0 Paraffin oil perliquidum 15 cSt DAB 9 1.5 Dehyquart® ^® A-CA 4.0 Lamesoft ^® PO 65 1.0 Salcare ^® SC 96 1.5 sericin 0.1 Promois® ^® Silk 1000 0.4 D / L-isoleucine 2.5 glyoxylic 0.5 Amisafe-LMA- ^60®11 1, 0 Gluadin ^® W 20 ¹² 3.0 Germall ^® 115 ¹³ 1.0 citric acid 0.15 Phenonip ^® 0.8 water ad 100

• 12. Fatty alcohols methyltriethanolammonium methylsulfate dialkyl ester mixture (INCI name: distearoylethyl hydroxyethylmonium methosulfate, ceteatryl alcohol) (COGNIS)
• 13. INCI name hydroxypropyl arginine lauryl / myristyl ether HCI (Ajinomoto)
• 14. Wheat protein hydrolyzate (20% active in water, INCI name: Aqua (and) Hydrolized Wheat Protein (and) Sodium Benzoate (and) Phenoxyethanol (and) Methylparaben (and) Propylparaben) (COGNIS)
• 15. INCI name: imidazolidinyl urea (Sutton Laboratories)

16. Hair cure Dehyquart® ^® L80 2.0 Cetyl / stearyl 6.0 Paraffin oil perliquidum 15 cSt DAB 9 2.0 Rewoquat ^® W 75 ¹⁴ 2.0 Cosmedia® guar ^® C261 0.5 Lamesoft ^® PO 65 0.5 Sepigel ^® 305 ¹⁵ 3.5 Honeyquat ^® 50 ¹⁶ 1.0 Gluadin® ^® WQ 2.5 Gluadin® ^® W 20 3.0 Hydrolyzed sericin 0.8 L-glycine 0.4 L-alanyl-L-proline 1.0 L-tyrosine 0.2 citric acid 0.15 Phenonip ^® 0.8 water ad 100

• 17. 1-Methyl-2-nortalgalkyl-3-tallow fatty acid amidoethylimidazolinium methosulfate (about 75% active ingredient in propylene glycol, INCI name: Quaternium-27, propylene glycol) (WITCO)
• 18. Copolymer of acrylamide and 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid (INCI name: polyacrylamide (and) C ₁₃ -C ₁₄ isoparaffin (and) laureth-7) (SEPPIC)
• 19. INCI name: Hydroxypropyltrimonium Honey (BROOKS)

20. Hair cure Dehyquart® ^® F75 0.3 Salcare ^® SC 96 5.0 Gluadin® ^® WQ 1.5 Lamesoft ^® PO 65 0.5 Dow ^Corning® 200 Fluid, 5 cSt. ¹⁷ 1.5 Gafquat ^® 755N ¹⁸ 1.5 Poly-D / L-alanine 1.5 serine 0.1 glycine 0.5 tyrosine 0.2 sericin 0.2 ^{Biodocarb®19} 0.02 perfume oil 0.25 water ad 100

• 21. Polydimethylsiloxane (INCI name: Dimethicone) (DOW CORNING)
• 22. Dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate-vinylpyrrolidone copolymer quaternized with diethyl sulfate (19% active substance in water, INCI name: Polyquaternium-11) (GAF)
• 23. 3-iodo-2-propynyl-n-butylcarbamate (INCI name: iodopropynyl butylcarbamate) (MILKER & GREENING)

24. Hair cure Sepigel ^® 305 5.0 Dow Corning ^® Q2-5220 ²⁰ 1.5 Promois ^® Milk Q ²¹ 3.0 Lamesoft ^® PO 65 0.5 Polymer P1 accordingly DE 39 29 173 0.6 Genamin ^® DSAC ²² 0.3 D / L-methionine-S-Methylsulfoniumchlorid 1.8 Hydrolyzed sericin 0.5 Promois® ^® Silk 1000 1.0 Phenonip ^® 0.8 perfume oil 0.25 water ad 100

• 25. Silicone-glycol copolymer (INCI name: dimethicone copolyol) (DOW CORNING)
• 26. INCI name Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Casein ca. 30% active substance (SEIWA KASEI)
• 27. Dimethyldistearylammonium chloride (INCI name: Distearyldimonium Chloride) (CLARIANT)

28. Shampoo Texapon.RTM ^® NSO ²³ 40.0 Dehyton ^® G ²⁴ 6.0 Polymer JR ^400®25 0.5 Cetiol ^® HE ²⁶ 0.5 Ajidew ^® NL 50 ²⁷ 1.0 Lamesoft ^® PO 65 3.0 sericin 0.8 Promois® ^® Silk 1000 2.0 Gluadin® WQT ²⁸ 2.5 Gluadin® ^® W 20 0.5 Panthenol (50%) 0.3 casein 2.0 Vitamin E 0.1 Vitamin H 0.1 glutamic acid 0.2 citric acid 0.5 sodium benzoate 0.5 Perfume 0.4 NaCl 0.5 water ad 100

• 29. Sodium lauryl ether sulfate approx. 28% active ingredient (INCI name: Sodium Laureth Sulfate) (COGNIS)
• 30. INCI name: Sodium cocoamphoacetate, approx. 30% active ingredient in water) (COGNIS)
• 31. Quaternized hydroxyethyl cellulose (INCI name: Polyquaternium-10) (UNION CARBIDE)
• 32. Polyol fatty acid ester (INCI name: PEG-7 Glyceryl Cocoate) (COGNIS)
• 33. Sodium salt of 2-pyrrolidinone-5-carboxylic acid (50% active ingredient: INCI name: Sodium PCA) (AJINOMOTO)
• 34. INCI name: Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein (COGNIS)

35. Shampoo Texapon.RTM ^® NSO 43.0 Dehyton ^® K ²⁹ 10.0 Plantacare ^® 1200 UP ³⁰ 4.0 Lamesoft ^® PO 65 2.5 Euperlan ^® PK 3000 ³¹ 1.6 Arquad ^® 316 ³² 0.8 Polymer ^JR® 400 0.3 Gluadin® ^® WQ 4.0 Lauryldimopnium Hydroxypropyl Hydrolyzed Silk 3.0 Sodium Lauroyl Hydrolyzed Silk 3.0 sericin 10.0 lactic acid 0.5 Hydro Lupine ^® AA ³³ 0.5 malic acid 0.5 Glucamate DOE 120 ^{® 33} 0.5 sodium chloride 0.2 water ad 100

• 36. INCI name: Cocamidopropyl betaine about 30% active ingredient (COGNIS)
• 37. C12-C16 fatty alcohol glycoside approx. 50% active ingredient (INCI name: lauryl glucoside) (COGNIS)
• 38. Liquid dispersion of pearlescing substances and amphoteric surfactant (about 62% active substance; CTFA designation: glycol distearate (and) glycerine (and) laureth-4 (and) cocoamidopropyl betaine) (COGNIS)
• 39. Tri-C ₁₆ -alkylmethylammonium chloride (AKZO)
• 40th amino acid mixture obtained by total hydrolysis of lupine protein, (INCI name Lupine Amino Acids) (CRODA)
• 41. ethoxylated methyl glucoside dioleate (CTFA name: PEG-120 methyl glucose dioleate) (AMERCHOL)

42. Shampoo Texapon ^® N 70 ³⁵ 21.0 Plantacare ^® 1200 UP 8.0 Lamesoft ^® PO 65 3.0 Gluadin® ^® WQ 1.5 Promois® ^® Silk 1000 15.0 sericin 10.0 Cutina EGMS ^{® 36} 0.6 Honeyquat ^® 50 2.0 Ajidew ^® NL 50 2.8 Antil ^® 141 ³⁷ 1.3 ^{Crolastin®38} 1.0 sodium chloride 0.2 magnesium hydroxide ad pH 4.5 water ad 100

• 43. Sodium lauryl ether sulfate with 2 moles EO approx. 70% active substance (INCI name: Sodium Laureth Sulfate) (COGNIS)
• 44. Ethylene glycol monostearate (about 25-35% monoester, 60-70% diester, INCI: name: glycol stearate) (COGNIS)
• 45. Polyoxyethylene propylene glycol dioleate (40% active ingredient; INCI name: Propylene Glycol (and) PEG-55 Propylene Glycol Oleate) (GOLDSCHMIDT)
• 46. Elastin hydrolyzate (INCI name: Hydrolyzed elastin) (CRODA)

47. Shampoo Texapon ^® K 14 S ³⁹ 50.0 Dehyton ^® K 10.0 Plantacare ^® 818 UP ⁴⁰ 4.5 Lamesoft ^® PO 65 2.0 Potassium Cocoyl Hydrolyzed Silk 5.0 Palmitoyl Pentapeptide-2 2.5 Polymer P1, according to DE 39 29 973 0.6 Cutina ^® AGS ⁴¹ 2.0 D-panthenol 0.5 glucose 1.0 Hydrosesame ^® AA ⁴² 0.8 salicylic acid 0.4 sodium chloride 0.5 Gluadin® ^® WQ 2.0 water ad 100

• 48. Sodium lauryl myristyl ether sulfate about 28% active ingredient (INCI name: Sodium Myreth Sulfate) (COGNIS)
• 49. C8-C16 fatty alcohol glycoside approx. 50% active ingredient (INCI name: Coco Glucoside) (COGNIS)
• 50th ethylene glycol stearate (about 5-15% monoester, 85-95% diester, INCI name: glycol distearate) (COGNIS)
• 51. INCI name: Water (and) Sesame Amino Acids (CRODA)

52. Conditioner Celquat ^® L 200 ⁴³ 0.6 Luviskol ^® K30 ⁴⁴ 0.2 D-panthenol 0.5 Polymer P1, according to DE 39 29 973 0.6 Dehyquart® ^® A-CA 1.0 Lamesoft ^® PO 65 0.5 Hydrosoy ^® 2000 ⁴⁵ 1.0 aspartic acid 0.3 Acetyl hexapeptide-3 2.0 Promois® ^® Silk 1000 5.0 Gluadin® ^® W 40 1.0 Natrosol ^® 250 HR ⁴⁶ 1.1 Gluadin® ^® WQ 2.0 water ad 100

• 53. Quaternized cellulose derivative (95% active, CTFA name: Polyquaternium-4) (DELFT NATIONAL)
• 54. Polyvinyl pyrrolidone (95% active, CTFA name: PVP) (BASF)
• 55. Protein hydrolyzate from soy (INCI name: Hydrolyzed Soy Protein) (CRODA)
• 56. Hydroxyethyl cellulose (AQUALON)

57. Dye cream C _12-18 fatty alcohol 1.2 Lanette ^® O ⁴⁷ 4.0 Eumulgin ^® B2 0.8 Cutina® KD 16 ⁴⁸ 2.0 Lamesoft ^® PO 65 4.0 sodium 0.5 L (+) - ascorbic acid 0.5 ammonium sulfate 0.5 1,2-propylene glycol 1.2 Polymer ^JR® 400 0.3 p-aminophenol 0.35 p-toluenediamine 0.85 2-methyl 0.14 6-methyl-m-aminophenol 0.42 Cetiol ^® OE ⁴⁹ 0.5 Honeyquat ^® 50 1.0 Ajidew ^® NL 50 1.2 Gluadin® ^® WQ 1.0 Crosilk ^Liquid®50 0.5 Promois® ^® Silk 1000 0.5 sericin 0.3 ammonia 1.5 water ad 100

• 58. Cetylstearyl alcohol (INCI name: Cetearyl Alcohol) (COGNIS)
• 59. Self-emulsifying mixture of mono- / diglycerides of higher saturated fatty acids with potassium stearate (INCI name: Glyceryl Stearate SE) (COGNIS)
• 60. Di-n-octyl ether (INCI name: dicaprylyl ether) (COGNIS)
• 61. Mixture of amino acids obtained by total hydrolysis of silk protein (INCI name: Silk Amino Acids) (CRODA)

62. Developer Dispersion for Dyeing Cream 12. Texapon.RTM ^® NSO 2.1 Hydrogen peroxide (50%) 12.0 Turpinal SL ^{® 51} 1.7 Latekoll ^® D ⁵² 12.0 Lamesoft ^® PO 65 2.0 Gluadin® ^® WQ 0.3 Salcare ^® SC 96 1.0 aspartic acid 0.1 sericin 0.2 Promois® ^® Silk 1000 0.4 Crolastin ^® 0.8 water ad 100

• 63.1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diphosphonic acid (60% active ingredient, INCI name: Etidronic Acid) (COGNIS)
• 64. Acrylic ester-methacrylic acid copolymer (25% active substance) (BASF)

65. Tinting shampoo Texapon.RTM ^® N 70 14.0 Dehyton ^® K 10.0 Akypo RLM 45 ^® NV ⁵³ 14.7 Plantacare ^® 1200 UP 4.0 Lamesoft ^® PO 65 3.0 Polymer P1, according to DE 39 29 973 0.3 Cremophor ^® RH 40 ⁵⁴ 0.8 Poly-L-serine 0.3 Hydrolyzed sericin 0.3 Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Silk 3.0 benzoic acid 0.3 Poly-L-proline 0.3 Dye CI 12 719 0.02 Dye CI 12 251 0.02 Dye CI 12 250 0.04 Dye CI 56 059 0.03 preservation 0.25 perfume oil qs Eutanol ^® G ⁵⁵ 0.3 Gluadin® ^® WQ 1.0 Honeyquat ^® 50 1.0 Salcare ^® SC 96 0.5 water ad 100

• 66. Lauryl Alcohol + 4.5 Ethylene Oxide-Acetic Acid Sodium Salt (20.4% Active Ingredient) (CHEMY)
• 67. Castor oil, hydrogenated + 45 ethylene oxide (INCI name: PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor Oil) (BASF)
• 68. 2-octyldodecanol (guerbet alcohol) (INCI name: octyldodecanol) (COGNIS)
• 69. Cream time wave

Well cream Plantacare ^® 810 UP ⁵⁶ 5.0 thioglycolic 8.0 Turpinal® ^® SL 0.5 Ammonia (25%) 7.3 ammonium carbonate 3.0 Cetyl / stearyl alcohol 5.0 Lamesoft ^® PO 65 0.5 Guerbet alcohol 4.0 Salcare ^® SC 96 3.0 Gluadin® ^® WQ 2.0 Hydrolyzed sericin 0.3 Hydroxypropyltrimonium Hydrolyzed Silk 1.0 glutaric 0.2 Hydrotriticum ^® 2000 ⁵⁷ 0.5 perfume oil qs water ad 100

• 70. C ₈ -C ₁₀ -alkyl glucoside with degree of oligomerization 1.6 (about 60% of active substance) (COGNIS)
• 71. Wheat protein hydrolyzate (INCI name: Hydrolyzed Wheat Protein) (CRODA)

fixing Plantacare® ^® 810 UP 5.0 hardened castor oil 2.0 Lamesoft ^® PO 65 1.0 potassium bromate 3.5 nitrilotriacetic 0.3 citric acid 0.2 Merquat ^® 550 ⁵⁸ 0.5 Hydagen® ^® HCMF ⁵⁹ 0.5 tartaric acid 0.5 Gluadin® ^® WQ 0.5 Cocodimonium Hydroxypropyl Silk Amino Acids 0.3 Hydrolyzed sericin 0.1 D / L-methionine-S-Methylsulfoniumchlorid 0.3 perfume oil qs water ad 100

• 72. Dimethyldiallylammonium chloride-acrylamide copolymer (8% active ingredient, INCI name: Polyquarternium 7) (MOBIL OIL)
• 73. chitosan powder (INCI name: chitosan) (COGNIS)

Claims (12)

Cosmetic agent containing 0.05 to 20% by weight at least one hyperbranched polyester and / or polyester amides. Cosmetic composition according to claim 1, characterized in that it is as shown in formula I.

Cosmetic composition according to one of claims 1 or 2, characterized in that it contains additional polymers. Cosmetic composition according to claim 3, characterized in that the further Polymers selected is from the cationic and / or amphoteric polymers. Cosmetic composition according to one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that further min At least one silicone is included. Hair treatment composition according to one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that it based on the weight of the agent, 0.01 to 5 wt.%, Preferably 0.1 to 4 wt.%, Particularly preferably 0.15 to 3.5 wt.% And in particular 0.3 to 2.5 wt.% Of polyhydroxy compound (s) containing preferred polyhydroxy compounds selected are from ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, Glycerin, pentaerythritol, sorbitol, mannitol, xylitol and their mixtures. Hair treatment composition according to one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that it additionally at least a substance from the group of vitamins, provitamins and vitamin precursors and their derivatives, vitamins, pro-vitamins and vitamin precursors are preferred, which are assigned to the groups A, B, C, E, F and H. Use of hyperbranched polymers in cosmetic Means. Use of hyperbranched polymers in cosmetic Agents for the protection of skin and hair from re-soiling. Use of a preparation according to one of claims 1 to 6 for cleansing the skin and hair. Use of a preparation according to one of claims 1 to 6 for the restructuring of keratinic fibers, in particular human Hair. Method of treating skin or hair, at a preparation according to a of claims 1 to 6 is applied to the skin and / or hair, wherein the Preparation is rinsed again after a contact time of 0 to 45 minutes. Method of treating skin or hair, at a preparation according to a of claims 1 to 6 applied to the skin and / or hair and there to next Laundry is left.